Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North Pacific Ocean, 30480-30524 [2018-13732]
Download as PDF
30480
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XG144
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Marine
Geophysical Survey in the North
Pacific Ocean
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the Lamont-Doherty Earth
Observatory of Columbia University
(L–DEO) for authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to a marine
geophysical survey in the North Pacific
Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS will consider public
comments prior to making any final
decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorization and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than July 30, 2018.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Physical
comments should be sent to 1315 EastWest Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910
and electronic comments should be sent
to ITP.Pauline@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments received
electronically, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
file formats only. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/
23111 without change. All personal
identifying information (e.g., name,
address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible.
Do not submit confidential business
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rob
Pauline, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, (301) 427–8401. Electronic
copies of the application and supporting
documents, as well as a list of the
references cited in this document, may
be obtained online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111. In
case of problems accessing these
documents, please call the contact listed
above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated
to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by
U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
activity (other than commercial fishing)
within a specified geographical region if
certain findings are made and either
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review.
An authorization for incidental
takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible
impact on the species or stock(s), will
not have an unmitigable adverse impact
on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth.
NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’
means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or
attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill
any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B
harassment).
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt
the National Science Foundation’s EA,
provided our independent evaluation of
the document finds that it includes
adequate information analyzing the
effects on the human environment of
issuing the IHA. We will review all
comments submitted in response to this
notice prior to concluding our NEPA
process or making a final decision on
the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On March 16, 2018, NMFS received a
request from the L–DEO for an IHA to
take marine mammals incidental to
conducting a marine geophysical survey
in the North Pacific Ocean. L–DEO
submitted a revised application on June
11, 2018. On June 13, 2018 we deemed
L–DEO’s application for authorization to
be adequate and complete. L–DEO’s
request is for take of small numbers of
39 species of marine mammals by Level
A and Level B harassment. Underwater
sound associated with airgun use may
result in the behavioral harassment or
auditory injury of marine mammals in
the ensonified areas. Mortality is not an
anticipated outcome of airgun surveys
such as this, and, therefore, an IHA is
appropriate. The planned activity is not
expected to exceed one year, hence, we
do not expect subsequent MMPA
incidental harassment authorizations
would be issued for this particular
activity.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
The specified activity consists of two
high-energy seismic surveys conducted
at different locations in the North
Pacific Ocean. Researchers from
Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory
(L–DEO) and University of Hawaii, with
funding from the U.S. National Science
Foundation (NSF), in collaboration with
researchers from United States
Geological Survey (USGS), Oxford
University, and GEOMAR Helmholtz
Centre for Ocean Research Kiel
(GEOMAR), propose to conduct the
surveys from the Research Vessel (R/V)
Marcus G. Langseth (Langseth) in the
North Pacific Ocean. The NSF-owned
Langseth is operated by Columbia
University’s L–DEO under an existing
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Cooperative Agreement. The first
proposed seismic survey would occur in
the vicinity of the Main Hawaiian
Islands, and a subsequent survey would
take place at the Emperor Seamounts in
2019. The proposed timing for the
Hawaii survey is summer/early fall
2018; the timing for the Emperor
Seamounts survey would likely be
spring/early summer 2019. Both surveys
would use a 36-airgun towed array with
a total discharge volume of ∼6,600 in3.
The main goal of the surveys
proposed by L–DEO and the University
of Hawaii is to gain fundamental insight
into the formation and evaluation of
Hawaiian-Emperor Seamount chain, and
inform a more comprehensive
assessment of geohazards for the
Hawaiian Islands region.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Dates and Duration
The Hawaii survey would be expected
to last for 36 days, including ∼19 days
of seismic operations, 11 days of
equipment deployment/retrieval, ∼3
days of operational contingency time
(e.g., weather delays, etc.), and ∼3 days
of transit. The Langseth would leave out
of and return to port in Honolulu during
summer (likely mid-August) 2018. The
Emperor Seamounts survey would be
expected to last 42 days, including ∼13
days of seismic operations, ∼11 days of
equipment deployment/retrieval, ∼5.5
days of operational contingency time,
and 12.5 days of transit. The Langseth
would leave Honolulu and return to
port likely in Adak or Dutch Harbor,
Alaska. The dates for this cruise have
not yet been determined, although late
spring/early summer 2019 is most
likely.
Specific Geographic Region
The specified activity consists of two
seismic surveys in the North Pacific
Ocean—one at the Main Hawaiian
Islands (Fig. 1 in application) and the
other at the Emperor Seamounts (Fig. 2
in application). The proposed Hawaii
survey would occur within ∼18–24° N,
∼153–160° W, and the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey would occur
within ∼43–48° N, ∼166–173° E. The
Hawaiian–Emperor Seamount chain is a
mostly undersea mountain range in the
Pacific Ocean that reaches above sea
level in Hawaii. It is composed of the
Hawaiian ridge, consisting of the islands
of the Hawaiian chain northwest to Kure
Atoll, and the Emperor Seamounts:
Together they form a vast underwater
mountain region of islands and
intervening seamounts, atolls, shallows,
banks and reefs along a line trending
southeast to northwest beneath the
northern Pacific Ocean. The seamount
chain, containing over 80 identified
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
undersea volcanoes, stretches over 5,800
kilometers (km) or 3,600 miles (mi) from
the Aleutian Trench in the far northwest
Pacific to the Lo1ihi seamount, the
youngest volcano in the chain, which
lies about 35 km (22 mi) southeast of the
Island of Hawaii. The Emperor
Seamounts seismic survey location is
located approximately 4,100 km (2,200
mi) northwest of the Hawaii seismic
survey location.
Representative survey tracklines are
shown in Figures 1 and 2 in the
application. As described further in this
document, however, some deviation in
actual track lines, including order of
survey operations, could be necessary
for reasons such as science drivers, poor
data quality, inclement weather, or
mechanical issues with the research
vessel and/or equipment. Thus, for the
Emperor Seamounts survey, the
tracklines could occur anywhere within
the coordinates noted above and
illustrated by the box in the inset map
on Figure 2. The tracklines for the
Hawaii survey could shift slightly, but
would stay within the coordinates noted
above and general vicinity of
representative lines depicted in Figure
1. Water depths in the proposed Hawaii
survey area range from ∼700 to more
than 5,000 m. The water depths in the
Emperor Seamounts survey area range
from 1,500–6,000 m. The proposed
Hawaii seismic survey would be
conducted within the U.S. exclusive
economic zone (EEZ); the Emperor
Seamounts survey would take place in
International Waters.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
The procedures to be used for the
proposed surveys would be similar to
those used during previous seismic
surveys by L–DEO and would use
conventional seismic methodology. The
surveys would involve one source
vessel, the Langseth, which is owned by
NSF and operated on its behalf by
Columbia University’s L–DEO. The
Langseth would deploy an array of 36
airguns as an energy source with a total
volume of ∼6,600 in3. The receiving
system would consist of OBSs and a
single hydrophone streamer 15 km in
length and OBSs. As the airgun arrays
are towed along the survey lines, the
hydrophone streamer would transfer the
data to the on-board processing system,
and the OBSs would receive and store
the returning acoustic signals internally
for later analysis.
The proposed study consists of two
seismic surveys in the North Pacific
Ocean. There would be a total of four
seismic transects for the Hawaii
survey—two North (N)-South (S)
tracklines (Lines 1 and 2), and two East
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30481
(E)-West (W) tracklines (Lines 3 and 4).
An optional trackline (Line 5) could be
acquired instead of Line 4 (Fig. 1). Lines
1 and 2 would be acquired twice—
seismic refraction data would be
acquired first, followed by multichannel
seismic (MCS) reflection data. Only
MCS reflection profiling would occur
along Lines 3, 4, or 5. The location of
the E-W tracklines (Lines 3, 4, or 5)
could shift from what is currently
depicted in Figure 1 depending on the
science objectives; however, the E-W
lines would remain in water >3,200 m
deep.
The Langseth would first deploy 70
ocean bottom seismometers (OBS)s
required for the refraction profiling—the
vessel would transit from Honolulu to
the north end of Line 2, deploy 35 OBSs
along Line 2, ∼15 km apart, and then
transit to the south end of Line 1 to
deploy 35 OBSs (∼15 km apart) along
Line 1. The streamer and airgun array
would then be deployed. Refraction data
would then be acquired from north to
south on Line 1 followed by MCS
profiling along the same line. If Lines 3
and 4 are to be surveyed (preferred
option), MCS profiles would then be
acquired along Line 3, followed by
refraction data acquisition in a northsouth direction along Line 2, followed
by MCS profiles along Line 2 from south
to north. The vessel would then acquire
MCS profiles from the north end of Line
2 to the west end of Line 4, and along
Line 4. After seismic acquisition ceases,
the streamer, airgun source, and all
OBSs would be recovered by the
Langseth.
There would be three seismic
transects for the Emperor Seamounts
survey (Fig. 2). Data would be acquired
twice along the two OBS lines—once for
seismic refraction data and once for
MCS reflection profiling. Only MCS
reflection profiling would occur along
the third transect that connects the two
OBS lines. The Langseth would first
acquire MCS reflection data for all three
lines—from north to south, then along
the connecting transect, and from west
to east. After recovering the streamer
and airgun array, the Langseth would
deploy 32 OBSs required for the
refraction profiling from east to west
along the first line. After seismic
acquisition along the first OBS line from
west to east, the OBSs would be
recovered and re-deployed along the
second OBS line, which would then be
surveyed from north to south. The
Langseth would then recover all OBSs,
the streamer, and the airgun array.
In addition to the operations of the
airgun array, a multibeam echosounder
(MBES), a sub-bottom profiler (SBP),
and an Acoustic Doppler Current
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30482
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Profiler (ADCP) would be operated from
the Langseth continuously during the
seismic surveys, but not during transit
to and from the survey areas. All
planned geophysical data acquisition
activities would be conducted by
L–DEO with on-board assistance by the
scientists who have proposed the
studies. The vessel would be selfcontained, and the crew would live
aboard the vessel.
During the two surveys, the Langseth
would tow the full array, consisting of
four strings with 36 airguns (plus 4
spares) and a total volume of ∼6,600 in3.
The 4-string array would be towed at a
depth of 12 m, and the shot intervals
would range from 50 m for MCS
acquisition and 150 m for OBS
acquisition. To retrieve OBSs, an
acoustic release transponder (pinger) is
used to interrogate the instrument at a
frequency of 8–11 kHz, and a response
is received at a frequency of 11.5–13
kHz. The burn-wire release assembly is
then activated, and the instrument is
released to float to the surface from the
anchor which is not retrieved.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting’’).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activity
Section 4 of the IHA application
summarizes available information
regarding status and trends, distribution
and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history of the potentially
affected species. More general
information about these species (e.g.,
physical and behavioral descriptions)
may be found on NMFS’ website
(https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/findspecies).
Table 1 lists all species with expected
potential for occurrence in the North
Pacific Ocean and summarizes
information related to the population,
including regulatory status under the
MMPA and ESA. Some of the
populations of marine mammals
considered in this document occur
within the U.S. EEZ and are therefore
assigned to stocks and are assessed in
NMFS’ Stock Assessment Reports
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/). As such,
information on potential biological
removal (PBR; defined by the MMPA as
the maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable
population) and on annual levels of
serious injury and mortality from
anthropogenic sources are not available
for these marine mammal populations.
Twenty-eight cetacean species,
including 21 odontocetes (dolphins and
small- and large-toothed whales) and
seven mysticetes (baleen whales), and
one pinniped species, could occur in
the proposed Hawaii survey area (Table
4). In the Emperor Seamounts survey
area, 27 marine mammal species could
occur, including 15 odontocetes
(dolphins and small- and large-toothed
whales), eight mysticetes (baleen
whales), and four pinniped species.
Some species occur in both locations. In
total, 39 species are expected to occur
in the vicinity of the specified activity.
Baird et al. (2015) described
numerous Biologically Important Areas
(BIAs) for cetaceans for the Hawaii
region. BIAs were identified for small
resident populations of cetaceans based
on sighting data, photo-identification,
genetics, satellite tagging, and expert
opinion, and one reproductive area for
humpbacks was identified as a BIA;
these are described in the following
section for each marine mammal
species. The BIAs range from ∼700–
23,500 km2 in area (Baird et al. 2015).
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals
estimated within a particular study or
survey area. All values presented in
Table 1 are the most recent available at
the time of publication.
TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
Common name
Scientific name
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
Annual
M/SI 3
PBR
Present at time of
survey (Y/N)
HI
Emperor
Seamounts
Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray whale ...................
Family Balaenidae:
North Pacific right
whale.
Family Balaenopteridae
(rorquals):
Humpback whale ..........
Minke whale .................
Bryde’s whale ...............
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Sei whale ......................
Fin whale ......................
Blue whale ....................
Eschrichtius
robustus.
Western North Pacific.
E/D; Y ...
140 (0.04, 135, 2011) 4 ......
0.06
unk
N
Y
Eubalaena japonica
Eastern North Pacific.
N/A ..........................
E/D; Y ...
31 (0.226, 26, 2013) 6 ........
N/A
0
N
Y
...............
450 5
...................................
..............
..............
Central North Pacific
-/-; N ......
83
25
Y
Y
Western North Pacific.
Hawaii .....................
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
Eastern Tropical Pacific.
Hawaii .....................
E/D; Y ...
10,103 (0.03, 7,890,
2006) 6.
1,107 (0.30, 865,2006) 6 ....
3
3.2
...............
...............
-/-; N ......
-/-; N— ..
UNK ....................................
22,000 7 ..............................
1,751 (0.29, 1,378, 2010) 17
UNK ....................................
..............
..............
13.8
UND
..............
..............
0
..............
N
Y
Y
Y
E/D; Y ...
178 (0.9, 93, 2010) 4 ..........
0.2
0.2
Y
Y
E/D; Y ...
...............
E/D; Y ...
154 (1.05, 75, 2010) 17 .......
13,620–18,680 9 .................
133 (1.09, 63, 2010) 17 .......
0.1
..............
0.1
0
..............
0
Y
Y
Y
Y
Megaptera
novaeangliae.
Balaenoptera
acutorostrata.
(Balaenoptera edeni/
brydei.
Balaenoptera borealis.
Balaenoptera
Hawaii .....................
physalus physalus. N/A ..........................
Balaenoptera
Central North Pacific
musculus
musculus).
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, porpoises)
Family Physeteridae:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30483
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS—Continued
Common name
Sperm whale ................
Family Kogiidae:
Pygmy sperm whale .....
Dwarf sperm whale ......
Family Ziphiidae (beaked
whales):
Cuvier’s beaked whale
Longman’s beaked
whale.
Blainville’s beaked
whale.
Stejneger’s beaked
whale.
Ginkgo-toothed beaked
whale.
Deraniyagala’s beaked
whale.
Hubb’s beaked whale ...
Baird’s beaked whale ...
Family Delphinidae:
Rough-toothed dolphin
Common bottlenose
dolphin.
Scientific name
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
PBR
Annual
M/SI 3
Present at time of
survey (Y/N)
HI
Emperor
Seamounts
Physeter
macrocephalus.
Hawaii .....................
N/A ..........................
E/D; Y ...
N/A ........
4,559 (0.33, 3,478, 2010) 17
29,674 10–26,300 11 ............
13.9
..............
0.7
..............
Y
Y
Kogia breviceps ......
Kogia sima ..............
Hawaii .....................
Hawaii .....................
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
7,138 4 ................................
17,519 4 ..............................
UND
UND
0
0
Y
Y
Y
Y
Ziphius cavirostris ...
Hawaii .....................
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
-, -, N .....
...............
-, -, N .....
723 (0.69, 428, 2010) 17 .....
20,000 12 .............................
7,619 (0.66, 4,592, 2010) 17
4.3
..............
46
0
..............
0
Y
Y
Y
N
Hawaii .....................
-, -, N .....
2,105 (1.13,1, 980, 2010) 17
10
0
Y
N
Alaska .....................
N ...........
UNK ....................................
UND
0
N
Y
N/A ..........................
...............
25,300 12 .............................
..............
..............
Rare
Absent
N/A ..........................
...............
25,300 12 .............................
..............
..............
Y
N
Mesoplodon
carlhubbsi.
Berardius bairdii ......
N/A ..........................
...............
25,300 12 .............................
..............
..............
Y
N
N/A ..........................
...............
10,190 13 .............................
..............
..............
N
Y
Steno bredanensis ..
Hawaii .....................
-, -, N .....
46
UNK
Common
N
Tursiops truncatus ..
Hawaii Pelagic ........
-/-; N ......
140
0.2
Common
N
Delphinus delphis ....
Stenella attenuata ...
Kaua1i and Ni1ihau ...
O1ahu .......................
4 Islands Region .....
Hawaii Island ...........
N/A ..........................
Hawaii Pelagic ........
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
...............
-/-; N ......
1.7
4.9
unk
1.6
..............
403
unk
unk
unk
unk
..............
0
Common
Common
Common
Common
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
O1ahu .......................
4 Island Region .......
Hawaii Island ...........
Hawaii Pelagic ........
Hawaii Island ...........
O1ahu/4-Islands .......
Hawaii .....................
-/-;
-/-;
-/-;
-/-;
-/-;
-/-;
-/-;
unk
unk
unk
unk
5.9
3.3
449
unk
unk
≥ 0.2
unk
unk
unk
unk
Y
Common
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
...............
-/-; N ......
..............
310
..............
0
Y
N
...............
72,528 (0.39, 52,033,
2010) 17.
21,815 (0.57, 13,957,
2010) 17.
184 (0.11, 168, 2005) 4 ......
743 (0.54, 485, 2006) 4 ......
191 (0.24, 156, 2006) ........
128 (0.13, 115, 2006) 4 ......
2,963,000 14 ........................
55,795 (0.40, 40,338,
2010) 17.
unk ......................................
unk ......................................
unk ......................................
unk ......................................
631 (0.04, 585, 2013) 4 ......
355 (0.09, 329, 2013) 4 ......
61,021 (0.38, 44,922,
2010) 17.
964,362 15 ...........................
51,491 (0.66, 31,034,
2010) 17.
988,333 16 ...........................
..............
..............
N
Y
Indopacetus
pacificus.
Mesoplodon
densirostris.
Mesoplodon
stejnegeri.
Mesoplodon
ginkgodens.
Mesoplodon hotaula
..................................
Common dolphin ..........
Pantropical spotted dolphin.
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
Spinner dolphin ............
..................................
Stenella longirostris
Striped dolphin .............
Stenella
coeruleoalba.
Fraser’s dolphin ............
Lagenodelphis hosei
Pacific white-sided dolphin.
Northern right whale
dolphin.
Risso’s dolphin .............
Lagenorhynchus
obliquidens.
Lissodelphis borealis
Central North Pacific
N/A ..........................
...............
307,784 16
...........................
..............
..............
N
Y
Grampus griseus .....
Hawaii .....................
-/-; N ......
82
0
Y
Y
Melon-headed whale ....
Peponocephala
electra.
Feresa attenuata .....
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
Kohala Resident ......
Hawaii .....................
...............
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
-/-; N ......
..............
43
4
56
..............
0
0
1.1
Y
N
Y
N
Hawaii Insular .........
E/D;Y .....
11,613 (0.39, 8,210,
2010) 17.
110,457 15 ...........................
8,666 (1.00, 4,299, 2010) 17
447 (0.12, 404, 2009) 4 ......
10,640 (0.53, 6,998,
2010) 17.
167 (0.14, 149, 2015) 17 .....
0.3
0
Y
Y
2.3
0.4
Pygmy killer whale .......
False killer whale ..........
Pseudorca
crassidens.
Orcinus orca ............
Short-finned pilot whale
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Killer whale ...................
Globicephala
macrorhynchus.
Northwest Hawaiian
Islands.
Hawaii Pelagic ........
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
N/A ..........................
Hawaii .....................
N/A ..........................
Phocoenoides dalli ..
N/A ..........................
Family Phoenidae (porpoises):
Dall’s porpoise ..............
617 (1.11, 290,
2010) 17
-/-; N ......
.....
-/-; N ......
...............
-/-; N ......
...............
-/-; N ......
...............
1,540 (0.66, 928,
..
16,668 18 .............................
146 (0.96, 74, 2010) ..........
8,500 19 ...............................
19,503 (0.49, 13,197, 2010)
53,608 16 .............................
9.3
..............
0.7
..............
106
7.6
..............
0
..............
0.9
Y
Y
Y
Y
...............
1,186,000 20 ........................
..............
..............
N
Y
..............
11,405
..............
437
N
N
Y
Y
..............
..............
2010) 17
Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia
Family Otariidae (eared
seals and sea lions):
Steller sea lion ..............
Northern fur seal ..........
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
Western DPS ..........
Eastern Pacific ........
E/D; Y ...
-/D; Y .....
N/A ..........................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Eumetopias jubatus
Callorhinus ursinus
...............
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
50,983 (-,50,983, 2015) .....
626,734 (0.2, 530,474,
2014).
1,100,000 5 .........................
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30484
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS—Continued
Common name
Family Phocidae (earless
seals):
Hawaiian monk seal .....
Northern elephant seal
Ribbon seal ..................
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
E/D; Y ...
1,324 (0.03, 1,261, 2015) 17
.................................
...............
210,000–239,000 21
Alaska .....................
-/-; N ......
184,000 (0.12, 163,000,
2013).
Scientific name
Stock
Neomonachus
schauinslandi.
Mirounga
angustirostris.
Histriophoca fasciata
Hawaii .....................
............
PBR
Annual
M/SI 3
Present at time of
survey (Y/N)
HI
Emperor
Seamounts
4.4
≥1.6
Y
N
..............
..............
N
Y
9,785
3.8
N
Y
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
1—Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the
ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically
designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2—NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; N
min is the minimum estimate of stock
abundance.
3—These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated with estimated
mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
4—Carretta et al., 2017.
5—Jefferson et al., 2015.
6—Muto et al., 2017.
7—IWC 2018.
8—Central and Eastern North Pacific (Hakamada and Matsuoka 2015a).
9—Ohsumi and Wada, 1974.
10—Whitehead 2002.
11—Barlow and Taylor 2005.
12—Wade and Gerrodette 1993.
13—Western Pacific Ocean (Okamura et al., 2012).
14—ETP (Gerrodette and Forcada 2002 in Hammond et al., 2008b).
15—Gerrodette et al., 2008.
16—North Pacific (Miyashita 1993b).
17—Carretta et al., 2018.
18—Western North Pacific (Miyashita 1993a).
19—Ford 2009.
20—Buckland et al., 1993.
21—Lowry et al., 2014.
Note—Italicized species are not expected to be taken or proposed for authorization.
All species that could potentially
occur in the proposed survey area are
included in Table 1. With the exception
of Steller sea lions, these species or
stocks temporally and spatially co-occur
with the activity to the degree that take
is reasonably likely to occur. However,
the temporal and/or spatial occurrence
of Steller sea lions is such that take is
not expected to occur, and they are not
discussed further beyond the
explanation provided here. The Steller
sea lion occurs along the North Pacific
Rim from northern Japan to California
(Loughlin et al. 1984). They are
distributed around the coasts to the
outer shelf from northern Japan through
the Kuril Islands and Okhotsk Sea,
through the Aleutian Islands, central
Bering Sea, southern Alaska, and south
to California (NMFS 2016c). There is
little information available on at-sea
occurrence of Steller sea lions in the
northwestern Pacific Ocean. The
Emperor Seamounts survey area is
roughly 1,200 kilometers away from the
Aleutian Islands in waters 2,000 to more
than 5,000 meters deep. Steller sea lions
are unlikely to occur in the proposed
offshore survey area based on their
known distributional range and habitat
preference. Therefore, it is extremely
unlikely that Steller sea lions would be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
exposed to the stressors associated with
the proposed seismic activities and will
not be discussed further.
We have reviewed L–DEO’s species
descriptions, including life history
information, distribution, regional
distribution, diving behavior, and
acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and
completeness. Below, for the 39 species
that are likely to be taken by the
activities described, we offer a brief
introduction to the species and relevant
stock as well as available information
regarding population trends and threats,
and describe any information regarding
local occurrence.
Gray Whale
Two separate populations of gray
whales have been recognized in the
North Pacific (LeDuc et al. 2002): The
eastern North Pacific and western North
Pacific (or Korean-Okhotsk) stocks.
However, the distinction between these
two populations has been recently
debated owing to evidence that whales
from the western feeding area also travel
to breeding areas in the eastern North
Pacific (Weller et al. 2012, 2013; Mate
et al. 2015). Thus, it is possible that
whales from both the endangered
Western North Pacific and the delisted
Eastern North Pacific DPS could occur
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
in the proposed survey area in the
Emperor Seamounts survey area.
The western population is known to
feed in the Okhotsk Sea along the
northeast coast of Sakhalin Island
(Weller et al. 1999, 2002a, 2008), eastern
Kamchatka, and the northern Okhotsk
Sea in the summer and autumn
(Vladimirov et al. 2008). Winter
breeding grounds are not known;
however, it has been postulated that
wintering areas occur along the south
coast of the Korean Peninsula, but it is
more likely that they are located in the
South China Sea, along the coast of
Guangdong province and Hainan (Wang
1984 and Zhu 1998 in Weller et al.
2002a; Rice 1998). Winter records exist
for Japan, North Korea, and South Korea
(Weller et al. 2002a,b). Migration into
the Okhotsk Sea may occur through the
Sea of Japan via the Tatar Strait and/or
La Perouse Strait (see Reeves et al.
2008). If migration timing is similar to
that of the better-known eastern gray
whale, southbound migration probably
occurs mainly in December–January and
northbound migration mainly in
February–April, with northbound
migration of newborn calves and their
mothers probably concentrated at the
end of that period. The eastern North
Pacific gray whale breeds and winters in
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Baja, California, and migrates north to
summer feeding grounds in the northern
Bering Sea, Chukchi Sea, and western
Beaufort Sea (Rice and Wolman 1971;
Jefferson et al. 2015).
In the western North Pacific, gray
whales migrate along the coast of Japan
(Weller et al. 2008), and records have
been reported there from November
through August, with the majority for
March through May (Weller et al. 2012).
Although the offshore limit of this route
is not well documented, gray whales are
known to prefer nearshore coastal
waters. However, some exchange
between populations in the eastern and
western North Pacific has been reported
(Weller et al. 2012, 2013; Mate et al.
2015); thus, migration routes could
include pelagic waters of the Pacific
Ocean, including the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area. Nonetheless,
given their small population size and
preference for nearshore waters, only
very small numbers are likely to be
encountered during the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey during any
time of the year. Additionally, during
summer, most gray whales would be
feeding near Sakhalin Island. The gray
whale does not occur in Hawaiian
waters.
North Pacific Right Whale
North Pacific right whales summer in
the northern North Pacific, primarily in
the Okhotsk Sea (Brownell et al. 2001)
and in the Bering Sea (Shelden et al.
2005; Wade et al. 2006). The eastern
North Pacific stock that occurs in U.S.
waters numbers only ∼31 individuals
(Wade et al. 2011), and critical habitat
has been designated in the eastern
Bering Sea and in the Gulf of Alaska,
south of Kodiak Island (NMFS 2017b).
Wintering and breeding areas are
unknown, but have been suggested to
include the Hawaiian Islands, Ryukyu
Islands, and Sea of Japan (Allen 1942;
Gilmore 1978; Reeves et al. 1978;
Herman et al. 1980; Omura 1986). The
Hawaiian Islands were not a major
calving ground for right whales in the
last 200 years, but mid-ocean whaling
records of right whales during winter
suggest that right whales may have
wintered and calved far offshore in the
Pacific Ocean (Scarff 1986, 1991;
Clapham et al. 2004). In April 1996, a
right whale was sighted off Maui, the
first documented sighting of a right
whale in Hawaiian waters since 1979
(Salden and Mickelsen 1999).
Whaling records indicate that right
whales once ranged across the entire
North Pacific Ocean north of 35° N and
occasionally occurred as far south as 20°
N (e.g., Scarff 1986, 1991). In the
western Pacific, most sightings in the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
1900s were reported from Japanese
waters, followed by the Kuril Islands,
and the Okhotsk Sea (Brownell et al.
2001). Significant numbers of right
whales have been seen in the Okhotsk
Sea during the 1990s, suggesting that
the adjacent Kuril Islands and
Kamchatka coast are a major feeding
ground (Brownell et al. 2001). Right
whales were also seen near Chichi-jima
Island (Bonin Islands), Japan, in the
1990s (Mori et al. 1998). During 1994–
2014, right whale sightings were
reported off northern Japan, the Kuril
Islands, and Kamchatka during April
through August, with highest densities
in May and August (Matsuoka et al.
2015). All sightings were north of 38° N,
and in July–August, the main
distribution was north of 42° N
(Matsuoka et al. 2015). Right whale
sightings were made within the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during August,
and adjacent to the survey area during
May and July (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Ovsyanikova et al. (2015) also reported
right whale sightings in the western
Pacific Ocean during 1977–2014;
although they also reported sightings off
eastern Japan, the Kuril Islands, and
southeast Kamchatka, including
sightings to the west of the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area, no
sightings were reported within the
proposed survey area. Sekiguchi et al.
(2014) reported several sightings just to
the north and west of the proposed
survey area during June 2012.
Although there are a few historical
records of North Pacific right whales in
Hawaiian waters (Brownell et al. 2001),
they are very unlikely to occur in the
Hawaiian survey area, especially during
the summer. However, right whales
could be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during spring
and summer, and likely fall. Individuals
that could occur there would likely be
from a western North Pacific stock
rather than the eastern North Pacific
stock.
Humpback Whale
The humpback whale is found
throughout all oceans of the World
(Clapham 2009), with recent genetic
evidence suggesting three separate
subspecies: North Pacific, North
Atlantic, and Southern Hemisphere
(Jackson et al. 2014). Nonetheless,
genetic analyses suggest some gene flow
(either past or present) between the
North and South Pacific (e.g., Jackson et
al. 2014; Bettridge et al. 2015). Although
considered to be mainly a coastal
species, the humpback whale often
traverses deep pelagic areas while
migrating (e.g., Mate et al. 1999;
Garrigue et al. 2015).
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30485
North Pacific humpback whales
migrate between summer feeding
grounds along the Pacific Rim and the
Bering and Okhotsk seas, and winter
calving and breeding areas in
subtropical and tropical waters (Pike
and MacAskie 1969; Rice 1978; Winn
and Reichley 1985; Calambokidis et al.
2000, 2001, 2008). In the North Pacific,
humpbacks winter in four different
breeding areas: (1) Along the coast of
Mexico; (2) along the coast of Central
America; (3) around the Main Hawaiian
Islands; and (4) in the western Pacific,
particularly around the Ogasawara and
Ryukyu islands in southern Japan and
the northern Philippines (Calambokidis
et al. 2008; Fleming and Jackson 2011;
Bettridge et al. 2015).
Humpback whales were listed as
endangered under the Endangered
Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in
June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced
the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to
be listed as endangered. NMFS recently
evaluated the status of the species, and
on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided
the species into 14 distinct population
segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place
listed four DPSs as endangered and one
DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259,
September 8, 2016). The remaining nine
DPSs were not listed. There are two
DPSs that occur in the action area: The
Hawaii DPS, which is not listed under
the ESA (81 FR 62259) and the Western
North Pacific DPS which is listed as
endangered.
The proposed seismic activity for the
Emperor Seamount survey would take
place in late spring or early summer
2019. Humpbacks were reported within
the proposed action area in May, July,
and August (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Based on the timing of the action, it is
likely that humpback whales from the
Western North Pacific DPS would be
migrating north through the action area
to the feeding grounds, and thus be
exposed to the action. Hawaii DPS and
Mexico DPS humpbacks would also be
migrating north at that time of year, but
due to the location of the breeding areas
of these DPSs, we do not expect their
migratory path to take them through the
action area.
There is potential for the mixing of
the western and eastern North Pacific
humpback populations, as several
individuals have been seen in the
wintering areas of Japan and Hawaii in
separate years (Darling and Cerchio
1993; Salden et al. 1999; Calambokidis
et al. 2001, 2008). Whales from these
wintering areas have been shown to
travel to summer feeding areas in British
Columbia, Canada, and Kodiak Island,
Alaska (Darling et al. 1996;
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30486
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Calambokidis et al. 2001), but feeding
areas in Russian waters may be most
important (Calambokidis et al. 2008).
There appears to be a very low level of
interchange between wintering and
feeding areas in Asia and those in the
eastern and central Pacific
(Calambokidis et al. 2008; Baker et al.
2013).
Humpbacks use Hawaiian waters for
breeding from December to April; peak
abundance occurs from late-February to
early-April (Mobley et al. 2001). Most
humpbacks have been sighted there in
water depths <180 m (Fleming and
Jackson 2011), but Frankel et al. (1995)
detected singers up to 13 km from shore
at depths up to 550 m. During vesselbased line-transect surveys in the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ in July–December
2002, one humpback whale was sighted
on 21 November at ∼20.3° N, 154.9° W
just north of the Island of Hawaii
(Barlow et al. 2004). Another sighting
was made during summer–fall 2010
surveys, but the date and location of
that sighting were not reported
(Bradford et al. 2017).
The Hawaiian Islands Humpback
Whale National Marine Sanctuary
(HIHWNMS) was established in 1992 by
the U.S. Congress to protect humpback
whales and their habitat in Hawaii
(NOAA 2018a). The sanctuary provides
essential breeding, calving, and nursing
areas necessary for the long-term
recovery of the North Pacific humpback
whale population. The HIHWNMS
provides protection to humpbacks in the
shallow waters (from the shoreline to a
depth of 100 fathoms or 183 m) around
the four islands area of Maui, Penguin
Bank; off the north shore of Kauai, the
north and south shores of Oahu, and the
north Kona and Koahal coast of the
island of Hawaii (NOAA 2018a). These
areas, as well as some of the waters
surrounding them, are also considered
breeding BIAs (Baird et al. 2015). The
proposed seismic lines are located at
least 10 km from the HIHWNMS (Fig. 1).
However, humpback whales are not
expected to be encountered in the
Hawaiian survey area during the
summer.
During Japanese surveys in the
western North Pacific from 1994–2014,
humpbacks were seen off northern
Japan, the Kuril Islands, and Kamchatka
(Miyashita 2006; Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Sightings were reported for the months
of April through September, with lowest
densities in April and September
(Matsuoka et al. 2015). In May and June,
sightings were concentrated east of
northern Japan between 37° and 43° N;
concentrations moved north of 45°N
during July and August, off the Kuril
Islands and Kamchatka (Mutsuoka et al.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
2015). Humpback whales were
encountered within the proposed
Emperor Seamount study area in May,
July, and August (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Thus, humpbacks could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area during spring and summer,
as individuals are migrating to northern
feeding grounds at that time. They could
also be encountered in the survey area
during fall, on their southbound
migration. Humpback whale
occurrences in the Hawaii survey area
during the time of the proposed survey
would be rare.
Bryde’s Whale
Bryde’s whale occurs in all tropical
and warm temperate waters in the
Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian oceans,
between 40° N and 40° S (Kato and
Perrin 2009). It is one of the least known
large baleen whales, and its taxonomy is
still under debate (Kato and Perrin
2009). B. brydei is commonly used to
refer to the larger form or ‘‘true’’ Bryde’s
whale and B. edeni to the smaller form;
however, some authors apply the name
B. edeni to both forms (Kato and Perrin
2009). Although there is a pattern of
movement toward the Equator in the
winter and the poles during the
summer, Bryde’s whale does not
undergo long seasonal migrations,
remaining in warm (≥16° C) water yearround (Kato and Perrin 2009). Bryde’s
whales are known to occur in both
shallow coastal and deeper offshore
waters (Jefferson et al. 2015).
In the Pacific United States, a Hawaii
and an Eastern Tropical Pacific stock are
recognized (Carretta et al. 2017). In
Hawaii, Bryde’s whales are typically
seen offshore (e.g., Barlow et al. 2004;
Barlow 2006), but Hopkins et al. (2009)
reported a Bryde’s whale within 70 km
of the Main Hawaiian Islands. During
summer–fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, 13 sightings were made in
2002 (Barlow 2006), and 32 sightings
were reported during 2010 (Bradford et
al. 2017). Bryde’s whales were primarily
sighted in the western half of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, with the majority
of sightings associated with the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands; none
was made in the proposed survey area
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006;
Bradford et al. 2013; Forney et al. 2015;
Carretta et al. 2017).
Bryde’s whales have been regularly
seen during Japanese summer sighting
surveys in the western North Pacific,
south of 43° S (Hakamada et al. 2009,
2017), and individual movements have
been tracked with satellite tags in
offshore waters off Japan (Murase et al.
2016). No recent sightings have been
made in the proposed Emperor
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Seamounts survey area, but commercial
catches have been reported there (IWC
2007a).
Limited numbers of Bryde’s whale
could occur in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but its distributional range
is generally to the south of this region.
However, it could occur in the Hawaiian
survey area at any time of the year.
Common Minke Whale
The common minke whale has a
cosmopolitan distribution ranging from
the tropics and subtropics to the ice
edge in both hemispheres (Jefferson et
al. 2015). In the Northern Hemisphere,
minke whales are usually seen in
coastal areas, but can also be seen in
pelagic waters during northward
migrations in spring and summer, and
southward migration in autumn
(Stewart and Leatherwood 1985). In the
North Pacific, the summer range extends
to the Chukchi Sea; in the winter, minke
whales move further south to within 2°
of the Equator (Perrin and Brownell
2009). The International Whaling
Commission (IWC) recognizes three
stocks in the North Pacific: The Sea of
Japan/East China Sea, the rest of the
western Pacific west of 180° N, and the
remainder of the Pacific (Donovan
1991).
In U.S. Pacific waters, three stocks are
recognized: Alaska, Hawaii, and
California/Oregon/Washington stocks
(Carretta et al. 2017). In Hawaii, the
minke whale is thought to occur
seasonally from November through
March (Rankin and Barlow 2005). It is
generally believed to be uncommon in
Hawaiian waters; however, several
studies using acoustic detections
suggest that minke whales may be more
common than previously thought
(Rankin et al. 2007; Oswald et al. 2011).
Acoustic detections have been recorded
around the Hawaiian Islands during
fall–spring surveys in 1997 and 2000–
2006 (Rankin and Barlow 2005; Barlow
et al. 2008; Rankin et al. 2008), and from
seafloor hydrophones positioned ∼50
km from the coast of Kauai during
February–April 2006. Similarly, passive
acoustic detections of minke whales
have been recorded at the ALOHA
station (22.75° N, 158° W) from
October–May for decades (Oswald et al.
2011).
A lack of sightings is likely related to
misidentification or low detection
capability in poor sighting conditions
(Rankin et al. 2007). Two minke whale
sightings were made west of 167° W,
one in November 2002 and one in
October 2010, during surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Barlow et al.
2004; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta et al.
2017). Numerous additional sightings in
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
the EEZ were made by observers on
Hawaii-based longline fishing vessels,
including four near the proposed survey
area to the north and south of the Main
Hawaiian Islands (Carretta et al. 2017).
Minke whales have been seen
regularly during Japanese sighting
surveys in the western North Pacific
during summer (Miyashita 2006;
Hakamada et al. 2009), and one sighting
was made in August 2010 in offshore
waters off Japan during the Shatsky Rise
cruise (Holst and Beland 2010). Minke
whales were sighted within the Emperor
Seamounts survey area in the greatest
numbers in August, with the lowest
numbers occurring during May and June
(Hakamada et al. 2009).
Thus, minke whales could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area during spring and summer,
and likely fall, and could occur in
limited numbers in the Hawaiian survey
area during the summer.
Sei Whale
The sei whale occurs in all ocean
basins (Horwood 2009), but appears to
prefer mid-latitude temperate waters
(Jefferson et al. 2015). It undertakes
seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar
latitudes during summer and returns to
lower latitudes during winter to calve
(Horwood 2009). The sei whale is
pelagic and generally not found in
coastal waters (Harwood and Wilson
2001). It occurs in deeper waters
characteristic of the continental shelf
edge region (Hain et al. 1985) and in
other regions of steep bathymetric relief
such as seamounts and canyons
(Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and
Trites 2001).
During summer in the North Pacific,
the sei whale can be found from the
Bering Sea to the Gulf of Alaska and
down to southern California, as well as
in the western Pacific from Japan to
Korea. In the U.S. Pacific, an Eastern
North Pacific and a Hawaii stock are
recognized (Carretta et al. 2017). In
Hawaii, the occurrence of sei whales is
considered rare (DoN 2005). However,
six sightings were made during surveys
in the Hawaiian Islands EEZ in July–
December 2002 (Barlow 2006),
including several along the north coasts
of the Main Hawaiian Islands (Barlow et
al. 2004). All sightings occurred in
November, with one sighting reported
near proposed seismic Line 3 north of
Hawaii Island (Barlow et al. 2004).
Bradford et al. (2017) reported two
sightings in the northwestern portion of
the Hawaiian Islands EEZ during
summer–fall surveys in 2010. Hopkins
et al. (2009) sighted one group of three
subadult sei whales northeast of Oahu
in November 2007. Sei whale
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
vocalizations were also detected near
Hawaii during November 2002 (Rankin
and Barlow 2007). Breeding and calving
areas for this species in the Pacific are
unknown, but those sightings suggest
that Hawaii may be an important
reproductive area (Hopkins et al. 2009).
Sei whales have been regularly seen
during Japanese surveys during the
summer in the western North Pacific
(Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et al. 2009;
Sasaki et al. 2013). Sei whales have been
sighted in and near the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, with the
greatest numbers reported for July and
August; few sightings were made during
May and June (Hakamada et al. 2009).
Thus, sei whales could be
encountered in both the Emperor
Seamounts and Hawaii survey areas
during spring and summer.
Fin Whale
The fin whale is widely distributed in
all the World’s oceans (Gambell 1985),
although it is most abundant in
temperate and cold waters (Aguilar
2009). Nonetheless, its overall range and
distribution are not well known
(Jefferson et al. 2015). A recent review
of fin whale distribution in the North
Pacific noted the lack of sightings across
the pelagic waters between eastern and
western winter areas (Mizroch et al.
2009). The fin whale most commonly
occurs offshore, but can also be found
in coastal areas (Aguilar 2009). Most
populations migrate seasonally between
temperate waters where mating and
calving occur in winter, and polar
waters where feeding occurs in summer
(Aguilar 2009). However, recent
evidence suggests that some animals
may remain at high latitudes in winter
or low latitudes in summer (Edwards et
al. 2015).
The fin whale is known to use the
shelf edge as a migration route (Evans
1987). Sergeant (1977) suggested that fin
whales tend to follow steep slope
contours, either because they detect
them readily, or because the contours
are areas of high biological productivity.
However, fin whale movements have
been reported to be complex (Jefferson
et al. 2015). Stafford et al. (2009) noted
that sea-surface temperature is a good
predictor variable for fin whale call
detections in the North Pacific.
North Pacific fin whales summer from
the Chukchi Sea to California and
winter from California southwards
(Gambell 1985). In the U.S., three stocks
are recognized in the North Pacific:
California/Oregon/Washington, Hawaii,
and Alaska (Northeast Pacific) (Carretta
et al. 2017). Information about the
seasonal distribution of fin whales in
the North Pacific has been obtained
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30487
from the detection of fin whale calls by
bottom-mounted, offshore hydrophone
arrays along the U.S. Pacific coast, in
the central North Pacific, and in the
western Aleutian Islands (Moore et al.
1998, 2006; Watkins et al. 2000a,b;
Stafford et al. 2007, 2009). Fin whale
calls are recorded in the North Pacific
year-round, including near the Emperor
Seamounts survey area (e.g., Moore et
al. 2006; Stafford et al. 2007, 2009;
Edwards et al. 2015). In the central
North Pacific, call rates peak during fall
and winter (Moore et al. 1998, 2006;
Watkins et al. 2000a,b).
Sightings of fin whales have been
made in Hawaiian waters during fall
and winter (Edwards et al. 2015), but fin
whales are generally considered
uncommon at that time (DoN 2005).
During spring and summer, their
occurrence in Hawaii is considered rare
(DoN 2005; see Edwards et al. 2015).
There were five sightings of fin whales
during summer–fall surveys in 2002,
with sightings during every month
except August (Barlow et al. 2004). Most
sightings were made to the northwest of
the Main Hawaiian Islands; one sighting
was made during October southeast of
Oahu (Barlow et al. 2004). Two
sightings were made in the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands during
summer–fall 2010 (Carretta et al. 2017;
Bradford et al. 2017). Two additional
sightings in the EEZ were made by
observers on Hawaii-based longline
fishing vessels, including one near
proposed seismic Line 3 north of Maui
(Carretta et al. 2017). Fin whale
vocalizations have also been detected in
Hawaiian waters, mainly during winter
(Oleson et al. 2014, 2016).
In the western Pacific, fin whales are
seen off northern Japan, the Kuril
Islands, and Kamchatka during the
summer (Miyashita 2006; Matsuoka et
al. 2015). During Japanese sightings
surveys in the western North Pacific
from 1994–2014, the fin whale was
sighted more frequently than the blue,
humpback, or right whale (Matsuoka et
al. 2015). During May–June, main
distribution areas occurred from 35–40°
N and moved north of 40° N during July
and August; high densities were
reported north of 45° N (Matsuoka et al.
2015). During these surveys, fin whales
were seen in the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area from May
through September, with most sightings
during August (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Summer sightings in the survey area
during 1958–2000 were also reported by
Mizroch et al. (2009) and during July–
September 2005 (Miyashita 2006).
Edwards et al. (2015) reported fin whale
sightings within or near the Emperor
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30488
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Seamounts survey area from spring
through fall.
Thus, fin whales could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area from spring through fall,
and could occur in the Hawaiian survey
area during summer in limited numbers.
Blue Whale
The blue whale has a cosmopolitan
distribution and tends to be pelagic,
only coming nearshore to feed and
possibly to breed (Jefferson et al. 2015).
Blue whale migration is less well
defined than for some other rorquals,
and their movements tend to be more
closely linked to areas of high primary
productivity, and hence prey, to meet
their high energetic demands (Branch et
al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are
seasonal migrants between high
latitudes in the summer, where they
feed, and low latitudes in the winter,
where they mate and give birth (Lockyer
and Brown 1981). Some individuals
may stay in low or high latitudes
throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer
1990; Watkins et al. 2000b).
In the North Pacific, blue whale calls
are detected year-round (Stafford et al.
2001, 2009; Moore et al. 2002, 2006;
Monnahan et al. 2014). Stafford et al.
(2009) reported that sea-surface
temperature is a good predictor variable
for blue whale call detections in the
North Pacific. Although it has been
suggested that there are at least five
subpopulations in the North Pacific
(Reeves et al. 1998), analysis of calls
monitored from the U.S. Navy Sound
Surveillance System (SOSUS) and other
offshore hydrophones (e.g., Stafford et
al. 1999, 2001, 2007; Watkins et al.
2000a; Stafford 2003) suggests that there
are two separate populations: One in the
eastern and one in the central North
Pacific (Carretta et al. 2017). The
Eastern North Pacific Stock includes
whales that feed primarily off California
from June–November and winter off
Central America (Calambokidis et al.
1990; Mate et al. 1999). The Central
North Pacific Stock feeds off
Kamchatka, south of the Aleutians and
in the Gulf of Alaska during summer
(Stafford 2003; Watkins et al. 2000b),
and migrates to the western and central
Pacific (including Hawaii) to breed in
winter (Stafford et al. 2001; Carretta et
al. 2017). The status of these two
populations could differ substantially,
as little is known about the population
size in the western North Pacific
(Branch et al. 2016).
Blue whales are considered rare in
Hawaii (DoN 2005). However, call types
from both stocks have been recorded
near Hawaii during August–April,
although eastern calls were more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
prevalent; western calls were mainly
detected during December–March,
whereas eastern calls peaked during
August and September and were rarely
heard during October–March (Stafford
et al. 2001). No sightings were made in
the Hawaiian Islands EEZ during
surveys in July–December 2002 (Barlow
et al. 2004; Barlow 2006). One sighting
was made in the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands during August–
October 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013).
Three additional sightings in the EEZ
were made by observers on Hawaiibased longline fishing vessels during
1994–2009, including one in offshore
waters north of Maui (Carretta et al.
2017).
In the western North Pacific, blue
whale calls have been detected
throughout the year, but are more
prevalent from July–December (Stafford
et al. 2001). Numerous blue whale
sightings have also been made in the
western North Pacific during Japanese
surveys during 1994–2014 (Miyashita
2006; Matsuoka et al. 2015). A
northward migration pattern was
evident, with the main distribution
occurring from 35–40° N during May
and June, and north of 40° N during July
and August (Matsuoka et al. 2015). High
densities were reported north of 45° N
(Matsuoka et al. 2015). Blue whales
were seen in the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area during August
and September and adjacent to the area
during May and July (Matsuoka et al.
2015).
Thus, blue whales could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
and Hawaii survey areas at any time of
the year, but are more likely to occur in
the Emperor Seamounts area during
summer, and in the Hawaii survey area
during winter.
Sperm Whale
The sperm whale is the largest of the
toothed whales, with an extensive
worldwide distribution from the edge of
the polar pack ice to the Equator
(Whitehead 2009). Sperm whale
distribution is linked to its social
structure: Mixed groups of adult females
and juveniles of both sexes generally
occur in tropical and subtropical waters
at latitudes less than ∼40° (Whitehead
2009). After leaving their female
relatives, males gradually move to
higher latitudes with the largest males
occurring at the highest latitudes and
only returning to tropical and
subtropical regions to breed. Sperm
whales generally are distributed over
large areas that have high secondary
productivity and steep underwater
topography, in waters at least 1000 m
deep (Jaquet and Whitehead 1996). They
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
are often found far from shore, but can
be found closer to oceanic islands that
rise steeply from deep ocean waters
(Whitehead 2009).
Sperm whale vocalizations have been
recorded throughout the Central and
Western Pacific Ocean (Merkens et al.
2016). Sperm whales are widely
distributed in Hawaiian waters
throughout the year (Mobley et al. 2000)
and are considered a separate stock from
the Oregon/Washington/California stock
in U.S. waters (Carretta et al. 2017).
Higher densities occur in deep, offshore
waters (Forney et al. 2015). During
summer–fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, 43 sightings were made in
2002 (Barlow 2006) and 41 were made
in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). Sightings
were widely distributed across the EEZ
during both surveys; numerous
sightings occurred in and near the
proposed survey area (Barlow et al.
2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al.
2017). All sightings during surveys of
the Main Hawaiian Islands in 2000–
2012 were made in water >1000 m in
depth, with most sightings in areas
>3000 m deep (Baird et al. 2013).
Sightings were made during surveys of
the Island of Hawaii during all seasons,
including near proposed seismic Line 1;
no sightings were made off Oahu (Baird
et al. 2013). Sperm whales were also
detected acoustically off the west coast
of the Hawaii Island year-round (Klinck
et al. 2012; Giorli et al. 2016).
Sperm whales have been regularly
seen in the western North Pacific during
Japanese surveys during summer
(Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et al. 2009),
and sightings were also made in
offshore waters east of Japan and on the
Shatsky Rise during a summer survey in
2010 (Holst and Beland 2010). During
winter, few sperm whales are observed
off the east coast of Japan (Kato and
Miyashita 1998). Sperm whales have
been sighted in and near the Emperor
Seamounts survey area from May
through August, with the greatest
numbers occurring there during June–
August (Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et
al. 2009).
Thus, sperm whales could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
and Hawaii survey areas at any time of
the year.
Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whales
The pygmy and dwarf sperm whales
are distributed widely throughout
tropical and temperate seas, but their
precise distributions are unknown
because much of what we know of the
species comes from strandings
(McAlpine 2009). It has been suggested
that the pygmy sperm whale is more
temperate and the dwarf sperm whale
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
more tropical, based at least partially on
live sightings at sea from a large
database from the Eastern Tropical
Pacific or ETP (Wade and Gerrodette
1993). Kogia spp. are difficult to sight at
sea, because of their dive behavior and
perhaps because of their avoidance
reactions to ships and behavior changes
¨
in relation to survey aircraft (Wursig et
al. 1998). Although there are few useful
estimates of abundance for pygmy or
dwarf sperm whales anywhere in their
range, they are thought to be fairly
common in some areas.
Both Kogia species are sighted
primarily along the continental shelf
edge and slope and over deeper waters
off the shelf (Hansen et al. 1994; Davis
et al. 1998; Jefferson et al. 2015).
However, several studies have suggested
that pygmy sperm whales live mostly
beyond the continental shelf edge,
whereas dwarf sperm whales tend to
occur closer to shore, often over the
continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et al.
2002; MacLeod et al. 2004). On the other
hand, McAlpine (2009) and Barros et al.
(1998) suggested that dwarf sperm
whales could be more pelagic and dive
deeper than pygmy sperm whales.
Vocalizations of Kogia spp. have been
recorded in the North Pacific Ocean
(Merkens et al. 2016). An insular
resident population of dwarf sperm
whales occurs within ∼20 km from the
Main Hawaiian Islands throughout the
year (Baird et al. 2013; Oleson et al.
2013). During small-boat surveys in
2000–2012, dwarf sperm whales were
sighted in all water depth categories up
to 5000 m deep, but the highest sighting
rates were in water 500–1,000 m deep
(Baird et al. 2013). Of a total of 74
sightings during those surveys, most
sightings were made off the Island of
Hawaii, including near proposed
seismic Line 1 (Baird et al. 2013). The
area off the west coast of the Island of
Hawaii is considered a BIA for dwarf
sperm whales (Baird et al. 2015). Only
one sighting was made off Oahu (Baird
et al. 2013).
Only five sightings of pygmy sperm
whales were made during the surveys,
including several off the west coast of
the Island of Hawaii; the majority of
sightings were made in water >3,000 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). The dwarf
sperm whale was one of the most
abundant species during a summer–fall
survey of the Hawaiian EEZ in 2002
(Barlow 2006); during that survey, two
sightings of pygmy sperm whales, five
sightings of dwarf sperm whales, and
one sighting of an unidentified Kogia sp.
were made. All sightings were made in
the western portion of the EEZ (Barlow
et al. 2004; Barlow 2006). During
summer–fall surveys of the Hawaiian
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
EEZ in 2010, one dwarf sperm whale
and one unidentified Kogia sp. were
sighted (Bradford et al. 2017); no
sightings were made in or near the
proposed survey area (Carretta et al.
2017).
Although Kogia spp. have been seen
during Japanese sighting surveys in the
western North Pacific in August–
September (Kato et al. 2005), to the best
of our knowledge, there are no direct
data available for the Emperor
Seamounts survey area with respect to
Kogia spp. It is possible that Kogia spp
could occur at both survey locations is
limited numbers.
Cuvier’s Beaked Whale
Cuvier’s beaked whale is the most
widespread of the beaked whales,
occurring in almost all temperate,
subtropical, and tropical waters and
even some sub-polar and polar waters
(MacLeod et al. 2006). It is likely the
most abundant of all beaked whales
(Heyning and Mead 2009). Cuvier’s
beaked whale is found in deep water
over and near the continental slope
(Jefferson et al. 2015).
Cuvier’s beaked whale has been
sighted during surveys in Hawaii
(Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013;
Bradford et al. 2017). Resighting and
telemetry data suggest that a resident
insular population of Cuvier’s beaked
whale may exist in Hawaii, distinct
from offshore, pelagic whales (e.g.
McSweeney et al. 2007; Baird et al.
2013; Oleson et al. 2013). During smallboat surveys around the Hawaiian
Islands in 2000–2012, sightings were
made in water depths of 500–4,000 m
off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii
during all seasons (Baird et al. 2013).
The waters around the Island of Hawaii
are considered a BIA for Cuvier’s beaked
whale (Baird et al. 2015); proposed
seismic Line 1 would traverse this area.
During summer–fall surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, three sightings of
Cuvier’s beaked whale were made in the
western portion of the EEZ in 2002
(Barlow 2006) and 23 were made in the
EEZ in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). It
was one of the most abundant cetacean
species sighted in 2002 (Barlow 2006).
In 2010, most sightings were made in
nearshore waters of the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands, but one was made on
the west coast of the Island of Hawaii,
and another was made far offshore and
to the southwest of Kauai (Carretta et al.
2017). Cuvier’s beaked whales were also
reported near proposed seismic line 1
during November 2009 (Klinck et al.
2012). They have also been detected
acoustically at hydrophones deployed
near the Main Hawaiian Islands during
spring and fall (Baumann-Pickering et
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30489
al. 2014, 2016), including off the west
coast of the Island of Hawaii (Klinck et
al. 2012). Probable acoustic detections
were also made at Cross Seamount,
south of the Main Hawaiian Islands, at
18.72° N, 158.25° W (Johnston 2008).
Cuvier’s beaked whale has been seen
during Japanese sighting surveys in
August–September in the western North
Pacific (Kato et al. 2005). It has also
been detected acoustically in the
Aleutian Islands (Baumann-Pickering et
al. 2014). There is very little
information on this species for the
Emperor Seamounts survey area, but
what is known of its distribution and
habitat preferences suggests that it could
occur there. Therefore, Cuvier’s beaked
whales could occur at both survey
locations.
Longman’s Beaked Whale
Longman’s beaked whale, also known
Indo-Pacific beaked whale, used to be
one of the least known cetacean species,
but it is now one of the more frequently
sighted beaked whales (Pitman 2009a).
Longman’s beaked whale occurs in
tropical waters throughout the IndoPacific, with records from 30° S to 40°
N (Pitman 2009a). Longman’s beaked
whale is most often sighted in waters
with temperatures ≥26°C and depth
>2,000 m, and sightings have also been
reported along the continental slope
(Anderson et al. 2006; Pitman 2009a).
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, a single
sighting of Longman’s beaked whale
was made off the west coast of the
Island of Hawaii during summer (Baird
et al. 2013). During summer–fall surveys
of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, one
sighting was made in 2002 and three
were made in 2010; one sighting was
made in offshore waters southwest of
Ohau, and another was made at the edge
of the EEZ southwest of the Island of
Hawaii (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow
2006; Bradford et al. 2013). Acoustic
detections have been made at the
Palmyra Atoll and the Pearl and Hermes
Reef (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014).
Longman’s beaked whale has been
seen during Japanese sighting surveys in
August–September in the western North
Pacific (Kato et al. 2005). However,
what is known about its distribution
and habitat preferences suggests that it
does not occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Blainville’s Beaked Whale
Blainville’s beaked whale is found in
tropical and warm temperate waters of
all oceans (Pitman 2009b). It has the
widest distribution throughout the
world of all mesoplodont species and
appears to be common (Pitman 2009b).
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30490
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
It is commonly sighted in some areas of
Hawaii (Jefferson et al. 2015).
McSweeney et al. (2007), Schorr et al.
(2009), Baird et al. (2013), and Oleson
et al. (2013) have suggested the
existence of separate insular and
offshore Blainville’s beaked whales in
Hawaiian waters. During small-boat
surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in
2000–2012, sightings were made in shelf
as well as deep water, with the highest
sighting rates in water 3500–4000 m
deep, followed by water 500–1000 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were
made during all seasons off the island
of Hawaii, as well as off Oahu (Baird et
al. 2013). The area off the west coast of
Hawaii Island is considered a BIA for
Blainville’s beaked whale (Baird et al.
2015); proposed seismic Line 1 would
traverse this BIA. During summer–fall
shipboard surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, three sightings were made
in 2002 and two were made in 2010, all
in the western portion of the EEZ
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006;
Bradford et al. 2013). In addition, there
were four sightings of unidentified
Mesoplodon there in 2002 (Barlow et al.
2004; Barlow 2006) and 10 in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2013).
Blainville’s beaked whales have also
been detected acoustically at
hydrophones deployed near the Main
Hawaiian Islands throughout the year
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014, 2016;
Henderson et al. 2016; Manzano-Roth et
al. 2016), including off the west coast of
the Island of Hawaii, near proposed
seismic Line 1, during October–
November 2009 (Klinck et al. 2012).
Probable acoustic detections were also
made at Cross Seamount, south of the
Main Hawaiian Islands, at 18.72° N,
158.25° W (Johnston 2008). Blainville’s
beaked whale is expected to be absent
from the Emperor Seamounts survey
area.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Stejneger’s Beaked Whale
Stejneger’s beaked whale occurs in
subarctic and cool temperate waters of
the North Pacific (Mead 1989). Most
records are from Alaskan waters, and
the Aleutian Islands appear to be its
center of distribution (Mead 1989). In
the western Pacific Ocean, Stejneger’s
beaked whale has been seen during
Japanese sighting surveys during
August–September (Kato et al. 2005).
Seasonal peaks in strandings along the
western coast of Japan suggest that this
species may migrate north in the
summer from the Sea of Japan (Mead
1989). They have also been detected
acoustically in the Aleutian Islands
during summer, fall, and winter
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
Given its distributional range (see
Jefferson et al. 2015), Stejneger’s beaked
whale could occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area. It does not
occur in the Hawaiian survey area.
Ginkgo-Toothed Beaked Whale
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale is only
known from stranding and capture
records (Mead 1989; Jefferson et al.
2015). It is hypothesized to occupy
tropical and warm temperate waters of
the Indian and Pacific oceans (Pitman
2009b). Its distributional range in the
North Pacific extends from Japan to the
Galapagos Islands, and there are also
records for the South Pacific as far south
as Australia and New Zealand (Jefferson
et al. 2015). Although its distributional
range is thought to be south of Hawaii
(Jefferson et al. 2015), vocalizations
likely from this species have been
detected acoustically at hydrophones
deployed near the Main Hawaiian
Islands and just to the south at Cross
Seamount (18.72° N, 158.25° W), as well
as at the Wake Atoll and Mariana
Islands (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014,
2016). However, no sightings have been
made in Hawaiian waters (Barlow 2006;
Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017).
The ginkgo-toothed beaked whale
could occur in the southern parts of the
Hawaiian survey area, but it is not
expected to occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Deraniyagala’s Beaked Whale
Deraniyagala’s beaked whale is a
newly recognized species of whale that
recently has been described for the
tropical Indo-Pacific, where it is thought
to occur between ∼15° N and ∼10° S
(Dalebout et al. 2014). Strandings have
been reported for the Maldives, Sri
Lanka, the Seychelles, Kiribati, and
Palmyra Atoll (Dalebout et al. 2014),
and acoustic detections have been made
at Palmyra Atoll and Kingman Reef in
the Line Islands (Baumann-Pickering et
al. 2014). It is closely related to ginkgotoothed beaked whale, but DNA and
morphological data have shown that the
two are separate species (Dalebout et al.
2014).
Although possible, Deraniyagala’s
beaked whale is unlikely to occur in the
Hawaiian survey area, and its range
does not include the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Hubb’s Beaked Whale
Hubb’s beaked whale occurs in
temperate waters of the North Pacific
(Mead 1989). Most of the stranding
records are from California (Willis and
Baird 1998). Its distribution appears to
be correlated with the deep subarctic
current (Mead et al. 1982). Its range is
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
believed to be continuous across the
North Pacific (Macleod et al. 2006),
although this has yet to be substantiated
because very few direct at-sea
observations exist.
Hubb’s beaked whale was seen during
Japanese sighting surveys in the western
North Pacific during August–September
(Kato et al. 2005). However, there is very
little information on this species for the
Emperor Seamounts survey area, but
what is known of its distribution
suggests it would occur in limited
numbers. The Hubb’s beaked whale is
unlikely to occur in the Hawaiian
survey area.
Baird’s Beaked Whale
Baird’s beaked whale has a fairly
extensive range across the North Pacific
north of 30° N, and strandings have
occurred as far north as the Pribilof
Islands (Rice 1986). Two forms of
Baird’s beaked whales have been
recognized—the common slate-gray
form and a smaller, rare black form
(Morin et al. 2017). The gray form is
seen off Japan, in the Aleutians, and on
the west coast of North America,
whereas the black from has been
reported for northern Japan and the
Aleutians (Morin et al. 2017). Recent
genetic studies suggest that the black
form could be a separate species (Morin
et al. 2017).
Baird’s beaked whale is currently
divided into three distinct stocks: Sea of
Japan, Okhotsk Sea, and Bering Sea/
eastern North Pacific (Balcomb 1989;
Reyes 1991). The whales occur yearround in the Okhotsk Sea and Sea of
Japan (Kasuya 2009). Baird’s beaked
whales sometimes are seen close to
shore, but their primary habitat is over
or near the continental slope and
oceanic seamounts in waters 1,000–
3,000 m deep (Jefferson et al. 1993;
Kasuya and Ohsumi 1984; Kasuya
2009).
Off Japan’s Pacific coast, Baird’s
beaked whales start to appear in May,
numbers increase over the summer, and
decrease toward October (Kasuya 2009).
During this time, they are nearly absent
in offshore waters (Kasuya 2009). Kato
et al. (2005) also reported the presence
of Baird’s beaked whales in the western
North Pacific in August–September.
They have also been detected
acoustically in the Aleutian Islands
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014).
Baird’s beaked whale could be
encountered at the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but its distribution does not
include Hawaiian waters.
Rough-Toothed Dolphin
The rough-toothed dolphin is
distributed worldwide in tropical to
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
warm temperate oceanic waters
(Miyazaki and Perrin 1994; Jefferson
2009). In the Pacific, it occurs from
central Japan and northern Australia to
Baja California, Mexico, and southern
Peru (Jefferson 2009). It generally occurs
in deep, oceanic waters, but can be
found in shallower coastal waters in
some regions (Jefferson et al. 2015).
The rough-toothed dolphin is
expected to be one of the most abundant
cetaceans in the Hawaiian survey area,
based on previous surveys in the area
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006; Baird
et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017). Higher
densities are expected to occur in
deeper waters around the Hawaiian
Islands than in far offshore waters of the
Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et al. 2015).
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, it was
sighted in water as deep as 5,000 m,
with the highest sighting rates in water
>3500 m deep, throughout the year
(Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made
off the Island of Hawaii as well as Oahu
(Baird et al. 2013). The area west of the
Island of Hawaii is considered BIA
(Baird et al. 2015); proposed seismic
Line 1 would traverse this area. During
summer–fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, rough-toothed dolphins
were observed throughout the EEZ,
including near the proposed survey area
to the north and south of the Main
Hawaiian Islands; in total, there were 18
sightings in 2002 and 24 sightings in
2010 (Barlow 2006; Barlow et al. 2004;
Bradford et al. 2017). Acoustic
detections have also been made in
Hawaiian waters (Rankin et al. 2015).
In the western North Pacific Ocean,
rough-toothed dolphins have been seen
during Japanese sighting surveys during
August–September (Kato et al. 2005).
However, there is very little information
on this species for the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but what is
known of its distribution suggests that it
is unlikely to occur there.
Common Bottlenose Dolphin
The bottlenose dolphin occurs in
tropical, subtropical, and temperate
waters throughout the World (Wells and
Scott 2009). Generally, there are two
distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes,
one mainly found in coastal waters and
one mainly found in oceanic waters
(Duffield et al. 1983; Hoelzel et al. 1998;
Walker et al. 1999). As well as
inhabiting different areas, these
ecotypes differ in their diving abilities
(Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead
and Potter 1995).
The bottlenose dolphin is expected to
be one of the most abundant cetaceans
in the Hawaiian survey area, based on
previous surveys in the region (Barlow
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al.
2017). Higher densities are expected to
occur around the Hawaiian Islands than
in far offshore waters of the Hawaiian
EEZ (Forney et al. 2015). Photoidentification studies have shown that
there are distinct resident populations at
the four island groups in Hawaii (Kauai
& Niihau, Oahu, the 4-island region, and
the Island of Hawaii); the 1,000-m
isobath serves as the boundary between
these resident insular stocks and the
Hawaii pelagic stock (Martien et al.
2012). Note that the Kauai/Niihau stock
range does not occur near the proposed
tracklines and will not be discussed
further. Additionally, 98.5 percent of
the Hawaii survey will take in deep (≤
1,000 m) water. The areas where the
insular stocks are found are also
considered BIAs (Baird et al. 2015).
Proposed seismic Lines 1 and 2 would
traverse the BIAS to the west of Oahu
and west of the Island of Hawaii.
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, the
bottlenose dolphin was sighted in water
as deep as 4,500 m, but the highest
sighting rates occurred in water <500 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were
made during all seasons off the Island
of Hawaii, including near proposed
seismic Line 1, and off Oahu (Baird et
al. 2013). Common bottlenose dolphins
were also observed during summer–fall
surveys of the Hawaiian EEZ, mostly in
nearshore waters but also in offshore
waters, including in and near the
proposed survey area among the Main
Hawaiian Islands, and to the north and
south of the islands (see map in Carretta
et al. 2017). Fifteen sightings were made
in 2002 (Barlow 2006), and 19 sightings
were made in 2010 (Bradford et al.
2017).
In the western North Pacific Ocean,
common bottlenose dolphins have been
sighted off the east coast of Japan during
summer surveys in 1983–1991
(Miyashita 1993a). Although only part
of the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area was surveyed during the
month of August, no sightings were
made within or near the survey area
(Miyashita 1993a). Offshore sightings to
the south of the proposed survey area
were made during September (Miyashita
1993a), and there is also a record just to
the southwest of the survey area during
summer (Kanaji et al. 2017). The
distributional range of the common
bottlenose dolphin does not appear to
extend north to the Emperor Seamounts
survey area; thus, it is not expected to
be encountered during the survey.
Short-Beaked Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found in
tropical and warm temperate oceans
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30491
around the World (Perrin 2009a). It
ranges as far south as 40° S in the
Pacific Ocean, is common in coastal
waters 200–300 m deep, and is also
associated with prominent underwater
topography, such as seamounts (Evans
1994). There are two species of common
dolphins: The short-beaked common
dolphin (D. delphis) and the longbeaked common dolphin (D. capensis).
The short-beaked common dolphin is
mainly found in offshore waters, and
the long-beaked common dolphin is
more prominent in coastal areas.
During Japanese sighting surveys in
the western North Pacific in August–
September, both long- and short-beaked
common dolphins have been seen (Kato
et al. 2005). Kanaji et al. (2017) reported
one record to the southwest of the
proposed survey area during summer.
There are also bycatch records of shortbeaked common dolphins near the
Emperor Seamounts survey area during
summer and winter (Hobbs and Jones
1993). Based on information regarding
the distribution and habitat preferences,
only the short-beaked common dolphin
could occur in the region.
Both the the short-beaked and longbeaked common dolphin are not
expected to occur in the Hawaiian
survey area as no sightings have been
made of either species during surveys of
the Hawaii Islands (Barlow 2006; Baird
et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017).
Pantropical Spotted Dolphin
The pantropical spotted dolphin is
one of the most abundant cetaceans and
is distributed worldwide in tropical and
some subtropical waters (Perrin 2009b),
between ∼40° N and 40° S (Jefferson et
al. 2015). It is found primarily in deeper
waters, but can also be found in coastal,
shelf, and slope waters (Perrin 2009b).
There are two forms of pantropical
spotted dolphin: Coastal and offshore.
The offshore form inhabits tropical,
equatorial, and southern subtropical
water masses; the pelagic individuals
around the Hawaiian Islands belong to
a stock distinct from those in the ETP
(Dizon et al. 1991; Perrin 2009b).
Spotted dolphins are commonly seen
together with spinner dolphins in
mixed-species groups, e.g., in the ETP
(Au and Perryman 1985), off Hawaii
(Psarakos et al. 2003), and in the
Marquesas Archipelago (Gannier 2002).
The pantropical spotted dolphin is
expected to be one of the most abundant
cetaceans in the proposed Hawaiian
survey area based on previous surveys
in the region (Baird et al. 2013; Barlow
2006; Bradford et al. 2017). Higher
densities are expected to occur around
the Main Hawaiian Islands than
elsewhere in the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30492
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
et al. 2015). Sightings rates peak in
depths from 1,500 to 3,500 m (Baird et
al. 2013). The Main Hawaiian Islands
insular spotted dolphin stock consists of
two separate stocks at Oahu and 4Islands (which extend 20 km seaward),
and one stock off the Island of Hawaii,
up to 65 km from shore (Carretta et al.
2017). Spotted dolphins outside of these
insular stocks are part of the Hawaii
pelagic stock (Carretta et al. 2017).
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, the
pantropical spotted dolphin was sighted
in all water depth categories, with the
lowest sighting rate in water <500 m
(Baird et al. 2013). It was observed
during all seasons, including off of
Hawaii Island and Oahu (Baird et al.
2013). It was also seen during summer–
fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
including in the proposed survey area,
with sightings to the north, south, and
around the Main Hawaiian Islands (see
map in Carretta et al. 2017); 14 sightings
were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006), and
12 sightings were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2017). The areas off
southwest Oahu, south of Lanai, and
west of the Island of Hawaii are
considered BIAs (Baird et al. 2015);
proposed seismic Line 1 traverses the
BIA west of the Island of Hawaii. One
sighting was made in July 2010 in the
northwestern portion of the Hawaiian
EEZ during the Shatsky Rise cruise
(Holst and Beland 2010).
In the western Pacific, pantropical
spotted dolphins occur from Japan
south to Australia; they have been
hunted in drive fisheries off Japan for
decades (Kasuya 2007). A sighting of
three individuals was made in offshore
waters east of Japan in August 2010
during the Shatksy Rise cruise (Holst
and Beland 2010). Pantropical spotted
dolphins were also sighted off the east
coast of Japan during summer surveys in
1983–1991, with the highest densities in
offshore waters between 30° N and 37°
N (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part
of the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area was surveyed during the
month of August, no sightings were
made within or near the survey area;
offshore sightings to the south of the
proposed survey area were made during
August and September (Miyashita
1993a). The distributional range of the
pantropical spotted dolphin does not
appear to extend north to the Emperor
Seamounts survey area; thus, it is not
expected to be encountered during the
survey.
Spinner Dolphin
The spinner dolphin is pantropical in
distribution, including oceanic tropical
and sub-tropical waters between 40° N
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
and 40° S (Jefferson et al. 2015). It is
generally considered a pelagic species
(Perrin 2009b), but can also be found in
coastal waters and around oceanic
islands (Rice 1998). In Hawaii, spinner
dolphins belong to the offshore stock
(S.l. longirostris; Gray’s spinner) that is
separate from animals in the ETP (Dizon
et al. 1991).
The spinner dolphin is expected to be
one of the most abundant cetaceans in
the Hawaiian survey area, based on
previous surveys in the region (Barlow
2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al.
2017). Higher densities are expected to
occur around in offshore waters south of
the Hawaiian Islands (Forney et al.
2015). There are six separate stocks
managed within the Hawaiian EEZ—the
Hawaii Island, Oahu/4-islands, Kauai/
Niihau, Pearl & Hermes Reef, Midway
Atoll/Kure, and Hawaiian pelagic stocks
(Carretta et al. 2017); individuals from
three of these stocks (Hawaii pelagic,
Hawaii Island, Oahu/4-Islands) are
expected to overlap with the proposed
survey area. The boundaries of these
stocks are out to 10 n.mi. from shore;
these regions are also considered BIAs
(Baird et al. 2015). Proposed seismic
Line 1 traverses the BIA west of the
Island of Hawaii.
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, it was
sighted in water as deep as 3,000 m,
with the highest sighting rates in water
<500 m deep (Baird et al. 2013). It was
seen during all months, including off
the west coast of the Island of Hawaii
and off Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). Spinner
dolphins were also sighted in the
proposed survey area during summer–
fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands
EEZ, including south of Ohau (see map
in Carretta et al. 2017); eight sightings
were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and
four were made in 2010 (Bradford et al.
2013).
Kato et al. (2005) noted that spinner
dolphins were seen during Japanese
sighting surveys in the western North
Pacific in August–September. To the
best of our knowledge, there are no data
on the occurrence of spinner dolphins
near the Emperor Seamounts survey
area. However, the survey area is
located to the north of the known range
of the spinner dolphins. Therefore, they
are not anticipated to occur in the
Emperor Seamounts area.
Striped Dolphin
The striped dolphin has a
cosmopolitan distribution in tropical to
warm temperate waters from ∼50° N to
40° S (Perrin et al. 1994a; Jefferson et al.
2015). It is typically found in waters
outside the continental shelf and is
often associated with convergence zones
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and areas of upwelling (Archer 2009). It
occurs primarily in pelagic waters, but
has been observed approaching shore
where there is deep water close to the
coast (Jefferson et al. 2015).
The striped dolphin is expected to be
one of the most abundant cetaceans in
the proposed Hawaiian survey area,
based on previous surveys in the region
(Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013;
Bradford et al. 2017). Higher densities
are expected to occur around in offshore
waters of the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et
al. 2015). During small-boat surveys
around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000–
2012, sightings were made in water
depths of 1,000–5,000 m, with the
highest sighting rates in water deeper
than 3000 m (Baird et al. 2013).
Sightings were made during all seasons,
including near proposed seismic Line 1
off the Island of Hawaii (Baird et al.
2013). It was also sighted within the
proposed survey area during summer–
fall shipboard surveys of the Hawaii
Islands EEZ, including north and south
of the Main Hawaiian Islands (see map
in Carretta et al. 2017); 15 sightings
were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and
25 sightings were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2013).
In the western North Pacific, the
striped dolphin was one of the most
common dolphin species seen during
Japanese summer sighting surveys
(Miyashita 1993a). During these surveys,
densities were highest in offshore areas
between 35° N and 40° N, and in coastal
waters of southeastern Japan (Miyashita
1993a). Although only part of the
proposed Emperor Seamounts survey
area was surveyed during the month of
August, no sightings were made within
the survey area; sightings near the
proposed survey area, south of 41° N,
were made during August (Miyashita
1993a). Kanaji et al. (2017) reported on
another record during summer to the
southwest of the survey area. One
winter bycatch record was reported just
to the south of the survey area for
October 1990 to May 1991 (Hobbs and
Jones 1993).
Based on its distributional range and
habitat preferences, the striped dolphin
could be encountered in both the
Hawaii and Emperor Seamounts survey
areas.
Fraser’s Dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei)
Fraser’s dolphin is a tropical oceanic
species distributed between 30° N and
30° S that generally inhabits deeper,
offshore water (Dolar 2009). It occurs
rarely in temperate regions and then
only in relation to temporary
oceanographic anomalies such as El
˜
Nino events (Perrin et al. 1994b). In the
eastern tropical pacific, it was sighted at
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
least 15 km from shore in waters 1,500–
2,500 m deep (Dolar 2009).
Fraser’s dolphin is one of the most
abundant cetaceans in the offshore
waters of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
(Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2017).
Summer–fall shipboard surveys of the
EEZ resulted in two sightings of Fraser’s
dolphin in 2002 and four in 2010, all in
the western portion of the EEZ (Barlow
2006; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta et al.
2017). During small-boat surveys around
the Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012,
only two sightings were made off the
west coast of the Island of Hawaii, one
during winter and one during spring in
water deeper than 1000 m.
Fraser’s dolphin was seen during
Japanese sighting surveys in the western
North Pacific during August–September
(Kato et al. 2005). However, its range
does not extend as far north as the
Emperor Seamounts survey area. Thus,
Fraser’s dolphin is not expected to
occur in the Emperor Seamounts survey
area, but it could be encountered in
deep water of the Hawaii survey area.
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin
The Pacific white-sided dolphin is
found throughout the temperate North
Pacific, in a relatively narrow
distribution between 38° N and 47° N
(Brownell et al. 1999). It is common
both on the high seas and along the
continental margins (Leatherwood et al.
1984; Dahlheim and Towell 1994;
Ferrero and Walker 1996). Pacific whitesided dolphins often associate with
other species, including cetaceans
(especially Risso’s and northern right
whale dolphins; Green et al. 1993),
pinnipeds, and seabirds.
Pacific white-sided dolphins were
seen throughout the North Pacific
during surveys conducted during 1983–
1990 (Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita
1993b). Sightings were made in the
western Pacific during the summer
(Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita 1993b),
as well as during spring and fall
(Buckland et al. 1993). Pacific whitesided dolphins were observed in the
southern portion of the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, south of 45° S,
as well as at higher latitudes just to the
east (Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita
1993b). Bycatch in the squid driftnet
fishery has also been reported for the
Emperor Seamounts survey area (Hobbs
and Jones 1993; Yatsu et al. 1993). Thus,
Pacific white-sided dolphins could be
encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but they are not known to
occur as far south as Hawaii.
Northern Right Whale Dolphin
The northern right whale dolphin is
found in cool temperate and sub-arctic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
waters of the North Pacific, ranging from
34–55° N (Lipsky 2009). It occurs from
the Kuril Islands south to Japan and
eastward to the Gulf of Alaska and
southern California (Rice 1998). The
northern right whale dolphin is one of
the most common marine mammal
species in the North Pacific, occurring
primarily on the outer continental shelf,
slope waters, and oceanic regions,
where water depths are >100 m (see
Green et al. 1993; Barlow 2003; Carretta
et al. 2017). The northern right whale
dolphin does, however, come closer to
shore where there is deep water, such as
over submarine canyons (Jefferson et al.
2015).
Northern right whale dolphins were
seen throughout the North Pacific
during surveys conducted during 1983–
1990, with sightings made in the
western Pacific primarily during the
summer (Buckland et al. 1993;
Miyashita 1993b). Northern right whale
dolphins were observed in the southern
portion of the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, south of 45° S (Buckland et
al. 1993; Miyashita 1993b). Bycatch
records for the Emperor Seamounts
survey area have also been reported
(Hobbs and Jones 1993; Yatsu et al.
1993). One sighting was made just to the
east of the survey area, at a more
northerly latitude (Miyashita 1993b).
Thus, northern right whale dolphins
could be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but their
distribution does not range as far south
as the Hawaiian Islands.
Risso’s Dolphin
Risso’s dolphin is primarily a tropical
and mid-temperate species distributed
worldwide (Kruse et al. 1999). It occurs
between 60° N and 60° S, where surface
water temperatures are at least 10° C
(Kruse et al. 1999). Water temperature
appears to be an important factor
affecting its distribution (Kruse et al.
1999). Although it occurs from coastal
to deep water, it shows a strong
preference for mid-temperate waters of
the continental shelf and slope
(Jefferson et al. 2014).
During small-boat surveys around the
Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, sighting
rates were highest in water >3,000 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were
made during all seasons off the west
coast of the Island of Hawaii, including
near proposed seismic Line 1; no
sightings were made off Oahu (Baird et
al. 2013). During summer–fall surveys
of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, seven
sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow
2006) and 10 were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2017); several sightings
occurred within the proposed survey
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30493
area south of the Main Hawaiian Islands
(see map in Carretta et al. 2017).
Risso’s dolphins were regularly seen
during Japanese summer sighting
surveys in the western North Pacific
(Miyashita 1993a), and one individual
was seen in the offshore waters east of
Japan on 18 August 2010 during the
Shatksy Rise cruise (Holst and Beland
2010). Occurrence in the western North
Pacific appears to be patchy, but high
densities were observed in coastal
waters, between 148° E–157° E, and east
of 162° E (Miyashita 1993a). Although
only part of the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area was surveyed
during the month of August, no
sightings were made within the survey
area; however, sightings were made
south of 41° N (Miyashita 1993a). As its
regular northern range extends to the
southernmost portion of the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, and one record
has been reported outside of its range in
the Aleutian Islands (Jefferson et al.
2014). Therefore, the Risso’s dolphin is
expected to occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Melon-Headed Whale
The melon-headed whale is an
oceanic species found worldwide in
tropical and subtropical waters from
∼40° N to 35° S (Jefferson et al. 2015).
It is commonly seen in mixed groups
with other cetaceans (Jefferson and
Barros 1997; Huggins et al. 2005). It
occurs most often in deep offshore
waters and occasionally in nearshore
areas where deep oceanic waters occur
near the coast (Perryman 2009). In the
North Pacific, it is distributed south of
central Japan and southern California, as
well as across the Pacific, including
Hawaii.
Photo-identification and telemetry
studies have revealed that there are two
distinct populations of melon-headed
whales in Hawaiian waters—the
Hawaiian Islands stock and the Kohala
resident stock associated with the west
coast of the Island of Hawaii (Aschettino
et al. 2012; Oleson et al. 2013; Carretta
et al. 2017). Individuals in the smaller
Kohala resident stock have a limited
range restricted to shallower waters of
the Kohala shelf and west side of
Hawaii Island. During small-boat
surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in
2000–2012, sightings were made during
all seasons in all water depths up to
5,000 m, including sightings off the west
coasts of the Island of Hawaii and Oahu
(Baird et al. 2013). There are numerous
records near the proposed seismic
transect off the west coast of the
Hawaiian Island (Carretta et al. 2017);
this area is considered a BIA (Baird et
al. 2015). During summer–fall surveys
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30494
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ in 2002
and 2010, there was a single sighting
each year; neither was located near the
proposed survey area (Barlow et al.
2004; Bradford et al. 2017). Satellite
telemetry data revealed distant pelagic
movements, associated with feeding,
nearly to the edge of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ (Oleson et al. 2013).
Melon-headed whales have been seen
during Japanese sighting surveys in the
western North Pacific in August–
September (Kato et al. 2005). However,
their distributional range does not
extend to the Emperor Seamounts
survey area. Thus, melon-headed whale
is expected to occur in the proposed
Hawaiian survey area, but not in the
Emperor Seamounts survey area.
Pygmy Killer Whale
The pygmy killer whale has a
worldwide distribution in tropical and
subtropical waters (Donahue and
Perryman 2009), generally not ranging
south of 35° S (Jefferson et al. 2015). In
warmer water, it is usually seen close to
the coast (Wade and Gerrodette 1993),
but it is also found in deep waters. In
the North Pacific, it occurs from Japan
and Baja, California, southward and
across the Pacific Ocean, including
Hawaii.
A small resident population inhabits
the waters around the Main Hawaiian
Islands (Oleson et al. 2013), where it
generally occurs within ∼20 km from
shore (Baird et al. 2011). During smallboat surveys around the Hawaiian
Islands in 2000–2012, sightings were
made during all seasons in water up to
3000 m deep, off the west coasts of
Oahu and the Island of Hawaii (Baird et
al. 2013), including near proposed
seismic Lines 1 and 2. The waters off
the west and southeast coasts of the
Island of Hawaii are considered a BIA
(Baird et al. 2015). Pygmy killer whales
were also recorded during summer–fall
surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ:
Three sightings in 2002 (Barlow et al.
2004; Barlow 2006) and five in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2017), including some
within the study area to the north and
south of the Main Hawaiian Islands
(Carretta et al. 2017).
Kato et al. (2005) reported the
occurrence of this species during
Japanese sighting surveys in the western
North Pacific in August–September.
However, its distributional range
indicates that the pygmy killer whale is
unlikely to occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
False Killer Whale
The false killer whale is found
worldwide in tropical and temperate
waters, generally between 50° N and 50°
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
S (Odell and McClune 1999). It is
widely distributed, but generally
uncommon throughout its range (Baird
2009). It is gregarious and forms strong
social bonds, as is evident from its
propensity to strand en masse (Baird
2009). The false killer whale generally
inhabits deep, offshore waters, but
sometimes is found over the continental
shelf and occasionally moves into very
shallow water (Jefferson et al. 2008;
Baird 2009). In the North Pacific, it
occurs from Japan and southern
California, southward and across the
Pacific, including Hawaii.
Telemetry, photo-identification, and
genetic studies have identified three
independent populations of false killer
whales in Hawaiian waters: Main
Hawaiian Islands Insular, Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands, and Hawaii pelagic
stocks (Chivers et al. 2010; Baird et al.
2010, 2013; Bradford et al. 2014;
Carretta et al. 2017). The range of the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands stock is
not the vicinity of the Hawaii survey
tracklines and, therefore, will not be
discussed further. The population
inhabiting the Main Hawaiian Islands is
thought to have declined dramatically
since 1989; the reasons for this decline
are still uncertain, although interactions
with longline fisheries have been
suggested (Reeves et al. 2009; Bradford
and Forney 2014). Higher densities
likely occur in the western-most areas of
the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et al. 2015).
During 2008–2012, 26 false killer
whales were observed hooked or
entangled by longline gear within the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ or adjacent highseas waters, and 22 of those were
assessed as seriously injured; locations
of false killer whale and unidentified
blackfish takes observed included the
proposed survey area (Bradford and
Forney 2014). NMFS published a final
rule to implement the False Killer
Whale Take Reduction Plan on
November 29, 2012, 77 FR 71260). The
final rule includes gear requirements
(‘‘weak’’ circle hooks and strong branch
lines) in the deep-set longline fishery,
longline closure areas, training and
certification for vessel owners and
captains in marine mammal handling
and release, captains’ supervision of
marine mammal handling and release,
and posting of placards on longline
vessels.
Critical habitat has been proposed for
the endangered insular population of
the false killer whale in Hawaii (82 FR
51186; November 3, 2017). In general,
this includes waters between the 45and 3,200-m isobaths in the Main
Hawaiian Islands (NNMFS 2017c). Note
that in the critical habitat proposal,
NMFS invited the public to submit
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
comments on whether it is appropriate
to include anthropogenic noise as a
feature essential to the conservation
false killer whales in the final rule. The
final rule is expected to be published ∼1
July 2018 (NMFS 2017c).
High-use areas in Hawaii include the
north half of the Island of Hawaii, the
northern areas of Maui and Molokai,
and southwest of Lanai (Baird et al.
2012). These areas are considered BIAs
(Baird et al. 2015), and proposed
seismic Line 1 to the west of the Island
of Hawaii traverses the BIA. Individuals
are found up to 122 km from shore
(Baird et al. 2012). Satellite-tagged false
killer whales were also recorded using
the areas off the western Island of
Hawaii and west of Oahu during
summer 2008 and fall 2009 (Baird et al.
2012). During small-boat surveys around
the Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012, the
highest sighting rates occurred in water
>3,500 m deep (Baird et al. 2013).
Sightings were made during all seasons,
including off the west coast of the Island
of Hawaii and Oahu (Baird et al. 2013).
During summer–fall surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, two sightings
were made in 2002 (Barlow et al. 2004;
Barlow 2006) and 14 were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2017), including two
within the study area, south of the Main
Hawaiian Islands (see map in Carretta et
al. 2017). False killer whales were also
detected acoustically off the west coast
of the Hawaiian Island and off Kauai
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2015).
False killer whales have been seen
during Japanese summer sighting
surveys in the western Pacific Ocean
(Miyashita 1993a), and a sighting of four
individuals was made in offshore waters
east of Japan in August 2010 during the
Shatksy Rise cruise (Holst and Beland
2010). The distribution in the western
Pacific was patchy, with several highdensity areas in offshore waters
(Miyashita 1993a). Although only part
of the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area was surveyed during the
month of August, no sightings were
made within the survey area; however,
one sighting was made just to the
southeast of the survey area (Miyashita
1993a). Jefferson et al. (2015) did not
show its distributional range to include
the Emperor Seamounts region.
False killer whale is expected to occur
in the proposed Hawaiian and Emperor
Seamounts survey areas.
Killer Whale
The killer whale is cosmopolitan and
globally fairly abundant; it has been
observed in all oceans of the World
(Ford 2009). It is very common in
temperate waters and also frequents
tropical waters, at least seasonally
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
(Heyning and Dahlheim 1988). High
densities of the species occur in high
latitudes, especially in areas where prey
is abundant. Killer whale movements
generally appear to follow the
distribution of their prey, which
includes marine mammals, fish, and
squid.
Killer whales are rare in the Hawaii
Islands EEZ. Baird et al. (2006) reported
21 sighting records in Hawaiian waters
between 1994 and 2004. During smallboat surveys around Hawaii Island in
2000–2012, a single sighting was made
during spring in water <2000 m deep off
the west coast of Hawaii Island (Baird
et al. 2013). During summer—fall
surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ,
two sightings were made in 2002
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006) and
one was made in 2010 (Bradford et al.
2017); none was made within the
proposed survey area (Barlow et al.
2004; Bradford et al. 2017; Carretta et al.
2017). Numerous additional sightings in
and north of the EEZ have been made
by observers on longliners, some at the
edge of the EEZ north of the Main
Hawaiian Islands (Carretta et al. 2017).
Very little is known about killer
whale abundance and distribution in
the western Pacific Ocean outside of
Kamchatka. However, they are common
along the coast of Russia, Sea of
Okhotsk, and Sea of Japan, Sakhalin
Island, and Kuril Islands (Forney and
Wade 2006). Kato et al. (2005) reported
sightings of this species during Japanese
sighting surveys in the western North
Pacific in August–September. However,
there is very little information on killer
whales for the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but based on information
regarding the distribution and habitat
preferences, they are likely to occur
there (see Forney and Wade 2006).
Killer whales are expected to occur in
both the proposed Hawaiian and
Emperor survey areas.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Short-Finned Pilot Whale
The short-finned pilot whale is found
in tropical and warm temperate waters;
it is seen as far south as ∼40° S and as
far north as 50° N (Jefferson et al. 2015).
It is generally nomadic, but may be
resident in certain locations, including
Hawaii. Pilot whales occur on the shelf
break, over the slope, and in areas with
prominent topographic features (Olson
2009). Based on genetic data, Van Cise
et al. (2017) suggested that two types of
short-finned pilot whales occur in the
Pacific—one in the western and central
Pacific, and one in the Eastern Pacific;
they hypothesized that prey distribution
rather than sea surface temperature
determine their latitudinal ranges.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
During surveys of the Main Hawaiian
Islands during 2000–2012, short-finned
pilot whales were the most frequently
sighted cetacean (Baird et al. 2013).
Higher densities are expected to occur
around the Hawaiian Islands rather than
in far offshore waters of the Hawaiian
EEZ (Forney et al. 2015). Photoidentification and telemetry studies
indicate that there may be insular and
pelagic populations of short-finned pilot
whales in Hawaii (Mahaffy 2012; Oleson
et al. 2013). Genetic research is also
underway to assist in delimiting
population stocks for management
(Carretta et al. 2017). During small-boat
surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in
2000–2012, pilot whales were sighted in
water as deep as 5,000 m, with the
highest sighting rates in water depths of
500–2,500 m (Baird et al. 2013).
Sightings were made during all seasons,
mainly off the west coasts of the Island
of Hawaii and Ohau (Baird et al. 2013).
The waters off the west coast of the
Island of Hawaii are considered a BIA
(Baird et al. 2015); proposed seismic
tLine 1 traverses the BIA. During
summer—fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, 25 sightings were made in
2002 (Barlow 2006) and 36 were made
in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2017), including
within the proposed survey area, north,
south, and between the Main Hawaiian
Islands (see Carretta et al. 2017). Shortfinned pilot whales were also detected
acoustically off the west coast of the
Island of Hawaii and off Kauai
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2015).
Stock structure of short-finned pilot
whales has not been adequately studied
in the North Pacific, except in Japanese
waters, where two stocks have been
identified based on pigmentation
patterns and head shape differences of
adult males (Kasuya et al. 1988). The
southern stock of short-finned pilot
whales has been observed during
Japanese summer sightings surveys
(Miyashita 1993a) and is
morphologically similar to pilot whales
found in Hawaiian waters (Carretta et al.
2017). Distribution of short-finned pilot
whales in the western North Pacific
appears to be patchy, but high densities
were observed in coastal waters of
central and southern Japan and in some
areas offshore (Miyashita 1993a). A
sighting of three individuals was made
in offshore waters east of Japan in
August 2010 during the Shatksy Rise
cruise (Holst and Beland 2010).
Although only part of the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area was
surveyed during the month of August,
no sightings were made within or near
the survey area; offshore sightings to the
south of the proposed survey area were
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30495
made during the month of September
(Miyashita 1993a). Although Jefferson et
al. (2015) did not include the Emperor
Seamounts region in its distributional
range, Olson (2009) did.
Short-finned pilot whales are
expected to occur in both the proposed
Hawaiian and Emperor Seamounts
survey areas.
Dall’s Porpoise
Dall’s porpoise is only found in the
North Pacific and adjacent seas. It is
widely distributed across the North
Pacific over the continental shelf and
slope waters, and over deep (>2500 m)
oceanic waters (Hall 1979), ranging from
∼30–62° N (Jefferson et al. 2015). In
general, this species is common
throughout its range (Buckland et al.
1993). It is known to approach vessels
to bowride (Jefferson 2009b).
In the western North Pacific, there are
two different color morphs which are
also considered sub-species: The trueitype (P. d. truei) and the dalli-type (P.
d. dalli) (Jefferson et al. 2015). They can
be distinguished from each other by the
extent of their white thoracic patches—
the truei-type has a much broader patch,
which extends nearly the length of the
body. Both types could be encountered
in the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area.
Dall’s porpoise was one of the most
common cetaceans in the bycatch of the
central and western North Pacific highseas driftnet fisheries, but that source of
mortality is not thought to have
substantially depleted their abundance
in the region (Hobbs and Jones 1993).
Dall’s porpoises were seen throughout
the North Pacific during surveys
conducted during 1987–1990 (Buckland
et al. 1993), including in the western
Pacific during the summer (Buckland et
al. 1993; Kato et al. 2005). The observed
range included the entire Emperor
Seamounts survey area (Buckland et al.
1993). Records of both types within the
Emperor Seamounts survey area, in
particular for April–July, have also been
reported by Kasuya (1982), and bycatch
records in the proposed survey area
have also been reported (Hobbs and
Jones 1993; Yatsu et al. 1993). Thus,
Dall’s porpoise could be encountered in
the Emperor Seamounts survey area, but
its distribution does not range as far
south as the Hawaiian Islands.
Hawaiian Monk Seal
The Hawaiian monk seal only occurs
in the Central North Pacific. It is
distributed throughout the Hawaiian
Island chain, with most of the
population occurring in the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (within
the PMNM), and a small but increasing
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30496
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
number residing in the Main Hawaiian
Islands (Baker et al. 2011). Six main
breeding subpopulations are located at
the Kure Atoll, Midway Islands, Pearl
and Hermes Reef, Lisianski Island,
Laysan Island, and French Frigate
Shoals (Baker et al. 2011). Most births
occur from February to August, with a
peak in April to June, but births have
been reported any time of the year
(Gilmartin and Forcada 2009). Hawaiian
monk seals show high site fidelity to
natal islands (Gilmartin and Forcada
2009; Wilson et al. 2017). They mainly
occur within 50 km of atolls/islands
(Parrish et al. 2000; Stewart et al. 2006;
Wilson et al. 2017) and within the 500m isobath (e.g., Parrish et al. 2002;
Wilson et al. 2017). Secondary
occurrence may occur in water as deep
as 1000 m, but occurrence beyond the
1000-m isobath is rare (DoN 2005).
Nonetheless, tagged monk seals have
been tracked in water >1000 m deep
(Wilson et al. 2017).
Hawaiian monk seals are benthic
foragers that feed on marine terraces of
atolls and banks; most foraging occurs
in water depths <100 m deep but
occasionally to depths up to 500 m
(Parrish et al. 2002; Stewart et al. 2006).
Stewart et al. (2006) used satellite
tracking to examine the foraging
behavior of monk seals at the six main
breeding colonies in the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands. Foraging trips varied
by sex and by age and ranged from <1
km up to 322 km from haul-out sites.
Wilson et al. (2017) reported foraging
trips of up to 100 km. Satellite tracking
of Hawaiian monk seals revealed that
home ranges in Main Hawaiian Islands
were much smaller than those in the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (NMFS
2007, 2014); home ranges for most seals
were <2000 km2 (Wilson et al. 2017).
Critical habitat has been designated
based on preferred pupping and nursing
areas, significant haul-out areas, and
marine foraging areas out to a depth of
200 m (NMFS 2017b). In the Main
Hawaiian Islands, critical habitat
generally includes marine habitat from
the seafloor to 10 m above the seafloor,
from the 200-m isobath to the shoreline
and 5 m inland, with some exceptions
for specific areas (NMFS 2017b). For the
Island of Hawaii of Hawaii, Maui, and
Oahu (islands adjacent to the proposed
transects), all marine habitat and inland
habitat is included as critical habitat
(NMFS 2017b). The seismic transects
are located at least 10 km from monk
seal critical habitat (Fig. 1).
Hawaiian monk seals have been
reported throughout the Main Hawaiian
Islands, including the west coast of
Oahu, the east coast of Maui, and the
north coast of the Island of Hawaii
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
(Baker and Johanos 2004; DoN 2005).
Tagged seals showed movements among
the Main Hawaiian Islands, and were
reported to occur near and crossing
proposed seismic Lines 1 and 2 off the
west coast of Oahu and the Island of
Hawaii (Wilson et al. 2017). However,
the core area of occurrence around Oahu
was reported to be off the south coast,
not the west coast (Wilson et al. 2017).
Thus, monk seals could be encountered
during the proposed survey, especially
in nearshore portions (<1000 m deep),
as well as areas near the islands where
water depth is greater than >1000 m.
Northern Fur Seal
The northern fur seal is endemic to
the North Pacific Ocean and occurs from
southern California to the Bering Sea,
Okhotsk Sea, and Honshu Island, Japan
(Muto et al. 2017). During the breeding
season, most of the worldwide
population of northern fur seals inhabits
the Pribilof Islands in the southern
Bering Sea (Lee et al. 2014; Muto et al.
2017). The rest of the population occurs
at rookeries on Bogoslof Island in the
Bering Sea, in Russia (Commander
Islands, Robben Island, Kuril Islands),
on San Miguel Island in southern
California (NMFS 1993; Lee et al. 2014),
and on the Farallon Islands off central
California (Muto et al. 2017). In the
United States, two stocks are
recognized—the Eastern Pacific and the
California stocks (Muto et al. 2017). The
Eastern Pacific stock ranges from the
Pribilof Islands and Bogoslof Island in
the Bering Sea during summer to
California during winter (Muto et al.
2017).
When not on rookery islands,
northern fur seals are primarily pelagic
but occasionally haul out on rocky
shorelines (Muto et al. 2017). During the
breeding season, adult males usually
come ashore in May–August and may
sometimes be present until November;
adult females are found ashore from
June–November (Carretta et al. 2017;
Muto et al. 2017). After reproduction,
northern fur seals spend the next 7–8
months feeding at sea (Roppel 1984).
Once weaned, juveniles spend 2–3 years
at sea before returning to rookeries.
Animals may migrate to the Gulf of
Alaska, off Japan, and the west coast of
the United States (Muto et al. 2017); in
particular, adult males from the Pripilof
Islands have been shown to migrate to
the Kuril Islands in the western Pacific
(Loughlin et al. 1999). The southern
extent of the migration is ∼35 N.
Northern fur seals were seen
throughout the North Pacific during
surveys conducted during 1987–1990,
including in the western Pacific during
the summer (Buckland et al. 1993). The
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
observed range included the entire
Emperor Seamounts survey area
(Buckland et al. 1993). They have also
been reported as bycatch in squid and
large-mesh fisheries during summer in
the Emperor Seamounts survey area
(Hobbs and Jones 1993; Yatsu et al.
1993). Tracked adult male fur seals that
were tagged on St. Paul Island in the
Bering Sea in October 2009, wintered in
the Bering Sea or northern North Pacific
Ocean, and approached near the
eastern-most extent of the Emperor
Seamounts survey area; females
migrated to the Gulf of Alaska and the
California Current (Sterling et al. 2014).
Tagged pups also approached the
eastern portion of the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during
November (Lea et al. 2009). Thus,
northern fur seals could be encountered
in the Emperor Seamounts survey area;
only juveniles would be expected to
occur there during the summer. Their
distribution does not range as far south
as the Hawaiian Islands.
Northern Elephant Seal
Northern elephant seals breed in
California and Baja California, primarily
on offshore islands (Stewart et al. 1994),
from December–March (Stewart and
Huber 1993). Adult elephant seals
engage in two long northward
migrations per year, one following the
breeding season, and another following
the annual molt, with females returning
earlier to molt (March–April) than males
(July–August) (Stewart and DeLong
1995). Juvenile elephant seals typically
leave the rookeries in April or May and
head north, traveling an average of 900–
1,000 km. Hindell (2009) noted that
traveling likely takes place in water
depths >200 m.
When not breeding, elephant seals
feed at sea far from the rookeries,
ranging as far north as 60° N, into the
Gulf of Alaska and along the Aleutian
Islands (Le Boeuf et al. 2000). Some
seals that were tracked via satellite-tags
for no more than 224 days traveled
distances in excess of 10,000 km during
that time (Le Beouf et al. 2000).
Northern elephant seals that were
satellite-tagged at a California rookery
have been recorded traveling as far west
as ∼166.5–172.5° E, including the
proposed Emperor Seamount survey
area (Le Boeuf et al. 2000; Robinson et
al. 2012; Robinson 2016 in OBIS 2018;
Costa 2017 in OBIS 2018). Occurrence
in the survey area was documented
during August and September; during
July and October, northern elephant
seals were tracked just to the east of the
survey area (Robinson et al. 2012). Postmolting seals traveled longer and farther
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
than post-breeding seals (Robinson et al.
2012).
Thus, northern elephant seals could
be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during summer
and fall. Although there are rare records
of northern elephant seals in Hawaiian
waters, they are unlikely to occur in the
proposed survey area.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Ribbon Seal
Ribbon seals occur in the North
Pacific and adjacent Arctic Ocean,
ranging from the Okhotsk Sea, to the
Aleutian Islands and the Bering,
Chukchi, and western Beaufort seas.
Ribbon seals inhabit the Bering Sea ice
front from late-March to early-May and
are abundant in the northern parts of the
ice front in the central and western parts
of the Bering Sea (Burns 1970; Burns
1981). In May to mid-July, when the ice
recedes, some of the seals move farther
north (Burns 1970; Burns 1981) to the
Chukchi Sea (Kelly 1988c). However,
most likely become pelagic and remain
in the Bering Sea during the open-water
season, and some occur on the Pacific
Ocean side of the Aleutian Islands
(Boveng et al. 2008). Of 10 seals that
were tagged along the cost of the
Kamchatka Peninsula in 2005, most
stayed in the central and eastern Bering
Sea, but two were tracked along the
south side of the Aleutian Islands; 8 of
26 seals that were tagged in the central
Bering Sea in 2007 traveled to the
Bering Strait, Chukchi Sea, and Arctic
Basin (Boveng et al. 2008). Although
unlikely ribbon seals could be
encountered in the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)
recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups
based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available
behavioral response data, audiograms
derived using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 dB
threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (note
that these frequency ranges correspond
to the range for the composite group,
with the entire range not necessarily
reflecting the capabilities of every
species within that group):
• Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes):
Generalized hearing is estimated to
occur between approximately 7 Hz
and 35 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger
toothed whales, beaked whales, and
most delphinids): Generalized hearing
is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises,
river dolphins, and members of the
genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus;
including two members of the genus
Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of
recent echolocation data and genetic
data): generalized hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 275
Hz and 160 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true
seals): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between
approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
• Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared
seals): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between 60 Hz and
39 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
¨
(Hemila et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2016) for a review of
available information. Forty marine
mammal species (36 cetacean and 4
pinniped (1 otariid and 3 phocid)
species) have the reasonable potential to
co-occur with the proposed survey
activities. Please refer to Table 1. Of the
cetacean species that may be present, 8
are classified as low-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 25
are classified as mid-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30497
species and the sperm whale), and 3 are
classified as high-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., Dall’s porpoise and Kogia spp.).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis and Determination’’ section
considers the content of this section, the
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed
Mitigation’’ section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts
of these activities on the reproductive
success or survivorship of individuals
and how those impacts on individuals
are likely to impact marine mammal
species or stocks.
Description of Active Acoustic Sound
Sources
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used in this proposal
inasmuch as the information is relevant
to the specified activity and to a
discussion of the potential effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
found later in this document.
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in Hz or
cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks or
corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency
sounds have shorter wavelengths than
lower frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower
water. Amplitude is the height of the
sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
of a sound and is typically described
using the relative unit of the decibel
(dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB
is described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference
pressure (for underwater sound, this is
1 microPascal (mPa)) and is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore, a
relatively small change in dB
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. The source level (SL)
represents the SPL referenced at a
distance of 1 m from the source
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30498
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
(referenced to 1 mPa) while the received
level is the SPL at the listener’s position
(referenced to 1 mPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Root mean
square is calculated by squaring all of
the sound amplitudes, averaging the
squares, and then taking the square root
of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean
square accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures
makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation
of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL;
represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents
the total energy contained within a puls
and considers both intensity and
duration of exposure. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum
instantaneous sound pressure
measurable in the water at a specified
distance from the source and is
represented in the same units as the rms
sound pressure. Another common
metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure
(pk-pk), which is the algebraic
difference between the peak positive
and peak negative sound pressures.
Peak-to-peak pressure is typically
approximately 6 dB higher than peak
pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in a manner similar
to ripples on the surface of a pond and
may be either directed in a beam or
beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case
for pulses produced by the airgun arrays
considered here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound
waves are detected as changes in
pressure by aquatic life and man-made
sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound. Ambient sound is
defined as environmental background
sound levels lacking a single source or
point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the
sound level of a region is defined by the
total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of
sources contribute to ambient sound,
including the following (Richardson et
al., 1995):
• Wind and waves: The complex
interactions between wind and water
surface, including processes such as
breaking waves and wave-induced
bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson, 1995). In
general, ambient sound levels tend to
increase with increasing wind speed
and wave height. Surf sound becomes
important near shore, with
measurements collected at a distance of
8.5 km from shore showing an increase
of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
during heavy surf conditions.
• Precipitation: Sound from rain and
hail impacting the water surface can
become an important component of total
sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times.
• Biological: Marine mammals can
contribute significantly to ambient
sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from
approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
• Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient
sound related to human activity include
transportation (surface vessels),
dredging and construction, oil and gas
drilling and production, seismic
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for
frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In
general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
and, if higher frequency sound levels
are created, they attenuate rapidly.
Sound from identifiable anthropogenic
sources other than the activity of
interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is
sometimes termed background sound, as
opposed to ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources at any
given location and time—which
comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
sound—depends not only on the source
levels (as determined by current
weather conditions and levels of
biological and human activity) but also
on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from a given activity
may be a negligible addition to the local
environment or could form a distinctive
signal that may affect marine mammals.
Details of source types are described in
the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall
into one of two general types: Pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in the
following). The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
impact pile driving) produce signals
that are brief (typically considered to be
less than one second), broadband, atonal
transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
occur either as isolated events or
repeated in some succession. Pulsed
sounds are all characterized by a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonpulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the
essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
sounds include those produced by
vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems
(such as those used by the U.S. Navy).
The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals
with energy in a frequency range from
about 10–2,000 Hz, with most energy
radiated at frequencies below 200 Hz.
The amplitude of the acoustic wave
emitted from the source is equal in all
directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but
airgun arrays do possess some
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
directionality due to different phase
delays between guns in different
directions. Airgun arrays are typically
tuned to maximize functionality for data
acquisition purposes, meaning that
sound transmitted in horizontal
directions and at higher frequencies is
minimized to the extent possible.
As described above, a Kongsberg EM
122 MBES, a Knudsen Chirp 3260 SBP,
and a Teledyne RDI 75 kHz Ocean
Surveyor ADCP would be operated
continuously during the proposed
surveys, but not during transit to and
from the survey areas. Due to the lower
source level of the Kongsberg EM 122
MBES relative to the Langseth’s airgun
array (242 dB re 1 mPa · m for the MBES
versus a minimum of 258 dB re 1 mPa
· m (rms) for the 36 airgun array (NSF–
USGS, 2011), sounds from the MBES are
expected to be effectively subsumed by
the sounds from the airgun array. Thus,
any marine mammal potentially
exposed to sounds from the MBES
would already have been exposed to
sounds from the airgun array, which are
expected to propagate further in the
water. Each ping emitted by the MBES
consists of eight (in water >1,000 m
deep) or four (<1,000 m) successive fanshaped transmissions, each ensonifying
a sector that extends 1° fore–aft. Given
the movement and speed of the vessel,
the intermittent and narrow downwarddirected nature of the sounds emitted by
the MBES would result in no more than
one or two brief ping exposures of any
individual marine mammal, if any
exposure were to occur.
Due to the lower source levels of both
the Knudsen Chirp 3260 SBP and the
Teledyne RDI 75 kHz Ocean Surveyor
ADCP relative to the Langseth’s airgun
array (maximum SL of 222 dB re 1 mPa
· m for the SBP and maximum SL of 224
dB re 1 mPa · m for the ADCP, versus
a minimum of 258 dB re 1 mPa · m for
the 36 airgun array (NSF–USGS, 2011),
sounds from the SBP and ADCP are
expected to be effectively subsumed by
sounds from the airgun array. Thus, any
marine mammal potentially exposed to
sounds from the SBP and/or the ADCP
would already have been exposed to
sounds from the airgun array, which are
expected to propagate further in the
water. As such, we conclude that the
likelihood of marine mammal take
resulting from exposure to sound from
the MBES, SBP or ADCP is discountable
and therefore we do not consider noise
from the MBES, SBP or ADCP further in
this analysis.
Acoustic Effects
Here, we discuss the effects of active
acoustic sources on marine mammals.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
Potential Effects of Underwater
Sound—Please refer to the information
given previously (‘‘Description of Active
Acoustic Sources’’) regarding sound,
characteristics of sound types, and
metrics used in this document.
Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad
range of frequencies and sound levels
and can have a range of highly variable
impacts on marine life, from none or
minor to potentially severe responses,
depending on received levels, duration
of exposure, behavioral context, and
various other factors. The potential
effects of underwater sound from active
acoustic sources can potentially result
in one or more of the following:
Temporary or permanent hearing
impairment, non-auditory physical or
physiological effects, behavioral
disturbance, stress, and masking
(Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al.,
2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et
¨
al., 2007; Gotz et al., 2009). The degree
of effect is intrinsically related to the
signal characteristics, received level,
distance from the source, and duration
of the sound exposure. In general,
sudden, high level sounds can cause
hearing loss, as can longer exposures to
lower level sounds. Temporary or
permanent loss of hearing will occur
almost exclusively for noise within an
animal’s hearing range. We first describe
specific manifestations of acoustic
effects before providing discussion
specific to the use of airgun arrays.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal, but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects of
certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects only briefly as we
do not expect that use of airgun arrays
are reasonably likely to result in such
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30499
effects (see below for further
discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in
severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to
physical discomfort, slight injury of the
internal organs and the auditory system,
or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary
effect of extreme behavioral reactions
(e.g., change in dive profile as a result
of an avoidance reaction) caused by
exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or
tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;
Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities
considered here do not involve the use
of devices such as explosives or midfrequency tactical sonar that are
associated with these types of effects.
Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
of hearing sensitivity is not fully
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
which case the animal’s hearing
threshold would recover over time
(Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
exposure that leads to TTS could cause
PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
be total or partial deafness, while in
most cases the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans but such relationships
are assumed to be similar to those in
humans and other terrestrial mammals.
PTS typically occurs at exposure levels
at least several decibels above (a 40–dB
threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974)
that inducing mild TTS (a 6–dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset;
e.g., Southall et al. 2007). Based on data
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30500
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
from terrestrial mammals, a
precautionary assumption is that the
PTS thresholds for impulse sounds
(such as airgun pulses as received close
to the source) are at least 6 dB higher
than the TTS threshold on a peakpressure basis and PTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds are 15
to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds
(Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher
level of sound or longer exposure
duration necessary to cause PTS as
compared with TTS, it is considerably
less likely that PTS could occur.
For mid-frequency cetaceans in
particular, potential protective
mechanisms may help limit onset of
TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such
mechanisms include dampening of
hearing, auditory adaptation, or
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall
and Supin, 2013; Miller et al., 2012;
Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al.,
2016).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary
to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Finneran et al. (2015) measured
hearing thresholds in three captive
bottlenose dolphins before and after
exposure to ten pulses produced by a
seismic airgun in order to study TTS
induced after exposure to multiple
pulses. Exposures began at relatively
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
low levels and gradually increased over
a period of several months, with the
highest exposures at peak SPLs from
196 to 210 dB and cumulative
(unweighted) SELs from 193–195 dB.
No substantial TTS was observed. In
addition, behavioral reactions were
observed that indicated that animals can
learn behaviors that effectively mitigate
noise exposures (although exposure
patterns must be learned, which is less
likely in wild animals than for the
captive animals considered in this
study). The authors note that the failure
to induce more significant auditory
effects likely due to the intermittent
nature of exposure, the relatively low
peak pressure produced by the acoustic
source, and the low-frequency energy in
airgun pulses as compared with the
frequency range of best sensitivity for
dolphins and other mid-frequency
cetaceans.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise,
and Yangtze finless porpoise) exposed
to a limited number of sound sources
(i.e., mostly tones and octave-band
noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
2015). In general, harbor porpoises have
a lower TTS onset than other measured
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes.
Critical questions remain regarding
the rate of TTS growth and recovery
after exposure to intermittent noise and
the effects of single and multiple pulses.
Data at present are also insufficient to
construct generalized models for
recovery and determine the time
necessary to treat subsequent exposures
as independent events. More
information is needed on the
relationship between auditory evoked
potential and behavioral measures of
TTS for various stimuli. For summaries
of data on TTS in marine mammals or
for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al.
(2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have showed
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed
responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically
seismic airguns or acoustic harassment
devices) have been varied but often
consist of avoidance behavior or other
behavioral changes suggesting
discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;
see also Richardson et al., 1995;
Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach acoustic source
vessels with no apparent discomfort or
obvious behavioral change (e.g.,
Barkaszi et al., 2012).
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely, and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Ng and Leung,
2003; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Goldbogen
et al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive
behavior may reflect interruptions in
biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little
biological significance. The impact of an
alteration to dive behavior resulting
from an acoustic exposure depends on
what the animal is doing at the time of
the exposure and the type and
magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Visual tracking, passive acoustic
monitoring, and movement recording
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
tags were used to quantify sperm whale
behavior prior to, during, and following
exposure to airgun arrays at received
levels in the range 140–160 dB at
distances of 7–13 km, following a phasein of sound intensity and full array
exposures at 1–13 km (Madsen et al.,
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales
did not exhibit horizontal avoidance
behavior at the surface. However,
foraging behavior may have been
affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19
percent less vocal (buzz) rate during full
exposure relative to post exposure, and
the whale that was approached most
closely had an extended resting period
and did not resume foraging until the
airguns had ceased firing. The
remaining whales continued to execute
foraging dives throughout exposure;
however, swimming movements during
foraging dives were 6 percent lower
during exposure than control periods
(Miller et al., 2009). These data raise
concerns that seismic surveys may
impact foraging behavior in sperm
whales, although more data are required
to understand whether the differences
were due to exposure or natural
variation in sperm whale behavior
(Miller et al., 2009).
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30501
while right whales have been observed
to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of
aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive
acoustic monitoring to document the
presence of singing humpback whales
off the coast of northern Angola and to
opportunistically test for the effect of
seismic survey activity on the number of
singing whales. Two recording units
were deployed between March and
December 2008 in the offshore
environment; numbers of singers were
counted every hour. Generalized
Additive Mixed Models were used to
assess the effect of survey day
(seasonality), hour (diel variation),
moon phase, and received levels of
noise (measured from a single pulse
during each ten minute sampled period)
on singer number. The number of
singers significantly decreased with
increasing received level of noise,
suggesting that humpback whale
breeding activity was disrupted to some
extent by the survey activity.
Castellote et al. (2012) reported
acoustic and behavioral changes by fin
whales in response to shipping and
airgun noise. Acoustic features of fin
whale song notes recorded in the
Mediterranean Sea and northeast
Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas
with different shipping noise levels and
traffic intensities and during a seismic
airgun survey. During the first 72 h of
the survey, a steady decrease in song
received levels and bearings to singers
indicated that whales moved away from
the acoustic source and out of the study
area. This displacement persisted for a
time period well beyond the 10-day
duration of seismic airgun activity,
providing evidence that fin whales may
avoid an area for an extended period in
the presence of increased noise. The
authors hypothesize that fin whale
acoustic communication is modified to
compensate for increased background
noise and that a sensitization process
may play a role in the observed
temporary displacement.
Seismic pulses at average received
levels of 131 dB re 1 mPa2-s caused blue
whales to increase call production (Di
Iorio and Clark, 2010). In contrast,
McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue
whale with seafloor seismometers and
reported that it stopped vocalizing and
changed its travel direction at a range of
10 km from the acoustic source vessel
(estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that
bowhead whale call rates dropped
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30502
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
significantly at onset of airgun use at
sites with a median distance of 41–45
km from the survey. Blackwell et al.
(2015) expanded this analysis to show
that whales actually increased calling
rates as soon as airgun signals were
detectable before ultimately decreasing
calling rates at higher received levels
(i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ∼127 dB).
Overall, these results suggest that
bowhead whales may adjust their vocal
output in an effort to compensate for
noise before ceasing vocalization effort
and ultimately deflecting from the
acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,
2015). These studies demonstrate that
even low levels of noise received far
from the source can induce changes in
vocalization and/or behavior for
mysticetes.
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Humpback whales showed
avoidance behavior in the presence of
an active seismic array during
observational studies and controlled
exposure experiments in western
Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).
Avoidance may be short-term, with
animals returning to the area once the
noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al.,
2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
England, 2001). However, it should be
noted that response to a perceived
predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and
whether individuals are solitary or in
groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea
observations during 1,196 seismic
surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large
arrays of airguns (considered to be 500
in3 or more) were firing, lateral
displacement, more localized
avoidance, or other changes in behavior
were evident for most odontocetes.
However, significant responses to large
arrays were found only for the minke
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
whale and fin whale. Behavioral
responses observed included changes in
swimming or surfacing behavior, with
indications that cetaceans remained
near the water surface at these times.
Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less
often when large arrays were active.
Behavioral observations of gray whales
during a seismic survey monitored
whale movements and respirations pre, during and post-seismic survey (Gailey
et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water
depth were the best ‘natural’ predictors
of whale movements and respiration
and, after considering natural variation,
none of the response variables were
significantly associated with seismic
survey or vessel sounds.
Stress Responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
energetic reserves sufficiently to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. These and
other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals
will experience physiological stress
responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that
some of these would be classified as
‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
experiencing TTS would likely also
experience stress responses (NRC,
2003).
Auditory Masking—Sound can
disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
the receipt of a sound is interfered with
by another coincident sound at similar
frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the
sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
wind, waves, precipitation) or
anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The
ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends
on the characteristics of both the noise
source and the signal of interest (e.g.,
signal-to-noise ratio, temporal
variability, direction), in relation to each
other and to an animal’s hearing
abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency
range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment when disrupting or altering
critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
after the sound exposure, from masking,
which occurs during the sound
exposure. Because masking (without
resulting in TS) is not associated with
abnormal physiological function, it is
not considered a physiological effect,
but rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
Masking effects of pulsed sounds
(even from large arrays of airguns) on
marine mammal calls and other natural
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30503
sounds are expected to be limited,
although there are few specific data on
this. Because of the intermittent nature
and low duty cycle of seismic pulses,
animals can emit and receive sounds in
the relatively quiet intervals between
pulses. However, in exceptional
situations, reverberation occurs for
much or all of the interval between
pulses (e.g., Simard et al. 2005; Clark
and Gagnon 2006), which could mask
calls. Situations with prolonged strong
reverberation are infrequent. However,
it is common for reverberation to cause
some lesser degree of elevation of the
background level between airgun pulses
(e.g., Gedamke 2011; Guerra et al. 2011,
2016; Klinck et al. 2012; Guan et al.
2015), and this weaker reverberation
presumably reduces the detection range
of calls and other natural sounds to
some degree. Guerra et al. (2016)
reported that ambient noise levels
between seismic pulses were elevated as
a result of reverberation at ranges of 50
km from the seismic source. Based on
measurements in deep water of the
Southern Ocean, Gedamke (2011)
estimated that the slight elevation of
background levels during intervals
between pulses reduced blue and fin
whale communication space by as much
as 36–51 percent when a seismic survey
was operating 450–2,800 km away.
Based on preliminary modeling,
Wittekind et al. (2016) reported that
airgun sounds could reduce the
communication range of blue and fin
whales 2000 km from the seismic
source. Nieukirk et al. (2012) and
Blackwell et al. (2013) noted the
potential for masking effects from
seismic surveys on large whales.
Some baleen and toothed whales are
known to continue calling in the
presence of seismic pulses, and their
calls usually can be heard between the
pulses (e.g., Nieukirk et al. 2012; Thode
¨
et al. 2012; Broker et al. 2013; Sciacca
et al. 2016). As noted above, Cerchio et
al. (2014) suggested that the breeding
display of humpback whales off Angola
could be disrupted by seismic sounds,
as singing activity declined with
increasing received levels. In addition,
some cetaceans are known to change
their calling rates, shift their peak
frequencies, or otherwise modify their
vocal behavior in response to airgun
sounds (e.g., Di Iorio and Clark 2010;
Castellote et al. 2012; Blackwell et al.
2013, 2015). The hearing systems of
baleen whales are undoubtedly more
sensitive to low-frequency sounds than
are the ears of the small odontocetes
that have been studied directly (e.g.,
MacGillivray et al. 2014). The sounds
important to small odontocetes are
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30504
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
predominantly at much higher
frequencies than are the dominant
components of airgun sounds, thus
limiting the potential for masking. In
general, masking effects of seismic
pulses are expected to be minor, given
the normally intermittent nature of
seismic pulses.
Ship Noise
Vessel noise from the Langseth could
affect marine animals in the proposed
survey areas. Houghton et al. (2015)
proposed that vessel speed is the most
important predictor of received noise
levels, and Putland et al. (2017) also
reported reduced sound levels with
decreased vessel speed. Sounds
produced by large vessels generally
dominate ambient noise at frequencies
from 20 to 300 Hz (Richardson et al.
1995). However, some energy is also
produced at higher frequencies
(Hermannsen et al. 2014); low levels of
high-frequency sound from vessels has
been shown to elicit responses in harbor
porpoise (Dyndo et al. 2015). Increased
levels of ship noise have been shown to
affect foraging by porpoise (Teilmann et
al. 2015; Wisniewska et al. 2018);
Wisniewska et al. (2018) suggest that a
decrease in foraging success could have
long-term fitness consequences.
Ship noise, through masking, can
reduce the effective communication
distance of a marine mammal if the
frequency of the sound source is close
to that used by the animal, and if the
sound is present for a significant
fraction of time (e.g., Richardson et al.
1995; Clark et al. 2009; Jensen et al.
2009; Gervaise et al. 2012; Hatch et al.
2012; Rice et al. 2014; Dunlop 2015;
Erbe et al. 2015; Jones et al. 2017;
Putland et al. 2017). In addition to the
frequency and duration of the masking
sound, the strength, temporal pattern,
and location of the introduced sound
also play a role in the extent of the
masking (Branstetter et al. 2013, 2016;
Finneran and Branstetter 2013; Sills et
al. 2017). Branstetter et al. (2013)
reported that time-domain metrics are
also important in describing and
predicting masking. In order to
compensate for increased ambient noise,
some cetaceans are known to increase
the source levels of their calls in the
presence of elevated noise levels from
shipping, shift their peak frequencies, or
otherwise change their vocal behavior
(e.g., Parks et al. 2011, 2012, 2016a,b;
´
Castellote et al. 2012; Melcon et al.
2012; Azzara et al. 2013; Tyack and
´
Janik 2013; Luıs et al. 2014; Sairanen
2014; Papale et al. 2015; Bittencourt et
al. 2016; Dahlheim and Castellote 2016;
´
Gospic and Picciulin 2016; Gridley et al.
2016; Heiler et al. 2016; Martins et al.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
2016; O’Brien et al. 2016; Tenessen and
Parks 2016). Harp seals did not increase
their call frequencies in environments
with increased low-frequency sounds
(Terhune and Bosker 2016). Holt et al.
(2015) reported that changes in vocal
modifications can have increased
energetic costs for individual marine
mammals. A negative correlation
between the presence of some cetacean
species and the number of vessels in an
area has been demonstrated by several
studies (e.g., Campana et al. 2015;
Culloch et al. 2016).
Baleen whales are thought to be more
sensitive to sound at these low
frequencies than are toothed whales
(e.g., MacGillivray et al. 2014), possibly
causing localized avoidance of the
proposed survey area during seismic
operations. Reactions of gray and
humpback whales to vessels have been
studied, and there is limited
information available about the
reactions of right whales and rorquals
(fin, blue, and minke whales). Reactions
of humpback whales to boats are
variable, ranging from approach to
avoidance (Payne 1978; Salden 1993).
Baker et al. (1982, 1983) and Baker and
Herman (1989) found humpbacks often
move away when vessels are within
several kilometers. Humpbacks seem
less likely to react overtly when actively
feeding than when resting or engaged in
other activities (Krieger and Wing 1984,
1986). Increased levels of ship noise
have been shown to affect foraging by
humpback whales (Blair et al. 2016). Fin
whale sightings in the western
Mediterranean were negatively
correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al. 2015). Minke
whales and gray seals have shown slight
displacement in response to
construction-related vessel traffic
(Anderwald et al. 2013).
Many odontocetes show considerable
tolerance of vessel traffic, although they
sometimes react at long distances if
confined by ice or shallow water, if
previously harassed by vessels, or have
had little or no recent exposure to ships
(Richardson et al. 1995). Dolphins of
many species tolerate and sometimes
approach vessels (e.g., Anderwald et al.
2013). Some dolphin species approach
moving vessels to ride the bow or stern
waves (Williams et al. 1992). Pirotta et
al. (2015) noted that the physical
presence of vessels, not just ship noise,
disturbed the foraging activity of
bottlenose dolphins. Sightings of striped
dolphin, Risso’s dolphin, sperm whale,
and Cuvier’s beaked whale in the
western Mediterranean were negatively
correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al. 2015).
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
There are few data on the behavioral
reactions of beaked whales to vessel
noise, though they seem to avoid
¨
approaching vessels (e.g., Wursig et al.
1998) or dive for an extended period
when approached by a vessel (e.g.,
Kasuya 1986). Based on a single
observation, Aguilar Soto et al. (2006)
suggest foraging efficiency of Cuvier’s
beaked whales may be reduced by close
approach of vessels.
In summary, project vessel sounds
would not be at levels expected to cause
anything more than possible localized
and temporary behavioral changes in
marine mammals, and would not be
expected to result in significant negative
effects on individuals or at the
population level. In addition, in all
oceans of the world, large vessel traffic
is currently so prevalent that it is
commonly considered a usual source of
ambient sound (NSF–USGS 2011).
Ship Strike
Vessel collisions with marine
mammals, or ship strikes, can result in
death or serious injury of the animal.
Wounds resulting from ship strike may
include massive trauma, hemorrhaging,
broken bones, or propeller lacerations
(Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal
at the surface may be struck directly by
a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the
bottom of a vessel, or an animal just
below the surface may be cut by a
vessel’s propeller. Superficial strikes
may not kill or result in the death of the
animal. These interactions are typically
associated with large whales (e.g., fin
whales), which are occasionally found
draped across the bulbous bow of large
commercial ships upon arrival in port.
Although smaller cetaceans are more
maneuverable in relation to large vessels
than are large whales, they may also be
susceptible to strike. The severity of
injuries typically depends on the size
and speed of the vessel, with the
probability of death or serious injury
increasing as vessel speed increases
(Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al.,
2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007;
Conn and Silber, 2013). Impact forces
increase with speed, as does the
probability of a strike at a given distance
(Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
Pace and Silber (2005) also found that
the probability of death or serious injury
increased rapidly with increasing vessel
speed. Specifically, the predicted
probability of serious injury or death
increased from 45 to 75 percent as
vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn,
and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn.
Higher speeds during collisions result in
greater force of impact, but higher
speeds also appear to increase the
chance of severe injuries or death
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
through increased likelihood of
collision by pulling whales toward the
vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al.,
1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan
and Taggart (2007) analyzed the
probability of lethal mortality of large
whales at a given speed, showing that
the greatest rate of change in the
probability of a lethal injury to a large
whale as a function of vessel speed
occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The
chances of a lethal injury decline from
approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to
approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kn. At
speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of
lethal injury drop below 50 percent,
while the probability asymptotically
increases toward one hundred percent
above 15 kn.
The Langseth travels at a speed of 4.1
kt (7.6 km/h) while towing seismic
survey gear (LGL 2018). At this speed,
both the possibility of striking a marine
mammal and the possibility of a strike
resulting in serious injury or mortality
are discountable. At average transit
speed, the probability of serious injury
or mortality resulting from a strike is
less than 50 percent. However, the
likelihood of a strike actually happening
is again discountable. Ship strikes, as
analyzed in the studies cited above,
generally involve commercial shipping,
which is much more common in both
space and time than is geophysical
survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004)
summarized ship strikes of large whales
worldwide from 1975–2003 and found
that most collisions occurred in the
open ocean and involved large vessels
(e.g., commercial shipping). No such
incidents were reported for geophysical
survey vessels during that time period.
It is possible for ship strikes to occur
while traveling at slow speeds. For
example, a hydrographic survey vessel
traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while
conducting mapping surveys off the
central California coast struck and killed
a blue whale in 2009. The State of
California determined that the whale
had suddenly and unexpectedly
surfaced beneath the hull, with the
result that the propeller severed the
whale’s vertebrae, and that this was an
unavoidable event. This strike
represents the only such incident in
approximately 540,000 hours of similar
coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 × 10¥6;
95% CI = 0¥5.5 × 10¥6; NMFS, 2013b).
In addition, a research vessel reported a
fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the
Atlantic, demonstrating that it is
possible for strikes involving smaller
cetaceans to occur. In that case, the
incident report indicated that an animal
apparently was struck by the vessel’s
propeller as it was intentionally
swimming near the vessel. While
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
indicative of the type of unusual events
that cannot be ruled out, neither of these
instances represents a circumstance that
would be considered reasonably
foreseeable or that would be considered
preventable.
Although the likelihood of the vessel
striking a marine mammal is low, we
require a robust ship strike avoidance
protocol (see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’),
which we believe eliminates any
foreseeable risk of ship strike. We
anticipate that vessel collisions
involving a seismic data acquisition
vessel towing gear, while not
impossible, represent unlikely,
unpredictable events for which there are
no preventive measures. Given the
required mitigation measures, the
relatively slow speed of the vessel
towing gear, the presence of bridge crew
watching for obstacles at all times
(including marine mammals), and the
presence of marine mammal observers,
we believe that the possibility of ship
strike is discountable and, further, that
were a strike of a large whale to occur,
it would be unlikely to result in serious
injury or mortality. No incidental take
resulting from ship strike is anticipated,
and this potential effect of the specified
activity will not be discussed further in
the following analysis.
Stranding—When a living or dead
marine mammal swims or floats onto
shore and becomes ‘‘beached’’ or
incapable of returning to sea, the event
is a ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999;
Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The
legal definition for a stranding under the
MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is
dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of
the United States; or (ii) in waters under
the jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B)
a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
on a beach or shore of the United States
and, although able to return to the
water, is in need of apparent medical
attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is
unable to return to its natural habitat
under its own power or without
assistance.’’
Marine mammals strand for a variety
of reasons, such as infectious agents,
biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery
interaction, ship strike, unusual
oceanographic or weather events, sound
exposure, or combinations of these
stressors sustained concurrently or in
series. However, the cause or causes of
most strandings are unknown (Geraci et
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;
Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30505
that the physiology, behavior, habitat
relationships, age, or condition of
cetaceans may cause them to strand or
might pre-dispose them to strand when
exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the
conclusions of numerous other studies
that have demonstrated that
combinations of dissimilar stressors
commonly combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
does not produce the same result
(Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries
et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley
et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,
2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,
2004).
Use of military tactical sonar has been
implicated in a majority of investigated
stranding events. Most known stranding
events have involved beaked whales,
though a small number have involved
deep-diving delphinids or sperm whales
(e.g., Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et
al., 2013). In general, long duration (∼1
second) and high-intensity sounds (≤235
dB SPL) have been implicated in
stranding events (Hildebrand, 2004).
With regard to beaked whales, midfrequency sound is typically implicated
(when causation can be determined)
(Hildebrand, 2004). Although seismic
airguns create predominantly lowfrequency energy, the signal does
include a mid-frequency component.
We have considered the potential for the
proposed surveys to result in marine
mammal stranding and have concluded
that, based on the best available
information, stranding is not expected
to occur.
Effects to Prey—Marine mammal prey
varies by species, season, and location
and, for some, is not well documented.
Fish react to sounds which are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds. Short duration,
sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle
changes in fish behavior and local
distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)
identified several studies that suggest
fish may relocate to avoid certain areas
of sound energy. Additional studies
have documented effects of pulsed
sound on fish, although several are
based on studies in support of
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and
Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,
2009). Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in
fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause
noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson
et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs
of sufficient strength have been known
to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. The most likely impact to fish
from survey activities at the project area
would be temporary avoidance of the
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30506
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
area. The duration of fish avoidance of
a given area after survey effort stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior
is anticipated.
Information on seismic airgun
impacts to zooplankton, which
represent an important prey type for
mysticetes, is limited. However,
McCauley et al. (2017) reported that
experimental exposure to a pulse from
a 150 inch3 airgun decreased
zooplankton abundance when compared
with controls, as measured by sonar and
net tows, and caused a two- to threefold
increase in dead adult and larval
zooplankton. Although no adult krill
were present, the study found that all
larval krill were killed after air gun
passage. Impacts were observed out to
the maximum 1.2 km range sampled.
In general, impacts to marine mammal
prey are expected to be limited due to
the relatively small temporal and spatial
overlap between the proposed survey
and any areas used by marine mammal
prey species. The proposed use of
airguns as part of an active seismic array
survey would occur over a relatively
short time period (∼32 days) at two
locations and would occur over a very
small area relative to the area available
as marine mammal habitat in the Pacific
Ocean near Hawaii and the Emperor
Seamounts. We believe any impacts to
marine mammals due to adverse affects
to their prey would be insignificant due
to the limited spatial and temporal
impact of the proposed survey.
However, adverse impacts may occur to
a few species of fish and to zooplankton.
Acoustic Habitat—Acoustic habitat is
the soundscape—which encompasses
all of the sound present in a particular
location and time, as a whole—when
considered from the perspective of the
animals experiencing it. Animals
produce sound for, or listen for sounds
produced by, conspecifics
(communication during feeding, mating,
and other social activities), other
animals (finding prey or avoiding
predators), and the physical
environment (finding suitable habitats,
navigating). Together, sounds made by
animals and the geophysical
environment (e.g., produced by
earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
waves) make up the natural
contributions to the total acoustics of a
place. These acoustic conditions,
termed acoustic habitat, are one
attribute of an animal’s total habitat.
Soundscapes are also defined by, and
acoustic habitat influenced by, the total
contribution of anthropogenic sound.
This may include incidental emissions
from sources such as vessel traffic, or
may be intentionally introduced to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
marine environment for data acquisition
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays).
Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its
frequency content, duration, and
loudness and these characteristics
greatly influence the potential habitatmediated effects to marine mammals
(please see also the previous discussion
on masking under ‘‘Acoustic Effects’’),
which may range from local effects for
brief periods of time to chronic effects
over large areas and for long durations.
Depending on the extent of effects to
habitat, animals may alter their
communications signals (thereby
potentially expending additional
energy) or miss acoustic cues (either
conspecific or adventitious). For more
detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber
et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011;
Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et al.,
2014.
Problems arising from a failure to
detect cues are more likely to occur
when noise stimuli are chronic and
overlap with biologically relevant cues
used for communication, orientation,
and predator/prey detection (Francis
and Barber, 2013). Although the signals
emitted by seismic airgun arrays are
generally low frequency, they would
also likely be of short duration and
transient in any given area due to the
nature of these surveys. As described
previously, exploratory surveys such as
these cover a large area but would be
transient rather than focused in a given
location over time and therefore would
not be considered chronic in any given
location.
In summary, activities associated with
the proposed action are not likely to
have a permanent, adverse effect on any
fish habitat or populations of fish
species or on the quality of acoustic
habitat. Thus, any impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to
cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals or their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of whether the number of
takes is ‘‘small’’ and the negligible
impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any
act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as use of seismic
airguns has the potential to result in
disruption of behavioral patterns for
individual marine mammals. There is
also some potential for auditory injury
(Level A harassment) for mysticetes and
high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae
spp.), due to larger predicted auditory
injury zones for those functional hearing
groups. The proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures are expected to
minimize the severity of such taking to
the extent practicable.
Auditory injury is unlikely to occur
for mid-frequency species given very
small modeled zones of injury for those
species (13.6 m). Moreover, the source
level of the array is a theoretical
definition assuming a point source and
measurement in the far-field of the
source (MacGillivray, 2006). As
described by Caldwell and Dragoset
(2000), an array is not a point source,
but one that spans a small area. In the
far-field, individual elements in arrays
will effectively work as one source
because individual pressure peaks will
have coalesced into one relatively broad
pulse. The array can then be considered
a ‘‘point source.’’ For distances within
the near-field, i.e., approximately 2–3
times the array dimensions, pressure
peaks from individual elements do not
arrive simultaneously because the
observation point is not equidistant
from each element. The effect is
destructive interference of the outputs
of each element, so that peak pressures
in the near-field will be significantly
lower than the output of the largest
individual element. Here, the 230 dB
peak isopleth distances would in all
cases be expected to be within the nearfield of the array where the definition of
source level breaks down. Therefore,
actual locations within this distance of
the array center where the sound level
exceeds 230 dB peak SPL would not
necessarily exist. In general, Caldwell
and Dragoset (2000) suggest that the
near-field for airgun arrays is considered
to extend out to approximately 250 m.
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we
estimate take by considering: (1)
Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS
believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be
behaviorally harassed or incur some
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30507
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
degree of permanent hearing
impairment; (2) the area or volume of
water that will be ensonified above
these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within
these ensonified areas; and (4) and the
number of days of activities. Below, we
describe these components in more
detail and present the exposure estimate
and associated numbers of take
proposed for authorization.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science,
NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received
level of underwater sound above which
exposed marine mammals would be
reasonably expected to be behaviorally
harassed (equated to Level B
harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive
sources—Though significantly driven by
received level, the onset of behavioral
disturbance from anthropogenic noise
exposure is also informed to varying
degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
bathymetry), and the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience,
demography, behavioral context) and
can be difficult to predict (Southall et
al., 2007, Ellison et al. 2012). Based on
the best available science and the
practical need to use a threshold based
on a factor that is both predictable and
measurable for most activities, NMFS
uses a generalized acoustic threshold
based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely
to be behaviorally harassed in a manner
we consider to fall under Level B
harassment when exposed to
underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g.,
seismic airguns) sources. L–DEO’s
proposed activity includes the use of
impulsive seismic sources. Therefore,
the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) criteria is
applicable for analysis of level B
harassment.
Level A harassment for non-explosive
sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
for Assessing the Effects of
Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016)
identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
injury (Level A harassment) to five
different marine mammal groups (based
on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The Technical Guidance
identifies the received levels, or
thresholds, above which individual
marine mammals are predicted to
experience changes in their hearing
sensitivity for all underwater
anthropogenic sound sources, reflects
the best available science, and better
predicts the potential for auditory injury
than does NMFS’ historical criteria.
These thresholds were developed by
compiling and synthesizing the best
available science and soliciting input
multiple times from both the public and
peer reviewers to inform the final
product, and are provided in Table 2
below. The references, analysis, and
methodology used in the development
of the thresholds are described in NMFS
2016 Technical Guidance. As described
above, L–DEO’s proposed activity
includes the use of intermittent and
impulsive seismic sources.
TABLE 2—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
PTS onset thresholds
Hearing group
Impulsive *
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) ..............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) ..............................
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .....................................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ....................................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ....................................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ...................................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB ...................................
LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a nonimpulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into estimating the area
ensonified above the relevant acoustic
thresholds.
The proposed surveys would acquire
data with the 36-airgun array with a
total discharge of 6,600 in3 at a
maximum tow depth of 12 m. L–DEO
model results are used to determine the
160-dBrms radius for the 36-airgun
array and 40-in3 airgun at a 12-m tow
depth in deep water (≤1000 m) down to
a maximum water depth of 2,000 m.
Received sound levels were predicted
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
by L–DEO’s model (Diebold et al., 2010)
which uses ray tracing for the direct
wave traveling from the array to the
receiver and its associated source ghost
(reflection at the air-water interface in
the vicinity of the array), in a constantvelocity half-space (infinite
homogeneous ocean layer, unbounded
by a seafloor). In addition, propagation
measurements of pulses from the 36airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have
been reported in deep water
(approximately 1600 m), intermediate
water depth on the slope (approximately
600–1100 m), and shallow water
(approximately 50 m) in the Gulf of
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Mexico in 2007–2008 (Tolstoy et al.
2009; Diebold et al. 2010).
For deep and intermediate-water
cases, the field measurements cannot be
used readily to derive Level A and Level
B isopleths, as at those sites the
calibration hydrophone was located at a
roughly constant depth of 350–500 m,
which may not intersect all the sound
pressure level (SPL) isopleths at their
widest point from the sea surface down
to the maximum relevant water depth
for marine mammals of ∼2,000 m. At
short ranges, where the direct arrivals
dominate and the effects of seafloor
interactions are minimal, the data
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30508
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
recorded at the deep and slope sites are
suitable for comparison with modeled
levels at the depth of the calibration
hydrophone. At longer ranges, the
comparison with the model—
constructed from the maximum SPL
through the entire water column at
varying distances from the airgun
array—is the most relevant.
In deep and intermediate-water
depths, comparisons at short ranges
between sound levels for direct arrivals
recorded by the calibration hydrophone
and model results for the same array
tow depth are in good agreement (Fig.
12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF–USGS,
2011). Consequently, isopleths falling
within this domain can be predicted
reliably by the L–DEO model, although
they may be imperfectly sampled by
measurements recorded at a single
depth. At greater distances, the
calibration data show that seafloorreflected and sub-seafloor-refracted
arrivals dominate, whereas the direct
arrivals become weak and/or
incoherent. Aside from local topography
effects, the region around the critical
distance is where the observed levels
rise closest to the model curve.
However, the observed sound levels are
found to fall almost entirely below the
model curve. Thus, analysis of the GoM
calibration measurements demonstrates
that although simple, the L–DEO model
is a robust tool for conservatively
estimating isopleths.
For deep water (>1,000 m), L–DEO
used the deep-water radii obtained from
model results down to a maximum
water depth of 2000 m. The radii for
intermediate water depths (100–1,000
m) were derived from the deep-water
ones by applying a correction factor
(multiplication) of 1.5, such that
observed levels at very near offsets fall
below the corrected mitigation curve
(See Fig. 16 in Appendix H of NSF–
USGS, 2011).
Measurements have not been reported
for the single 40-in3 airgun. L–DEO
model results are used to determine the
160-dB (rms) radius for the 40-in3
airgun at a 12 m tow depth in deep
water (See LGL 2018, Figure A–2). For
intermediate-water depths, a correction
factor of 1.5 was applied to the deepwater model results.
L–DEO’s modeling methodology is
described in greater detail in the IHA
application (LGL 2018). The estimated
distances to the Level B harassment
isopleth for the Langseth’s 36-airgun
array and single 40-in3 airgun are shown
in Table 3.
TABLE 3—PREDICTED RADIAL DISTANCES FROM R/V LANGSETH SEISMIC SOURCE TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO
LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD
Tow depth
(m)
Source and volume
Single Bolt airgun, 40 in3 .............................................................................
12
4 strings, 36 airguns, 6,600 in3 ...................................................................
12
1 Distance
2 Distance
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Water depth
(m)
1 431
2 647
1 6,733
2 10,100
is based on L–DEO model results.
is based on L–DEO model results with a 1.5 × correction factor between deep and intermediate water depths.
Predicted distances to Level A
harassment isopleths, which vary based
on marine mammal hearing groups,
were calculated based on modeling
performed by L–DEO using the
NUCLEUS software program and the
NMFS User Spreadsheet, described
below. The updated acoustic thresholds
for impulsive sounds (e.g., airguns)
contained in the Technical Guidance
were presented as dual metric acoustic
thresholds using both SELcum and peak
sound pressure metrics (NMFS 2016).
As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset
of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two
metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The
SELcum metric considers both level and
duration of exposure, as well as
auditory weighting functions by marine
mammal hearing group. In recognition
of the fact that the requirement to
calculate Level A harassment ensonified
areas could be more technically
challenging to predict due to the
duration component and the use of
weighting functions in the new SELcum
thresholds, NMFS developed an
optional User Spreadsheet that includes
tools to help predict a simple isopleth
VerDate Sep<11>2014
>1000
100–1000
>1000
100–1000
Predicted distances
(in m) to the 160-dB
received sound level
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
that can be used in conjunction with
marine mammal density or occurrence
to facilitate the estimation of take
numbers.
The values for SELcum and peak SPL
for the Langseth airgun array were
derived from calculating the modified
farfield signature (Table 4). The farfield
signature is often used as a theoretical
representation of the source level. To
compute the farfield signature, the
source level is estimated at a large
distance below the array (e.g., 9 km),
and this level is back projected
mathematically to a notional distance of
1 m from the array’s geometrical center.
However, when the source is an array of
multiple airguns separated in space, the
source level from the theoretical farfield
signature is not necessarily the best
measurement of the source level that is
physically achieved at the source
(Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at
short ranges, distances <1 km), the
pulses of sound pressure from each
individual airgun in the source array do
not stack constructively, as they do for
the theoretical farfield signature. The
pulses from the different airguns spread
out in time such that the source levels
observed or modeled are the result of
the summation of pulses from a few
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.
2009). At larger distances, away from
the source array center, sound pressure
of all the airguns in the array stack
coherently, but not within one time
sample, resulting in smaller source
levels (a few dB) than the source level
derived from the farfield signature.
Because the farfield signature does not
take into account the large array effect
near the source and is calculated as a
point source, the modified farfield
signature is a more appropriate measure
of the sound source level for distributed
sound sources, such as airgun arrays.
L–DEO used the acoustic modeling
methodology as used for Level B
harassment with a small grid step of 1
m in both the inline and depth
directions. The propagation modeling
takes into account all airgun
interactions at short distances from the
source, including interactions between
subarrays which are modeled using the
NUCLEUS software to estimate the
notional signature and MATLAB
software to calculate the pressure signal
at each mesh point of a grid.
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30509
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
TABLE 4—MODELED SOURCE LEVELS BASED ON MODIFIED FARFIELD SIGNATURE FOR THE R/V LANGSETH 6,600 IN3
AIRGUN ARRAY, AND SINGLE 40 IN3 AIRGUN
Low frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 219
dB; LE,LF,24h:
183 dB)
Mid frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 230
dB; LE,MF,24h:
185 dB
252.06
232.98
223.93
202.99
252.65
232.83
N.A.
202.89
6,600 in3 airgun array (Peak SPLflat) ..................................
6,600 in3 airgun array (SELcum) ...........................................
40 in3 airgun (Peak SPLflat) .................................................
40 in3 airgun (SELcum) .........................................................
In order to more realistically
incorporate the Technical Guidance’s
weighting functions over the seismic
array’s full acoustic band, unweighted
spectrum data for the Langseth’s airgun
array (modeled in 1 hertz (Hz) bands)
was used to make adjustments (dB) to
the unweighted spectrum levels, by
frequency, according to the weighting
functions for each relevant marine
mammal hearing group. These adjusted/
weighted spectrum levels were then
converted to pressures (mPa) in order to
integrate them over the entire
broadband spectrum, resulting in
broadband weighted source levels by
hearing group that could be directly
High
frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 202
dB; LE,HF,24h:
155 dB)
incorporated within the User
Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the
Spreadsheet’s more simple weighting
factor adjustment). Using the User
Spreadsheet’s ‘‘safe distance’’
methodology for mobile sources
(described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the
hearing group-specific weighted source
levels, and inputs assuming spherical
spreading propagation and source
velocities and shot intervals specific to
each of the three planned surveys (Table
1), potential radial distances to auditory
injury zones were then calculated for
SELcum thresholds.
Inputs to the User Spreadsheets in the
form of estimated SLs are shown in
253.24
233.08
223.92
204.37
Phocid
pinnipeds
(underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 218
dB; LE,HF,24h:
185 dB)
252.25
232.83
223.95
202.89
Otariid
pinnipeds
(underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 232
dB; LE,HF,24h:
203 dB)
252.52
232.07
N.A.
202.35
Table 5. User Spreadsheets used by L–
DEO to estimate distances to Level A
harassment isopleths for the 36-airgun
array and single 40 in3 airgun for the
surveys are shown is Tables A–2, A–3,
A–5, and A–8 in Appendix A of the IHA
application (LGL 2018). Outputs from
the User Spreadsheets in the form of
estimated distances to Level A
harassment isopleths for the surveys are
shown in Table 5. As described above,
NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A
harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the dual metrics (SELcum
and Peak SPLflat) is exceeded (i.e.,
metric resulting in the largest isopleth).
TABLE 5—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES (m) TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
Low frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 219
dB; LE,LF,24h:
183 dB)
Mid frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 230
dB; LE,MF,24h:
185 dB
38.9
320.2
1.76
2.38
13.6
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
6,600 in3 airgun array (Peak SPLflat) ..................................
6,600 in3 airgun array (SELcum) ..........................................
40 in3 airgun (Peak SPLflat) .................................................
40 in3 airgun (SELcum) .........................................................
Note that because of some of the
assumptions included in the methods
used, isopleths produced may be
overestimates to some degree, which
will ultimately result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment.
However, these tools offer the best way
to predict appropriate isopleths when
more sophisticated modeling methods
are not available, and NMFS continues
to develop ways to quantitatively refine
these tools and will qualitatively
address the output where appropriate.
For mobile sources, such as the
proposed seismic survey, the User
Spreadsheet predicts the closest
distance at which a stationary animal
would not incur PTS if the sound source
traveled by the animal in a straight line
at a constant speed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
The best available scientific information
was considered in conducting marine
mammal exposure estimates (the basis
for estimating take).
In the proposed survey area in the
Hawaiian EEZ, densities from Bradford
et al. (2017) were used, when available.
For the pygmy sperm whale, dwarf
sperm whale, and spinner dolphin,
densities from Barlow et al. (2009) were
used because densities were not
provided by Bradford et al. (2017). For
the humpback, minke, and killer
whales, the calculated take was
increased to mean group size, based on
Bradford et al. (2017). For Hawaiian
PO 00000
High
frequency
cetaceans
(Lpk,flat: 202
dB; LE,HF,24h:
155 dB)
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
268.3
N.A.
12.5
N.A.
Phocid
pinnipeds
(underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 218
dB; LE,HF,24h:
185 dB)
43.7
N.A.
1.98
N.A.
Otariid
pinnipeds
(underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 232
dB; LE,HF,24h:
203 dB)
10.6
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
monk seals, NMFS recommended
following the methods used by the U.S.
Navy (Navy 2017a) to determine
densities. L–DEO followed a similar
method, but did not correct for hauled
out animals as haul-out sites are not
accessible in offshore areas. We
determined density by dividing the
number of animals expected to occur in
the Hawaiian EEZ in water depths >200
m. According to the U.S. Navy (Navy
2017a), 90 percent of the population
may be found within the 200-m isobath;
therefore 10 percent of the population
(127 of 1272 animals; Carretta et al.
2017) is expected to occur outside of the
200-m isobath. The area within the
Hawaii EEZ but outside of the 200-m
isobath was estimated by the U.S. Navy
to be 2,461,994 km2 (Navy 2017a). Thus,
we estimated the average density of
monk seals at sea where they could be
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30510
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
exposed to seismic sounds as 127/
2,461,994 km2 = 0.0000517/km2. No
haul-out factors were used to adjust this
density, as it is not possible that animals
would haul out beyond the 200-m
isobath. Densities for the Hawaii portion
of the survey are shown in Table 7.
There are very few published data on
the densities of cetaceans or pinnipeds
in the Emperor Seamounts area, so
NMFS relied on a range of sources to
establish marine mammal densities. As
part of the Navy’s Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement/
Supplemental Overseas Environmental
Impact Statement for SURTASS LFA
Sonar Routine Training, Testing, and
Military Operations, the Navy modelled
densities for a designated mission area
northeast of Japan during the summer
season. These values were used for the
North Pacific right whale, sei whale, fin
whale, sperm whale, Cuvier’s beaked
whale, Stejneger’s beaked whale, and
Baird’s beaked whale.
For northern right whale dolphin,
Dall’s porpoise, and northern fur seal,
L–DEO used densities from Buckland et
al. (1993). Forney and Wade (2006)
reported a density of 0.3/100 km2 for
killer whales at latitudes 43–48° N
where the proposed survey would be
conducted. Although Miyashita (1993)
published data on the abundance of
striped, Pantropical spotted, bottlenose,
and Risso’s dolphins, and false killer
and short-finned pilot whales in the
Northwest Pacific Ocean as far north as
41° N, the distributional range of the
Pantropical spotted and bottlenose
dolphins does not extend as far north as
the proposed survey area. For the other
species, we used data from 40–41° N,
160–180° E to calculate densities and
estimate the numbers of individuals that
could be exposed to seismic sounds
during the proposed survey. Risso’s
dolphin, false killer whale, and shortfinned pilot whale are expected to be
rare in the proposed survey area, and
the calculated densities were zero.
Thus, we used the mean group size from
Bradford et al. (2017) for Risso’s
dolphin and short-finned pilot whale,
and the mean group size of false killer
whales from Barlow (2006).
The short-beaked common dolphin is
expected to be rare in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area; thus, there are
no density estimates available. L–DEO
used the mean group size (rounded up)
for the California Current from Barlow
(2016). The density of Bryde’s whale in
the proposed survey area was assumed
to be zero, based on information from
Hakamada et al. (2009, 2017) and
Forney et al. (2015); its known
distribution range does not appear to
extend that far north. For this species,
L–DEO rounded up the mean group size
from Bradford et al. (2017). For pygmy
and dwarf sperm whales NMFS
assumed densities in the Emperor
Seamounts would be equivalent to those
in the Hawaii survey are and used
densities from Bradford et al. 2017.
The densities for the remaining
species were obtained from calculations
using data from the papers presented to
the IWC. For blue and humpback
whales, L–DEO used a weighted mean
density from Matsuoka et al. (2009) for
the years 1994–2007 and Hakamada and
Matsuoka (2015) for the years 2008–
2014. L–DEO used Matsuoka et al.
(2009) instead of Matsuoka et al. (2015),
as the later document did not contain all
of the necessary information to calculate
densities. L–DEO used densities for
their Block 9N which coincides with the
proposed Emperor Seamounts survey
area. The density for each survey period
was weighted by the number of years in
the survey period; that is, 14 years for
Matsuoka et al. (2009) and 7 years for
Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015), to
obtain a final density for the 21-year
period. For minke whales L–DEO used
the estimates of numbers of whales in
survey blocks overlapping the Emperor
Seamounts survey area from Hakamada
et al. (2009); densities were estimated
by dividing the number of whales in
Block 9N by the area of Block 9N. For
gray whales, NMFS used a paper by
Rugh et al. (2005) that looked at
abundance of eastern DPS gray whales.
The paper provides mean group sizes
for their surveys, which ranged from 1
to 2 individuals. For purposes of
estimating exposures we will assume
that the western DPS group sizes would
not vary greatly from the eastern DPS.
As such, NMFS assumes that there will
be two western DPS gray whales Level
B takes, based on mean group size.
Finally, no northern elephant seals
have been reported during any of the
above surveys although Buckland et al.
(1993) estimated fur seal abundance
during their surveys. Telemetry studies,
however, indicate that elephant seals do
forage as far west as the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area. Here,
L–DEO assumed a density of 0.00831/
1000 km2, which is 10 percent of that
used by LGL Limited (2017) for an area
off the west coast of the United States.
However, densities of northern elephant
seals in the region are expected to be
much less than densities of northern fur
seals. For species that are unlikely to
occur in the survey area, such as ribbon
seals, proposed exposures are set at 5
individuals. Densities for Emperor are
shown in Table 8.
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information
provided above is brought together to
produce a quantitative take estimate. In
order to estimate the number of marine
mammals predicted to be exposed to
sound levels that would result in Level
A harassment or Level B harassment,
radial distances from the airgun array to
predicted isopleths corresponding to the
Level A harassment and Level B
harassment thresholds are calculated, as
described above. Those radial distances
are then used to calculate the area(s)
around the airgun array predicted to be
ensonified to sound levels that exceed
the Level A harassment and Level B
harassment thresholds. The area
estimated to be ensonified in a single
day of the survey is then calculated
(Table 6), based on the areas predicted
to be ensonified around the array and
the estimated trackline distance traveled
per day. This number is then multiplied
by the number of survey days. Active
seismic operations are planned for 13
days at Emperor Seamounts and 19 days
at Hawaii.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
TABLE 6—AREAS (km2) ESTIMATED TO BE ENSONIFIED TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS, PER DAY
FOR HAWAII AND EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEYS
Survey
Criteria
Daily
ensonified
area
(km 2)
Total
survey days
25%
increase
Total
ensonified
area
(km 2)
Relevant
isopleth
(m)
Hawaii Level B
Multi-depth line (intermediate water) .......
Multi-depth line (deep water) ...................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
160 dB ...........
160 dB ...........
PO 00000
Frm 00032
538.5
2349.8
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
12
12
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
1.25
1.25
28JNN2
8076.9
35246.4
10,100
6,733
30511
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
TABLE 6—AREAS (km2) ESTIMATED TO BE ENSONIFIED TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS, PER DAY
FOR HAWAII AND EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEYS—Continued
Daily
ensonified
area
(km 2)
Survey
Criteria
Multi-depth line (total) ..............................
Deep-water line ........................................
160 dB ...........
160 dB ...........
Total
survey days
2888.2
2566.3
Total
ensonified
area
(km 2)
25%
increase
Relevant
isopleth
(m)
12
7
1.25
1.25
43323.3
22455.1
6,733
6,733
19
19
19
19
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
2745.4
116.3
2299.3
373.8
320.2
13.6
268.3
43.7
13
1.25
41702.4
6,733
Hawaii Level A 1
Hawaii ......................................................
LF Cetacean ..
MF Cetacean
HF Cetacean
Phocid ............
115.6
4.9
96.8
15.7
Emperor Seamounts Level B
Emperor Seamounts ................................
160 dB ...........
2566.3
Emperor Seamounts Level
Emperor Seamounts ................................
A1
115.6
13
1.25
1878.4
320.2
MF Cetacean
HF Cetacean
Phocid ............
Otariid ............
1 Level
LF Cetacean ..
4.9
96.8
15.7
3.8
13
13
13
13
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
79.6
1573.2
255.7
62
13.6
268.3
43.7
10.6
A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and
peakSPL).
The product is then multiplied by
1.25 to account for the additional 25
percent contingency. This results in an
estimate of the total areas (km2)
expected to be ensonified to the Level
A harassment and Level B harassment
thresholds. For purposes of Level B take
calculations, areas estimated to be
ensonified to Level A harassment
thresholds are subtracted from total
areas estimated to be ensonified to Level
B harassment thresholds in order to
avoid double counting the animals
taken (i.e., if an animal is taken by Level
A harassment, it is not also counted as
taken by Level B harassment). The
marine mammals predicted to occur
within these respective areas, based on
estimated densities, are assumed to be
incidentally taken.
Estimated exposures for the Hawaii
survey and the Emperor Seamounts
survey are shown respectively in Table
7 and Table 8.
TABLE 7—DENSITIES, ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND LEVEL B EXPOSURES, AND PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION
EXPOSED DURING HAWAII SURVEY
Species
Stock
Mysticetes:
Humpback Whale ........................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Minke whale ................................
Bryde’s whale ..............................
Sei whale .....................................
Fin whale .....................................
Blue whale ...................................
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale ...............................
Pygmy sperm whale ....................
Dwarf sperm whale .....................
Cuvier’s beaked whale ................
Longman’s beaked whale ...........
Blainville’s beaked whale ............
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale ....
Deraniygala’s beaked whale .......
Hubb’s beaked whale ..................
Rough-toothed dolphin ................
Common bottlenose dolphin .......
Pantropical spotted dolphin .........
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Central North Pacific.
Western North Pacific.
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
Central north Pacific.
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii pelagic ......
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii pelagic ......
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
Hawaii ..................
HI Pelagic .............
Oahu ....................
4 islands ...............
HI Islands .............
HI Pelagic .............
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Density
(#/1000 km2 )
Total
exposures
Level A
Percentage
of stock/
population
Level B
Takes proposed for
authorization
Level A
Level B
........................
42
....................
2
<0.01
0
2
........................
....................
0.2
....................
....................
....................
....................
30
41
1 0.72
49
11
4
5
0
2
0
0
0
0
47
11
4
5
<0.01
2.8
6.2
2.7
3.9
0
2
0
0
0
1
47
11
4
5
122
198
486
20
205
57
41
41
41
1,952
592
....................
....................
....................
1,534
0
7
16
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
1
....................
....................
....................
3
122
191
470
20
205
57
41
41
41
1,949
591
....................
....................
....................
1531
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.7
2.7
2.7
0.16
0.16
0.16
2.7
7 2.7
....................
....................
....................
8 1.3
0
7
16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
....................
....................
....................
0
122
191
470
20
205
57
41
41
41
1,952
592
....................
....................
....................
1,354
1 0.16
1 0.06
1 0.05
1 1.86
2 2.91
2 7.14
1 0.30
1 3.11
1 0.86
6 0.63
6 0.63
6 0.63
1 29.63
1 8.99
0.4
1.5
2.3
1 23.32
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30512
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
TABLE 7—DENSITIES, ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND LEVEL B EXPOSURES, AND PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION
EXPOSED DURING HAWAII SURVEY—Continued
Species
Stock
Spinner dolphin ...........................
Striped dolphin ............................
Fraser’s dolphin ...........................
Risso’s dolphin ............................
Melon-headed whale ...................
Pygmy killer whale ......................
False killer whale .........................
Killer whale ..................................
Short-finned pilot whale ...............
Pinnipeds:
Hawaiian monk seal ....................
Density
(#/1000 km2 )
Total
exposures
Level A
Takes proposed for
authorization
Percentage
of stock/
population
Level B
Level A
Level B
Oahu ....................
4 island .................
HI Islands .............
HI Pelagic .............
HI Island ...............
Oahu/4 island .......
HI Pelagic .............
Hawaii ..................
Hawaii ..................
HI Islands .............
Kohala resident ....
Hawaii ..................
MHI Insular ...........
HI Pelagic .............
Hawaiian Islands ..
Hawaii ..................
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
2 6.99
........................
........................
1 5.36
1 21.0
1 4.74
1 3.54
........................
1 4.35
5 0.0.09
5 0.06
1 0.06
1 7.97
....................
....................
....................
461
....................
....................
354
1,383
313
233
....................
287
6
4
45
525
....................
....................
....................
1
....................
....................
1
2
1
0
....................
1
0
0
0
1
....................
....................
....................
460
....................
....................
353
1381
312
233
....................
286
6
4
4
524
....................
....................
....................
N.A.
9 10.9
19.4
0.6
2.7
2.7
10 2.4
5.2
2.7
3.5
0.26
2.7
2.7
....................
....................
....................
0
....................
....................
0
0
0
0
....................
0
0
0
0
0
....................
....................
....................
461
....................
....................
354
1,383
313
233
....................
287
6
4
5
525
Hawaii ..................
3 0.051
3
0
3
0.15
0
3
1 Bradford
et al. 2017.
2 Barlow et al. 2009.
3 U.S. Department of the Navy. (2017a). U.S. Navy Marine Species Density Database Phase III for the Hawaii-Southern California Training and Testing Study Area.
NAVFAC Pacific Technical Report. Naval Facilities Engineering Command Pacific, Pearl Harbor, HI. 274 pp. Navy, 2017.
4 Requested take authorization (Level B only) increased to mean group size from Bradford et al., 2017.
5 Bradford et al. 2015.
6 From Bradford et al. (2017) for ‘Unidentified Mesoplodon’ proportioned equally among Mesoplodon spp., except M. densirostris.
7 Assumes 98.5 percent of proposed takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (583) with remaining 9 animals split evenly among Oahu, 4 Islands, and Hawaiian Islands
stock.
8 Assumes 50 percent of proposed takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (767) since most sightings occur in waters between 1,500 -5,000 m. The remainder are split
evenly (256) between Hawaiian Islands, 4 islands, and Oahu stocks. Populations of insular stocks are unknown.
9 Assumes 70 percent of proposed takes from Hawaii pelagic stock (323) since most of the survey tracklines will occur outside of boundary ranges of Hawaii Island
and Oahu/4 island stocks. Assumes remaining takes (138) are split evenly between Hawaii Island (69) and Oahu/4 island (69) stocks.
10 Assumes 90 percent of takes from Hawaiian Islands stock (210) and 10 percent from Kohala resident stock which has a small range.
TABLE 8—DENSITIES, ESTIMATED LEVEL A AND LEVEL B EXPOSURES, PERCENTAGE OF STOCK OR POPULATION
EXPOSED, AND NUMBER OF TAKES PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION DURING EMPEROR SEAMOUNTS SURVEY
Species
Stock
Mysticetes.
Gray whale .........................................
North Pacific right whale ....................
Humpback whale ................................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Minke whale ........................................
Bryde’s whale .....................................
Sei whale ............................................
Fin whale ............................................
Blue whale ..........................................
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale ...............................
Pygmy sperm whale ....................
Dwarf sperm whale .....................
Cuvier’s beaked whale ................
Stejner’s beaked whale ...............
Baird’s beaked whale ..................
Short-beaked common dolphin ...
Striped dolphin ............................
Pacific white-sided dolphin ..........
Northern right whale dolphin .......
Risso’s dolphin ............................
False killer whale .........................
Killer whale ..................................
Short-finned pilot whale ...............
Dall’s porpoise .............................
Pinnipeds:
Northern fur seal .........................
Northern elephant seal ................
Ribbon seal .................................
1 Navy
N/A .......................
N/A/ ......................
Central North Pacific.
Western North Pacific DPS.
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
Central north Pacific.
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
Alaska ..................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
N/A .......................
Alaska ..................
Estimated
density
(#/1000 km 2)
Total
exposures
Level A
takes
Level B
takes
% of Pop.
(total takes)
Level A
N.A.
22
1 0.01
10 2
1 0.41
18:59 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Level B
16
0
0
1
2
0
15
1.43
0.44
11 0.16
0
0
1
2
0
2
11 0.18
0
2
2.48
N.A.
108
32
13
9
5
5
N.A.
1
0
0
103
N.A.
12
8
5
0.49
<0.01
0.05
0.06
3.7
5
0
1
0
0
108
2
12
8
5
92
126
309
225
21
121
N.A.
385
2,875
141
1,128
418
125
1,713
1,535
0
5
11
0
0
0
N.A.
1
5
0
2
1
0
3
56
92
121
298
225
21
121
N.A.
384
2,870
141
1,126
417
125
1,710
1,479
0.31
1.76
1.76
1.13
0.08
1.19
<0.01
0.04
0.29
0.05
1.02
2.51
1.47
3.2
0.13
0
5
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
56
92
121
298
225
21
121
180
385
2,875
141
1,128
418
125
1,713
1,479
149
349
95
0
2
0
148
347
5
0.01
0.16
<0.01
0
2
0
148
347
5
1 0.29
1 0.20
0.13
1 2.20
4 2.91
4 7.14
1 5.40
1 0.5
1 2.9
5 180
6 9.21
7 68.81
7 3.37
3 27
5 10
8 3.00
3 41
35.46
7 3.56
8.31
N.A.
2017b. Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas Environmental Impact Statement.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Takes proposed for
authorization
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
2
2
16
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
30513
2 Mean
group size based on Rugh et al. (2005).
group size from Bradford et al. (2017).
et al. (2017).
5 Mean group size from Barlow (2016).
6 Miyashita (1993).
7 Buckland et al. (1993).
8 Forney and Wade (2006).
9 Estimated exposures increased to 5 for pinnipeds.
10 Mean group size from Matsuoka et al. (2009).
11 Based on population size, take is split proportionally between central north Pacific (91.2 percent of total take) and western north Pacific DPS stocks (9.8 percent
of total take).
3 Mean
4 Bradford
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Estimated exposures are tabulated in
Table 7 and Table 8. The sum will be
the total number of takes proposed for
authorization. Table 7 and Table 8
contain the numbers of animals
proposed for authorized take.
It should be noted that the proposed
take numbers shown in Tables 7 and 8
are expected to be conservative for
several reasons. First, in the calculations
of estimated take, 25 percent has been
added in the form of operational survey
days to account for the possibility of
additional seismic operations associated
with airgun testing and repeat coverage
of any areas where initial data quality is
sub-standard, and in recognition of the
uncertainties in the density estimates
used to estimate take as described
above. Additionally, marine mammals
would be expected to move away from
a loud sound source that represents an
aversive stimulus, such as an airgun
array, potentially reducing the number
of Level A takes. However, the extent to
which marine mammals would move
away from the sound source is difficult
to quantify and is, therefore, not
accounted for in the take estimates.
Note that for some marine mammal
species, we propose to authorize a
different number of incidental takes
than the number of incidental takes
requested by L–DEO (see Table 5 and
Table 6 in the IHA application for
requested take numbers).
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, ‘‘and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking’’ for
certain subsistence uses (latter not
applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting such activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) the manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned) the likelihood
of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and
(2) the practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost,
impact on operations,.
L–DEO has reviewed mitigation
measures employed during seismic
research surveys authorized by NMFS
under previous incidental harassment
authorizations, as well as recommended
best practices in Richardson et al.
(1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and
Dolman (2007), Nowacek et al. (2013),
Wright (2014), and Wright and
Cosentino (2015), and has incorporated
a suite of proposed mitigation measures
into their project description based on
the above sources.
To reduce the potential for
disturbance from acoustic stimuli
associated with the activities, L–DEO
has proposed to implement mitigation
measures for marine mammals.
Mitigation measures that would be
adopted during the proposed surveys
include (1) Vessel-based visual
mitigation monitoring; (2) Vessel-based
passive acoustic monitoring; (3)
Establishment of an exclusion zone; (4)
Power down procedures; (5) Shutdown
procedures; (6) Ramp-up procedures;
and (7) Vessel strike avoidance
measures.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation
Monitoring
Visual monitoring requires the use of
trained observers (herein referred to as
visual PSOs) to scan the ocean surface
visually for the presence of marine
mammals. The area to be scanned
visually includes primarily the
exclusion zone, but also the buffer zone.
The buffer zone means an area beyond
the exclusion zone to be monitored for
the presence of marine mammals that
may enter the exclusion zone. During
pre-clearance monitoring (i.e., before
ramp-up begins), the buffer zone also
acts as an extension of the exclusion
zone in that observations of marine
mammals within the buffer zone would
also prevent airgun operations from
beginning (i.e. ramp-up). The buffer
zone encompasses the area at and below
the sea surface from the edge of the 0–
500 meter exclusion zone, out to a
radius of 1,000 meters from the edges of
the airgun array (500–1,000 meters).
Visual monitoring of the exclusion
zones and adjacent waters is intended to
establish and, when visual conditions
allow, maintain zones around the sound
source that are clear of marine
mammals, thereby reducing or
eliminating the potential for injury and
minimizing the potential for more
severe behavioral reactions for animals
occurring close to the vessel. Visual
monitoring of the buffer zone is
intended to (1) provide additional
¨
protection to naıve marine mammals
that may be in the area during preclearance, and (2) during airgun use, aid
in establishing and maintaining the
exclusion zone by alerting the visual
observer and crew of marine mammals
that are outside of, but may approach
and enter, the exclusion zone.
L–DEO must use at least five
dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved
Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The
PSOs must have no tasks other than to
conduct observational effort, record
observational data, and communicate
with and instruct relevant vessel crew
with regard to the presence of marine
mammals and mitigation requirements.
PSO resumes shall be provided to
NMFS for approval.
At least one of the visual and two of
the acoustic PSOs aboard the vessel
must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30514
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
experience working in those roles,
respectively, during a deep penetration
(i.e., ‘‘high energy’’) seismic survey,
with no more than 18 months elapsed
since the conclusion of the at-sea
experience. One visual PSO with such
experience shall be designated as the
lead for the entire protected species
observation team. The lead PSO shall
serve as primary point of contact for the
vessel operator and ensure all PSO
requirements per the IHA are met. To
the maximum extent practicable, the
experienced PSOs should be scheduled
to be on duty with those PSOs with
appropriate training but who have not
yet gained relevant experience.
During survey operations (e.g., any
day on which use of the acoustic source
is planned to occur, and whenever the
acoustic source is in the water, whether
activated or not), a minimum of two
visual PSOs must be on duty and
conducting visual observations at all
times during daylight hours (i.e., from
30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30
minutes following sunset) and 30
minutes prior to and during nighttime
ramp-ups of the airgun array. Visual
monitoring of the exclusion and buffer
zones must begin no less than 30
minutes prior to ramp-up and must
continue until one hour after use of the
acoustic source ceases or until 30
minutes past sunset. Visual PSOs shall
coordinate to ensure 360° visual
coverage around the vessel from the
most appropriate observation posts, and
shall conduct visual observations using
binoculars and the naked eye while free
from distractions and in a consistent,
systematic, and diligent manner. PSOs
shall establish and monitor the
exclusion and buffer zones. These zones
shall be based upon the radial distance
from the edges of the acoustic source
(rather than being based on the center of
the array or around the vessel itself).
During use of the acoustic source (i.e.,
anytime airguns are active, including
ramp-up), occurrences of marine
mammals within the buffer zone (but
outside the exclusion zone) shall be
communicated to the operator to
prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown of the acoustic source.
During use of the airgun (i.e., anytime
the acoustic source is active, including
ramp-up), occurrences of marine
mammals within the buffer zone (but
outside the exclusion zone) should be
communicated to the operator to
prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown of the acoustic source.
Visual PSOs will immediately
communicate all observations to the on
duty acoustic PSO(s), including any
determination by the PSO regarding
species identification, distance, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
bearing and the degree of confidence in
the determination. Any observations of
marine mammals by crew members
shall be relayed to the PSO team. During
good conditions (e.g., daylight hours;
Beaufort sea state (BSS) 3 or less), visual
PSOs shall conduct observations when
the acoustic source is not operating for
comparison of sighting rates and
behavior with and without use of the
acoustic source and between acquisition
periods, to the maximum extent
practicable. Visual PSOs may be on
watch for a maximum of two
consecutive hours followed by a break
of at least one hour between watches
and may conduct a maximum of 12
hours of observation per 24-hour period.
Combined observational duties (visual
and acoustic but not at same time) may
not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period
for any individual PSO.
Passive Acoustic Monitoring
Acoustic monitoring means the use of
trained personnel (sometimes referred to
as passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)
operators, herein referred to as acoustic
PSOs) to operate PAM equipment to
acoustically detect the presence of
marine mammals. Acoustic monitoring
involves acoustically detecting marine
mammals regardless of distance from
the source, as localization of animals
may not always be possible. Acoustic
monitoring is intended to further
support visual monitoring (during
daylight hours) in maintaining an
exclusion zone around the sound source
that is clear of marine mammals. In
cases where visual monitoring is not
effective (e.g., due to weather,
nighttime), acoustic monitoring may be
used to allow certain activities to occur,
as further detailed below.
Passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)
would take place in addition to the
visual monitoring program. Visual
monitoring typically is not effective
during periods of poor visibility or at
night, and even with good visibility, is
unable to detect marine mammals when
they are below the surface or beyond
visual range. Acoustical monitoring can
be used in addition to visual
observations to improve detection,
identification, and localization of
cetaceans. The acoustic monitoring
would serve to alert visual PSOs (if on
duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are
detected. It is only useful when marine
mammals call, but it can be effective
either by day or by night, and does not
depend on good visibility. It would be
monitored in real time so that the visual
observers can be advised when
cetaceans are detected.
The R/V Langseth will use a towed
PAM system, which must be monitored
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
by at a minimum one on duty acoustic
PSO beginning at least 30 minutes prior
to ramp-up and at all times during use
of the acoustic source. Acoustic PSOs
may be on watch for a maximum of four
consecutive hours followed by a break
of at least one hour between watches
and may conduct a maximum of 12
hours of observation per 24-hour period.
Combined observational duties (acoustic
and visual but not at same time) may
not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period
for any individual PSO.
Survey activity may continue for 30
minutes when the PAM system
malfunctions or is damaged, while the
PAM operator diagnoses the issue. If the
diagnosis indicates that the PAM system
must be repaired to solve the problem,
operations may continue for an
additional two hours without acoustic
monitoring during daylight hours only
under the following conditions:
• Sea state is less than or equal to
BSS 4;
• No marine mammals (excluding
delphinids) detected solely by PAM in
the applicable exclusion zone in the
previous two hours;
• NMFS is notified via email as soon
as practicable with the time and
location in which operations began
occurring without an active PAM
system; and
• Operations with an active acoustic
source, but without an operating PAM
system, do not exceed a cumulative total
of four hours in any 24-hour period.
Establishment of an Exclusion Zone and
Buffer Zone
An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined
area within which occurrence of a
marine mammal triggers mitigation
action intended to reduce the potential
for certain outcomes, e.g., auditory
injury, disruption of critical behaviors.
The PSOs would establish a minimum
EZ with a 500 m radius for the 36 airgun
array. The 500 m EZ would be based on
radial distance from any element of the
airgun array (rather than being based on
the center of the array or around the
vessel itself). With certain exceptions
(described below), if a marine mammal
appears within or enters this zone, the
acoustic source would be shut down.
The 500 m EZ is intended to be
precautionary in the sense that it would
be expected to contain sound exceeding
the injury criteria for all cetacean
hearing groups, (based on the dual
criteria of SELcum and peak SPL), while
also providing a consistent, reasonably
observable zone within which PSOs
would typically be able to conduct
effective observational effort.
Additionally, a 500 m EZ is expected to
minimize the likelihood that marine
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
mammals will be exposed to levels
likely to result in more severe
behavioral responses. Although
significantly greater distances may be
observed from an elevated platform
under good conditions, we believe that
500 m is likely regularly attainable for
PSOs using the naked eye during typical
conditions.
Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up
Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as
‘‘soft start’’) means the gradual and
systematic increase of emitted sound
levels from an airgun array. Ramp-up
begins by first activating a single airgun
of the smallest volume, followed by
doubling the number of active elements
in stages until the full complement of an
array’s airguns are active. Each stage
should be approximately the same
duration, and the total duration should
not be less than approximately 20
minutes. The intent of pre-clearance
observation (30 minutes) is to ensure no
protected species are observed within
the buffer zone prior to the beginning of
ramp-up. During pre-clearance is the
only time observations of protected
species in the buffer zone would
prevent operations (i.e., the beginning of
ramp-up). The intent of ramp-up is to
warn protected species of pending
seismic operations and to allow
sufficient time for those animals to leave
the immediate vicinity. A ramp-up
procedure, involving a step-wise
increase in the number of airguns firing
and total array volume until all
operational airguns are activated and
the full volume is achieved, is required
at all times as part of the activation of
the acoustic source. All operators must
adhere to the following pre-clearance
and ramp-up requirements:
• The operator must notify a
designated PSO of the planned start of
ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead
PSO; the notification time should not be
less than 60 minutes prior to the
planned ramp-up in order to allow the
PSOs time to monitor the exclusion and
buffer zones for 30 minutes prior to the
initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance).
• Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as
to minimize the time spent with the
source activated prior to reaching the
designated run-in.
• One of the PSOs conducting preclearance observations must be notified
again immediately prior to initiating
ramp-up procedures and the operator
must receive confirmation from the PSO
to proceed.
• Ramp-up may not be initiated if any
marine mammal is within the applicable
exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine
mammal is observed within the
applicable exclusion zone or the buffer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
zone during the 30 minute pre-clearance
period, ramp-up may not begin until the
animal(s) has been observed exiting the
zones or until an additional time period
has elapsed with no further sightings
(15 minutes for small odontocetes and
30 minutes for all other species).
• Ramp-up shall begin by activating a
single airgun of the smallest volume in
the array and shall continue in stages by
doubling the number of active elements
at the commencement of each stage,
with each stage of approximately the
same duration. Duration shall not be
less than 20 minutes. The operator must
provide information to the PSO
documenting that appropriate
procedures were followed.
• PSOs must monitor the exclusion
and buffer zones during ramp-up, and
ramp-up must cease and the source
must be shut down upon observation of
a marine mammal within the applicable
exclusion zone. Once ramp-up has
begun, observations of marine mammals
within the buffer zone do not require
shutdown or powerdown, but such
observation shall be communicated to
the operator to prepare for the potential
shutdown or powerdown.
• Ramp-up may occur at times of
poor visibility, including nighttime, if
appropriate acoustic monitoring has
occurred with no detections in the 30
minutes prior to beginning ramp-up.
Acoustic source activation may only
occur at times of poor visibility where
operational planning cannot reasonably
avoid such circumstances.
• If the acoustic source is shut down
for brief periods (i.e., less than 30
minutes) for reasons other than that
described for shutdown and powerdown
(e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs
have maintained constant visual and/or
acoustic observation and no visual or
acoustic detections of marine mammals
have occurred within the applicable
exclusion zone. For any longer
shutdown, pre-clearance observation
and ramp-up are required. For any
shutdown at night or in periods of poor
visibility (e.g., BSS 4 or greater), rampup is required, but if the shutdown
period was brief and constant
observation was maintained, preclearance watch of 30 min is not
required.
• Testing of the acoustic source
involving all elements requires rampup. Testing limited to individual source
elements or strings does not require
ramp-up but does require pre-clearance
of 30 min.
Shutdown and Powerdown
The shutdown of an airgun array
requires the immediate de-activation of
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30515
all individual airgun elements of the
array while a powerdown requires
immediate de-activation of all
individual airgun elements of the array
except the single 40-in3 airgun. Any
PSO on duty will have the authority to
delay the start of survey operations or to
call for shutdown or powerdown of the
acoustic source if a marine mammal is
detected within the applicable
exclusion zone. The operator must also
establish and maintain clear lines of
communication directly between PSOs
on duty and crew controlling the
acoustic source to ensure that shutdown
and powerdown commands are
conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs
to maintain watch. When both visual
and acoustic PSOs are on duty, all
detections will be immediately
communicated to the remainder of the
on-duty PSO team for potential
verification of visual observations by the
acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections
by visual PSOs. When the airgun array
is active (i.e., anytime one or more
airguns is active, including during
ramp-up and powerdown) and (1) a
marine mammal appears within or
enters the applicable exclusion zone
and/or (2) a marine mammal (other than
delphinids, see below) is detected
acoustically and localized within the
applicable exclusion zone, the acoustic
source will be shut down. When
shutdown is called for by a PSO, the
acoustic source will be immediately
deactivated and any dispute resolved
only following deactivation.
Additionally, shutdown will occur
whenever PAM alone (without visual
sighting), confirms presence of marine
mammal(s) in the EZ. If the acoustic
PSO cannot confirm presence within the
EZ, visual PSOs will be notified but
shutdown is not required.
Following a shutdown, airgun activity
would not resume until the marine
mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. The
animal would be considered to have
cleared the 500 m EZ if it is visually
observed to have departed the 500 m
EZ, or it has not been seen within the
500 m EZ for 15 min in the case of small
odontocetes and pinnipeds, or 30 min in
the case of mysticetes and large
odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy
sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked
whales.
The shutdown requirement can be
waived for small dolphins in which case
the acoustic source shall be powered
down to the single 40-in3 airgun if an
individual is visually detected within
the exclusion zone. As defined here, the
small delphinoid group is intended to
encompass those members of the Family
Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily
approach the source vessel for purposes
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30516
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
of interacting with the vessel and/or
airgun array (e.g., bow riding). This
exception to the shutdown requirement
would apply solely to specific genera of
small dolphins—Tursiops, Delphinus,
Lagenodelphis, Lagenorhynchus,
Lissodelphis, Stenella and Steno—The
acoustic source shall be powered down
to 40-in3 airgun if an individual
belonging to these genera is visually
detected within the 500 m exclusion
zone.
b. Powerdown conditions shall be
maintained until delphinids for which
shutdown is waived are no longer
observed within the 500 m exclusion
zone, following which full-power
operations may be resumed without
ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to
waive the powerdown requirement if
delphinids for which shutdown is
waived to be voluntarily approaching
the vessel for the purpose of interacting
with the vessel or towed gear, and may
use best professional judgment in
making this decision.
We include this small delphinoid
exception because power-down/
shutdown requirements for small
delphinoids under all circumstances
represent practicability concerns
without likely commensurate benefits
for the animals in question. Small
delphinoids are generally the most
commonly observed marine mammals
in the specific geographic region and
would typically be the only marine
mammals likely to intentionally
approach the vessel. As described
above, auditory injury is extremely
unlikely to occur for mid-frequency
cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this
group is relatively insensitive to sound
produced at the predominant
frequencies in an airgun pulse while
also having a relatively high threshold
for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,
permanent threshold shift).
A large body of anecdotal evidence
indicates that small delphinoids
commonly approach vessels and/or
towed arrays during active sound
production for purposes of bow riding,
with no apparent effect observed in
those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,
2012). The potential for increased
shutdowns resulting from such a
measure would require the Langseth to
revisit the missed track line to reacquire
data, resulting in an overall increase in
the total sound energy input to the
marine environment and an increase in
the total duration over which the survey
is active in a given area. Although other
mid-frequency hearing specialists (e.g.,
large delphinoids) are no more likely to
incur auditory injury than are small
delphinoids, they are much less likely
to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
a power-down/shutdown requirement
for large delphinoids would not have
similar impacts in terms of either
practicability for the applicant or
corollary increase in sound energy
output and time on the water. We do
anticipate some benefit for a powerdown/shutdown requirement for large
delphinoids in that it simplifies
somewhat the total range of decisionmaking for PSOs and may preclude any
potential for physiological effects other
than to the auditory system as well as
some more severe behavioral reactions
for any such animals in close proximity
to the source vessel.
Powerdown conditions shall be
maintained until the marine mammal(s)
of the above listed genera are no longer
observed within the exclusion zone,
following which full-power operations
may be resumed without ramp-up.
Additionally, visual PSOs may elect to
waive the powerdown requirement if
the small dolphin(s) appear to be
voluntarily approaching the vessel for
the purpose of interacting with the
vessel or towed gear, and may use best
professional judgment in making this
decision. Visual PSOs shall use best
professional judgment in making the
decision to call for a shutdown if there
is uncertainty regarding identification
(i.e., whether the observed marine
mammal(s) belongs to one of the
delphinid genera for which shutdown is
waived or one of the species with a
larger exclusion zone). If PSOs observe
any behaviors in a small delphinid for
which shutdown is waived that indicate
an adverse reaction, then powerdown
will be initiated immediately.
Upon implementation of shutdown,
the source may be reactivated after the
marine mammal(s) has been observed
exiting the applicable exclusion zone
(i.e., animal is not required to fully exit
the buffer zone where applicable) or
following 15 minutes for small
odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other
species with no further observation of
the marine mammal(s).
Vessel Strike Avoidance
These measures apply to all vessels
associated with the planned survey
activity; however, we note that these
requirements do not apply in any case
where compliance would create an
imminent and serious threat to a person
or vessel or to the extent that a vessel
is restricted in its ability to maneuver
and, because of the restriction, cannot
comply. These measures include the
following:
1. Vessel operators and crews must
maintain a vigilant watch for all marine
mammals and slow down, stop their
vessel, or alter course, as appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and regardless of vessel size, to avoid
striking any marine mammal. A single
marine mammal at the surface may
indicate the presence of submerged
animals in the vicinity of the vessel;
therefore, precautionary measures
should be exercised when an animal is
observed. A visual observer aboard the
vessel must monitor a vessel strike
avoidance zone around the vessel
(specific distances detailed below), to
ensure the potential for strike is
minimized. Visual observers monitoring
the vessel strike avoidance zone can be
either third-party observers or crew
members, but crew members
responsible for these duties must be
provided sufficient training to
distinguish marine mammals from other
phenomena and broadly to identify a
marine mammal to broad taxonomic
group (i.e., as a large whale or other
marine mammal).
2. Vessel speeds must be reduced to
10 kn or less when mother/calf pairs,
pods, or large assemblages of any
marine mammal are observed near a
vessel.
3. All vessels must maintain a
minimum separation distance of 100 m
from large whales (i.e., sperm whales
and all baleen whales.
4. All vessels must attempt to
maintain a minimum separation
distance of 50 m from all other marine
mammals, with an exception made for
those animals that approach the vessel.
5. When marine mammals are sighted
while a vessel is underway, the vessel
should take action as necessary to avoid
violating the relevant separation
distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel
to the animal’s course, avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction
until the animal has left the area). If
marine mammals are sighted within the
relevant separation distance, the vessel
should reduce speed and shift the
engine to neutral, not engaging the
engines until animals are clear of the
area. This recommendation does not
apply to any vessel towing gear.
We have carefully evaluated the suite
of mitigation measures described here
and considered a range of other
measures in the context of ensuring that
we prescribe the means of effecting the
least practicable adverse impact on the
affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on our
evaluation of the proposed measures,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the mitigation measures provide the
means effecting the least practicable
impact on the affected species or stocks
and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance.
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the action area. Effective
reporting is critical both to compliance
as well as ensuring that the most value
is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density).
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas).
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors.
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat).
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
As described above, PSO observations
would take place during daytime airgun
operations and nighttime start ups (if
applicable) of the airguns. During
seismic operations, at least five visual
PSOs would be based aboard the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
Langseth. Monitoring shall be
conducted in accordance with the
following requirements:
• The operator shall provide PSOs
with bigeye binoculars (e.g., 25 × 150;
2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus;
height control) of appropriate quality
(i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely for
PSO use. These shall be pedestalmounted on the deck at the most
appropriate vantage point that provides
for optimal sea surface observation, PSO
safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
• The operator will work with the
selected third-party observer provider to
ensure PSOs have all equipment
(including backup equipment) needed
to adequately perform necessary tasks,
including accurate determination of
distance and bearing to observed marine
mammals. (c) PSOs must have the
following requirements and
qualifications:
• PSOs shall be independent,
dedicated, trained visual and acoustic
PSOs and must be employed by a thirdparty observer provider.
• PSOs shall have no tasks other than
to conduct observational effort (visual or
acoustic), collect data, and
communicate with and instruct relevant
vessel crew with regard to the presence
of protected species and mitigation
requirements (including brief alerts
regarding maritime hazards),
• PSOs shall have successfully
completed an approved PSO training
course appropriate for their designated
task (visual or acoustic). Acoustic PSOs
are required to complete specialized
training for operating PAM systems and
are encouraged to have familiarity with
the vessel with which they will be
working.
• PSOs can act as acoustic or visual
observers (but not at the same time) as
long as they demonstrate that their
training and experience are sufficient to
perform the task at hand.
• NMFS must review and approve
PSO resumes accompanied by a relevant
training course information packet that
includes the name and qualifications
(i.e., experience, training completed, or
educational background) of the
instructor(s), the course outline or
syllabus, and course reference material
as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course.
• NMFS shall have one week to
approve PSOs from the time that the
necessary information is submitted,
after which PSOs meeting the minimum
requirements shall automatically be
considered approved.
• PSOs must successfully complete
relevant training, including completion
of all required coursework and passing
(80 percent or greater) a written and/or
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30517
oral examination developed for the
training program.
• PSOs must have successfully
attained a bachelor’s degree from an
accredited college or university with a
major in one of the natural sciences, a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
equivalent in the biological sciences,
and at least one undergraduate course in
math or statistics.
• The educational requirements may
be waived if the PSO has acquired the
relevant skills through alternate
experience. Requests for such a waiver
shall be submitted to NMFS and must
include written justification. Requests
shall be granted or denied (with
justification) by NMFS within one week
of receipt of submitted information.
Alternate experience that may be
considered includes, but is not limited
to (1) secondary education and/or
experience comparable to PSO duties;
(2) previous work experience
conducting academic, commercial, or
government-sponsored protected
species surveys; or (3) previous work
experience as a PSO; the PSO should
demonstrate good standing and
consistently good performance of PSO
duties.
For data collection purposes, PSOs
shall use standardized data collection
forms, whether hard copy or electronic.
PSOs shall record detailed information
about any implementation of mitigation
requirements, including the distance of
animals to the acoustic source and
description of specific actions that
ensued, the behavior of the animal(s),
any observed changes in behavior before
and after implementation of mitigation,
and if shutdown was implemented, the
length of time before any subsequent
ramp-up of the acoustic source. If
required mitigation was not
implemented, PSOs should record a
description of the circumstances. At a
minimum, the following information
must be recorded:
• Vessel names (source vessel and
other vessels associated with survey)
and call signs;
• PSO names and affiliations;
• Dates of departures and returns to
port with port name;
• Date and participants of PSO
briefings;
• Dates and times (Greenwich Mean
Time) of survey effort and times
corresponding with PSO effort;
• Vessel location (latitude/longitude)
when survey effort began and ended and
vessel location at beginning and end of
visual PSO duty shifts;
• Vessel heading and speed at
beginning and end of visual PSO duty
shifts and upon any line change;
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30518
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
• Environmental conditions while on
visual survey (at beginning and end of
PSO shift and whenever conditions
changed significantly), including BSS
and any other relevant weather
conditions including cloud cover, fog,
sun glare, and overall visibility to the
horizon;
• Factors that may have contributed
to impaired observations during each
PSO shift change or as needed as
environmental conditions changed (e.g.,
vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);
and
• Survey activity information, such as
acoustic source power output while in
operation, number and volume of
airguns operating in the array, tow
depth of the array, and any other notes
of significance (i.e., pre-clearance, rampup, shutdown, testing, shooting, rampup completion, end of operations,
streamers, etc.).
The following information should be
recorded upon visual observation of any
protected species:
• Watch status (sighting made by PSO
on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,
alternate vessel/platform);
• PSO who sighted the animal;
• Time of sighting;
• Vessel location at time of sighting;
• Water depth;
• Direction of vessel’s travel (compass
direction);
• Direction of animal’s travel relative
to the vessel;
• Pace of the animal;
• Estimated distance to the animal
and its heading relative to vessel at
initial sighting;
• Identification of the animal (e.g.,
genus/species, lowest possible
taxonomic level, or unidentified) and
the composition of the group if there is
a mix of species;
• Estimated number of animals (high/
low/best);
• Estimated number of animals by
cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
calves, group composition, etc.);
• Description (as many distinguishing
features as possible of each individual
seen, including length, shape, color,
pattern, scars or markings, shape and
size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and
blow characteristics);
• Detailed behavior observations (e.g.,
number of blows/breaths, number of
surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,
feeding, traveling; as explicit and
detailed as possible; note any observed
changes in behavior);
• Animal’s closest point of approach
(CPA) and/or closest distance from any
element of the acoustic source;
• Platform activity at time of sighting
(e.g., deploying, recovering, testing,
shooting, data acquisition, other); and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Description of any actions
implemented in response to the sighting
(e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and
time and location of the action.
If a marine mammal is detected while
using the PAM system, the following
information should be recorded:
• An acoustic encounter
identification number, and whether the
detection was linked with a visual
sighting;
• Date and time when first and last
heard;
• Types and nature of sounds heard
(e.g., clicks, whistles, creaks, burst
pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of
signal);
• Any additional information
recorded such as water depth of the
hydrophone array, bearing of the animal
to the vessel (if determinable), species
or taxonomic group (if determinable),
spectrogram screenshot, and any other
notable information.
A report would be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the end of the
cruise. The report would describe the
operations that were conducted and
sightings of marine mammals near the
operations. The report would provide
full documentation of methods, results,
and interpretation pertaining to all
monitoring. The 90-day report would
summarize the dates and locations of
seismic operations, and all marine
mammal sightings (dates, times,
locations, activities, associated seismic
survey activities). The report would also
include estimates of the number and
nature of exposures that occurred above
the harassment threshold based on PSO
observations, including an estimate of
those on the trackline but not detected.
L–DEO will be required to shall
submit a draft comprehensive report to
NMFS on all activities and monitoring
results within 90 days of the completion
of the survey or expiration of the IHA,
whichever comes sooner. The report
must describe all activities conducted
and sightings of protected species near
the activities, must provide full
documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all
monitoring, and must summarize the
dates and locations of survey operations
and all protected species sightings
(dates, times, locations, activities,
associated survey activities). The draft
report shall also include geo-referenced
time-stamped vessel tracklines for all
time periods during which airguns were
operating. Tracklines should include
points recording any change in airgun
status (e.g., when the airguns began
operating, when they were turned off, or
when they changed from full array to
single gun or vice versa). GIS files shall
be provided in ESRI shapefile format
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and include the UTC date and time,
latitude in decimal degrees, and
longitude in decimal degrees. All
coordinates shall be referenced to the
WGS84 geographic coordinate system.
In addition to the report, all raw
observational data shall be made
available to NMFS. The report must
summarize the information submitted in
interim monthly reports as well as
additional data collected as described
above and the IHA. The draft report
must be accompanied by a certification
from the lead PSO as to the accuracy of
the report, and the lead PSO may submit
directly NMFS a statement concerning
implementation and effectiveness of the
required mitigation and monitoring. A
final report must be submitted within 30
days following resolution of any
comments on the draft report.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as ‘‘an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’ implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, our analysis
applies to all species listed in Table 7
and 8, given that NMFS expects the
anticipated effects of the proposed
seismic survey to be similar in nature.
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
Where there are meaningful differences
between species or stocks, or groups of
species, in anticipated individual
responses to activities, impact of
expected take on the population due to
differences in population status, or
impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified
species-specific factors to inform the
analysis.
NMFS does not anticipate that serious
injury or mortality would occur as a
result of L–DEO’s proposed survey, even
in the absence of proposed mitigation.
Thus the proposed authorization does
not authorize any mortality. As
discussed in the Potential Effects
section, non-auditory physical effects,
stranding, and vessel strike are not
expected to occur.
We propose to authorize a limited
number of instances of Level A
harassment of 18 species and Level B
harassment of 39 marine mammal
species. However, we believe that any
PTS incurred in marine mammals as a
result of the proposed activity would be
in the form of only a small degree of
PTS, not total deafness, and would be
unlikely to affect the fitness of any
individuals, because of the constant
movement of both the Langseth and of
the marine mammals in the project
areas, as well as the fact that the vessel
is not expected to remain in any one
area in which individual marine
mammals would be expected to
concentrate for an extended period of
time (i.e., since the duration of exposure
to loud sounds will be relatively short).
Also, as described above, we expect that
marine mammals would be likely to
move away from a sound source that
represents an aversive stimulus,
especially at levels that would be
expected to result in PTS, given
sufficient notice of the Langseth’s
approach due to the vessel’s relatively
low speed when conducting seismic
surveys. We expect that the majority of
takes would be in the form of short-term
Level B behavioral harassment in the
form of temporary avoidance of the area
or decreased foraging (if such activity
were occurring), reactions that are
considered to be of low severity and
with no lasting biological consequences
(e.g., Southall et al., 2007).
Potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat were discussed previously in
this document (see Potential Effects of
the Specified Activity on Marine
Mammals and their Habitat). Marine
mammal habitat may be impacted by
elevated sound levels, but these impacts
would be temporary. Feeding behavior
is not likely to be significantly
impacted, as marine mammals appear to
be less likely to exhibit behavioral
reactions or avoidance responses while
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
engaged in feeding activities
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the project areas; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during survey
activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved
away from areas with disturbing levels
of underwater noise. Because of the
relatively short duration (∼32 days) and
temporary nature of the disturbance, the
availability of similar habitat and
resources in the surrounding area, the
impacts to marine mammals and the
food sources that they utilize are not
expected to cause significant or longterm consequences for individual
marine mammals or their populations.
The activity is expected to impact a
small percentage of all marine mammal
stocks that would be affected by L–
DEO’s proposed survey (less than 20
percent of all species). Additionally, the
acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of the proposed
survey would be small relative to the
ranges of the marine mammals that
would potentially be affected. Sound
levels would increase in the marine
environment in a relatively small area
surrounding the vessel compared to the
range of the marine mammals within the
proposed survey area.
The proposed mitigation measures are
expected to reduce the number and/or
severity of takes by allowing for
detection of marine mammals in the
vicinity of the vessel by visual and
acoustic observers, and by minimizing
the severity of any potential exposures
via power downs and/or shutdowns of
the airgun array. Based on previous
monitoring reports for substantially
similar activities that have been
previously authorized by NMFS, we
expect that the proposed mitigation will
be effective in preventing at least some
extent of potential PTS in marine
mammals that may otherwise occur in
the absence of the proposed mitigation.
The ESA-listed marine mammal
species under our jurisdiction that are
likely to be taken by the proposed
surveys include the endangered sei, fin,
blue, sperm, gray, North Pacific Right,
Western North Pacific DPS humpback,
and Main Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS
false killer whale as well as the
Hawaiian monk seal. We propose to
authorize very small numbers of takes
for these species relative to their
population sizes. Therefore, we do not
expect population-level impacts to any
of these species. The other marine
mammal species that may be taken by
harassment during the proposed survey
are not listed as threatened or
endangered under the ESA. With the
exception of the northern fur seal, none
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30519
of the non-listed marine mammals for
which we propose to authorize take are
considered ‘‘depleted’’ or ‘‘strategic’’ by
NMFS under the MMPA.
The tracklines of the Hawaii survey
either traverse or are proximal to BIAs
for 11 species that NMFS has proposed
to authorize for take. Ten of the BIAs
pertain to small and resident cetacean
populations while a breeding BIA has
been delineated for humpback whales.
However, this designation is only
applicable to humpback whales in the
December through March timeframe
(Baird et al., 2015). Since the Hawaii
survey is proposed for August, there
will be no effects on humpback whales.
For cetacean species with small and
resident BIAs in the Hawaii survey area,
that designation is applicable yearround. There are 19 days of seismic
operations proposed for the Hawaii
survey. Only a portion of those days
would maintain seismic operations
along Tracklines 1 and 2. No physical
impacts to BIA habitat are anticipated
from seismic activities. While SPLs of
sufficient strength have been known to
cause injury to fish and fish mortality,
the most likely impact to prey species
from survey activities would be
temporary avoidance of the affected
area. The duration of fish avoidance of
a given area after survey effort stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior
is expected. Given the short operational
seismic time near or traversing BIAs, as
well as the ability of cetaceans and prey
species to move away from acoustic
sources, NMFS expects that there would
be, at worst, minimal impacts to animals
and habitat within the designated BIAs.
NMFS concludes that exposures to
marine mammal species and stocks due
to L–DEO’s proposed survey would
result in only short-term (temporary and
short in duration) effects to individuals
exposed. Animals may temporarily
avoid the immediate area, but are not
expected to permanently abandon the
area. Major shifts in habitat use,
distribution, or foraging success are not
expected. NMFS does not anticipate the
proposed take estimates to impact
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
not expected to adversely affect the
marine mammal species or stocks
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival:
• No mortality is anticipated or
authorized;
• The proposed activity is temporary
and of relatively short duration (∼32
days);
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
30520
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
• The anticipated impacts of the
proposed activity on marine mammals
would primarily be temporary
behavioral changes due to avoidance of
the area around the survey vessel;
• The number of instances of PTS
that may occur are expected to be very
small in number. Instances of PTS that
are incurred in marine mammals would
be of a low level, due to constant
movement of the vessel and of the
marine mammals in the area, and the
nature of the survey design (not
concentrated in areas of high marine
mammal concentration);
• The availability of alternate areas of
similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
survey area during the proposed survey
to avoid exposure to sounds from the
activity;
• The potential adverse effects on fish
or invertebrate species that serve as prey
species for marine mammals from the
proposed survey would be temporary
and spatially limited;
• The proposed mitigation measures,
including visual and acoustic
monitoring, power-downs, and
shutdowns, are expected to minimize
potential impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
for specified activities other than
military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers; so, in
practice, where estimated numbers are
available, NMFS compares the number
of individuals taken to the most
appropriate estimation of abundance of
the relevant species or stock in our
determination of whether an
authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities. Tables 7 and 8 provide
numbers of take by Level A harassment
and Level B harassment proposed for
authorization. These are the numbers
we use for purposes of the small
numbers analysis.
The numbers of marine mammals that
we propose for authorized take would
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
be considered small relative to the
relevant populations (19.4 percent for
all species) for the species for which
abundance estimates are available.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
the affected species.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal stocks or
species implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this
case with the ESA Interagency
Cooperation Division, whenever we
propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species.
The NMFS Permits and Conservation
Division is proposing to authorize the
incidental take of marine mammals
which are listed under the ESA (the
North Pacific right, sei, fin, blue, sperm
whales, Western North Pacific DPS
humpback whale, gray whale, the
Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS false
killer whale, and the Hawaiian monk
seal. We have requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation with the
Interagency Cooperation Division for the
issuance of this IHA. NMFS will
conclude the ESA section 7 consultation
prior to reaching a determination
regarding the proposed issuance of the
authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to L–DEO for conducting
seismic surveys in the Pacific Ocean
near Hawaii in summer/early fall of
2018 and in the Emperor Seamounts
area in spring/early summer 2019,
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated. This
section contains a draft of the IHA itself.
The wording contained in this section is
proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if
issued).
1. This incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) is valid for a period
of one year from the date of issuance.
2. This IHA is valid only for marine
geophysical survey activity, as specified
in L–DEO’s IHA application and using
an array aboard the R/V Langseth with
characteristics specified in the IHA
application, in the Pacific Ocean near
the Main Hawaiian Islands and the
Emperor Seamounts.
3. General Conditions
(a) A copy of a the IHA must be in the
possession of the vessel operator, other
relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and
any other relevant designees operating
under the authority of the IHA.
(b) L–DEO shall instruct relevant
vessel personnel with regard to the
authority of the protected species
monitoring team, and shall ensure that
relevant vessel personnel and the
protected species monitoring team
participate in a joint onboard briefing
(hereafter PSO briefing) led by the
vessel operator and lead PSO to ensure
that responsibilities, communication
procedures, protected species
monitoring protocols, operational
procedures, and IHA requirements are
clearly understood. This PSO briefing
must be repeated when relevant new
personnel join the survey operations.
(c) The species authorized for taking
are listed in Table 7 and 8. The taking,
by Level A and Level B harassment
only, is limited to the species and
numbers listed in Table 7 and 8. Any
taking exceeding the authorized
amounts listed in Table 7 and 8 is
prohibited and may result in the
modification, suspension, or revocation
of this IHA.
(d) The taking by serious injury or
death of any species of marine mammal
is prohibited and may result in the
modification, suspension, or revocation
of this IHA.
(e) During use of the airgun(s), if
marine mammal species other than
those listed in Table 7 and 8 are
detected by PSOs, the airgun array must
be shut down.
4. Mitigation Requirements
The holder of this Authorization is
required to implement the following
mitigation measures:
(a) L–DEO must use at least five
dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved
Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The
PSOs must have no tasks other than to
conduct observational effort, record
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
observational data, and communicate
with and instruct relevant vessel crew
with regard to the presence of marine
mammals and mitigation requirements.
PSO resumes shall be provided to
NMFS for approval.
(b) At least one of the visual and two
of the acoustic PSOs aboard the vessel
must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea
experience working in those roles,
respectively, during a deep penetration
seismic survey, with no more than 18
months elapsed since the conclusion of
the at-sea experience.
(c) Visual Observation
(i) During survey operations (e.g., any
day on which use of the acoustic source
is planned to occur, and whenever the
acoustic source is in the water, whether
activated or not), a minimum of two
visual PSOs must be on duty and
conducting visual observations at all
times during daylight hours (i.e., from
30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30
minutes following and 30 minutes prior
to and during nighttime ramp-ups of the
airgun array.
(ii) Visual PSOs shall coordinate to
ensure 360° visual coverage around the
vessel from the most appropriate
observation posts, and shall conduct
visual observations using binoculars
and the naked eye while free from
distractions and in a consistent,
systematic, and diligent manner.
(iii) PSOs shall establish and monitor
the exclusion and buffer zones. These
zones shall be based upon the radial
distance from the edges of the acoustic
source (rather than being based on the
center of the array or around the vessel
itself). During use of the acoustic source
(i.e., anytime airguns are active,
including ramp-up), occurrences of
marine mammals within the buffer zone
(but outside the exclusion zone) shall be
communicated to the operator to
prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown of the acoustic source.
(iv) Visual PSOs shall immediately
communicate all observations to the on
duty acoustic PSO(s), including any
determination by the PSO regarding
species identification, distance, and
bearing and the degree of confidence in
the determination.
(v) During good conditions (e.g.,
daylight hours; Beaufort sea state (BSS)
3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct
observations when the acoustic source
is not operating for comparison of
sighting rates and behavior with and
without use of the acoustic source and
between acquisition periods, to the
maximum extent practicable.
(vi) Visual PSOs may be on watch for
a maximum of two consecutive hours
followed by a break of at least one hour
between watches and may conduct a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
maximum of 12 hours of observation per
24-hour period. Combined observational
duties (visual and acoustic but not at
same time) may not exceed 12 hours per
24-hour period for any individual PSO
(d) Acoustic Monitoring
(i) The source vessel must use a towed
PAM system, which must be monitored
by at a minimum one on duty acoustic
PSO beginning at least 30 minutes prior
to ramp-up and at all times during use
of the acoustic source.
(ii) Acoustic PSOs shall immediately
communicate all detections to visual
PSOs, when visual PSOs are on duty,
including any determination by the PSO
regarding species identification,
distance, and bearing and the degree of
confidence in the determination.
(iii) Acoustic PSOs may be on watch
for a maximum of four consecutive
hours followed by a break of at least one
hour between watches and may conduct
a maximum of 12 hours of observation
per 24-hour period. Combined
observational duties may not exceed 12
hours per 24-hour period for any
individual PSO.
(iv) Survey activity may continue for
30 minutes when the PAM system
malfunctions or is damaged, while the
PAM operator diagnoses the issue. If the
diagnosis indicates that the PAM system
must be repaired to solve the problem,
operations may continue for an
additional two hours without acoustic
monitoring during daylight hours only
under the following conditions:
a. Sea state is less than or equal to
BSS 4;
b. With the exception of delphinids,
no marine mammals detected solely by
PAM in the applicable exclusion zone
in the previous two hours;
c. NMFS is notified via email as soon
as practicable with the time and
location in which operations began
occurring without an active PAM
system; and
d. Operations with an active acoustic
source, but without an operating PAM
system, do not exceed a cumulative total
of four hours in any 24-hour period.
(e) Exclusion zone and buffer zone
(i) PSO shall establish and monitor a
500 m exclusion zone and 1,000 m
buffer zone. The exclusion zone
encompasses the area at and below the
sea surface out to a radius of 500 meters
from the edges of the airgun array (0–
500 meters). The buffer zone
encompasses the area at and below the
sea surface from the edge of the 0–500
meter exclusion zone, out to a radius of
1000 meters from the edges of the airgun
array (500–1,000 meters).
(f) Pre-clearance and Ramp-up
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30521
(i) A ramp-up procedure shall be
required at all times as part of the
activation of the acoustic source.
(v) Ramp-up may not be initiated if
any marine mammal is within the
exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine
mammal is observed within the
exclusion zone or the buffer zone during
the 30 minute pre-clearance period,
ramp-up may not begin until the
animal(s) has been observed exiting the
zone or until an additional time period
has elapsed with no further sightings
(15 minutes for small odontocetes and
pinnipeds and 30 minutes for all other
species).
(vi) Ramp-up shall begin by activating
a single airgun of the smallest volume
in the array and shall continue in stages
by doubling the number of active
elements at the commencement of each
stage, with each stage of approximately
the same duration. Duration shall not be
less than 20 minutes.
(vii) PSOs must monitor the exclusion
and buffer zones during ramp-up, and
ramp-up must cease and the source
must be shut down upon observation of
a marine mammal within the exclusion
zone. Once ramp-up has begun,
observations of marine mammals within
the buffer zone do not require shutdown
or powerdown, but such observation
shall be communicated to the operator
to prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown.
(viii) Ramp-up may occur at times of
poor visibility, including nighttime, if
appropriate acoustic monitoring has
occurred with no detections in the 30
minutes prior to beginning ramp-up.
(ix) If the acoustic source is shut
down for brief periods (i.e., less than 30
minutes) for reasons other than that
described for shutdown and powerdown
(e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs
have maintained constant visual and/or
acoustic observation and no visual or
acoustic detections of marine mammals
have occurred within the applicable
exclusion zone. For any longer
shutdown, pre-clearance observation
and ramp-up are required. For any
shutdown at night or in periods of poor
visibility (e.g., BSS 4 or greater), rampup is required, but if the shutdown
period was brief and constant
observation was maintained, preclearance watch of 30 min is not
required.
(x) Testing of the acoustic source
involving all elements requires rampup. Testing limited to individual source
elements or strings does not require
ramp-up but does require pre-clearance
of 30 min.
(g) Shutdown and Powerdown
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30522
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
(i) Any PSO on duty shall have the
authority to delay the start of survey
operations or to call for shutdown or
powerdown of the acoustic source if a
marine mammal is detected within the
applicable exclusion zone.
(ii) The operator shall establish and
maintain clear lines of communication
directly between PSOs on duty and
crew controlling the acoustic source to
ensure that shutdown and powerdown
commands are conveyed swiftly while
allowing PSOs to maintain watch.
(iii) When both visual and acoustic
PSOs are on duty, all detections shall be
immediately communicated to the
remainder of the on-duty PSO team for
potential verification of visual
observations by the acoustic PSO or of
acoustic detections by visual PSOs.
(iv) When the airgun array is active
(i.e., anytime one or more airguns is
active, including during ramp-up and
powerdown) and (1) a marine mammal
(excluding delphinids) appears within
or enters the exclusion zone and/or (2)
a marine mammal is detected
acoustically and localized within the
exclusion zone, the acoustic source
shall be shut down. When shutdown is
called for by a PSO, the airgun array
shall be immediately deactivated. Any
questions regarding a PSO shutdown
shall be resolved after deactivation.
(v) Shutdown shall occur whenever
PAM alone (without visual sighting),
confirms presence of marine mammal(s)
(other than delphinids) in the 500 m
exclusion zone. If the acoustic PSO
cannot confirm presence within
exclusion zone, visual PSOs shall be
notified but shutdown is not required.
(v) The shutdown requirement shall
be waived for small dolphins of the
following genera: Tursiops, Delphinus,
Lagenodelphis, Lagenorhynchus,
Lissodelphis, Stenella and Steno.
a. The acoustic source shall be
powered down to 40-in3 airgun if an
individual belonging to these genera is
visually detected within the 500 m
exclusion zone.
b. Powerdown conditions shall be
maintained until delphinids for which
shutdown is waived are no longer
observed within the 500 m exclusion
zone, following which full-power
operations may be resumed without
ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to
waive the powerdown requirement if
delphinids for which shutdown is
waived to be voluntarily approaching
the vessel for the purpose of interacting
with the vessel or towed gear, and may
use best professional judgment in
making this decision.
d. If PSOs observe any behaviors in
delphinids for which shutdown is
waived that indicate an adverse
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
reaction, then powerdown shall be
initiated.
(vi) Visual PSOs shall use best
professional judgment in making the
decision to call for a shutdown if there
is uncertainty regarding identification
(i.e., whether the observed marine
mammal(s) belongs to one of the
delphinid genera for which shutdown is
waived).
(vii) Upon implementation of
shutdown, the source may be
reactivated after the marine mammal(s)
has been observed exiting the applicable
exclusion zone (i.e., animal is not
required to fully exit the buffer zone
where applicable) or following a 30minute clearance period with no further
observation of the marine mammal(s).
(g) Vessel operators and crews must
maintain a vigilant watch for all marine
mammals and slow down, stop their
vessel, or alter course, as appropriate
and regardless of vessel size, to avoid
striking any marine mammal. A visual
observer aboard the vessel must monitor
a vessel strike avoidance zone around
the vessel (specific distances detailed
below), to ensure the potential for strike
is minimized.
(i) Vessel speeds must be reduced to
10 kn or less when mother/calf pairs,
pods, or large assemblages of any
marine mammal are observed near a
vessel.
a. Vessels must maintain a minimum
separation distance of 100 m from large
whales (i.e., sperm whales and all
baleen whales.
b. Vessels must attempt to maintain a
minimum separation distance of 50 m
from all other marine mammals, with an
exception made for those animals that
approach the vessel.
c. When marine mammals are sighted
while a vessel is underway, the vessel
should take action as necessary to avoid
violating the relevant separation
distance. If marine mammals are sighted
within the relevant separation distance,
the vessel should reduce speed and shift
the engine to neutral, not engaging the
engines until animals are clear of the
area. This recommendation does not
apply to any vessel towing gear.
5. Monitoring Requirements.
The holder of this Authorization is
required to conduct marine mammal
monitoring during survey activity.
Monitoring shall be conducted in
accordance with the following
requirements:
(a) The operator shall provide PSOs
with bigeye binoculars (e.g., 25 x 150;
2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus;
height control) of appropriate quality
(i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely for
PSO use. These shall be pedestalmounted on the deck at the most
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
appropriate vantage point that provides
for optimal sea surface observation, PSO
safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
(b) The operator shall work with the
selected third-party observer provider to
ensure PSOs have all equipment
(including backup equipment) needed
to adequately perform necessary tasks,
including accurate determination of
distance and bearing to observed marine
mammals. Such equipment, at a
minimum, shall include:
(i) PAM shall include a system that
has been verified and tested by the
acoustic PSO that will be using it during
the trip for which monitoring is
required.
(ii) At least one night-vision device
suited for the marine environment for
use during nighttime pre-clearance and
ramp-up that features automatic
brightness and gain control, bright light
protection, infrared illumination, and/or
optics suited for low-light situations
(e.g., Exelis PVS–7 night vision goggles;
Night Optics D–300 night vision
monocular; FLIR M324XP thermal
imaging camera or equivalents).
(iii) Reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50) of
appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or
equivalent) (at least one per PSO, plus
backups)
(iv) Global Positioning Units (GPS) (at
least one per PSO, plus backups)
(v) Digital single-lens reflex cameras
of appropriate quality that capture
photographs and video (i.e., Canon or
equivalent) (at least one per PSO, plus
backups)
(vi) Compasses (at least one per PSO,
plus backups)
(vii) Radios for communication among
vessel crew and PSOs (at least one per
PSO, plus backups)
(viii) Any other tools necessary to
adequately perform necessary PSO
tasks.
(c) Protected Species Observers
(PSOs, Visual and Acoustic)
Qualifications
(i) PSOs shall be independent,
dedicated, trained visual and acoustic
PSOs and must be employed by a thirdparty observer provider,
(ii) PSOs shall have no tasks other
than to conduct observational effort
(visual or acoustic), collect data, and
communicate with and instruct relevant
vessel crew with regard to the presence
of protected species and mitigation
requirements (including brief alerts
regarding maritime hazards), and
(iii) PSOs shall have successfully
completed an approved PSO training
course appropriate for their designated
task (visual or acoustic). Acoustic PSOs
are required to complete specialized
training for operating PAM systems and
are encouraged to have familiarity with
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
the vessel with which they will be
working.
(iv) PSOs can act as acoustic or visual
observers (but not at the same time) as
long as they demonstrate that their
training and experience are sufficient to
perform the task at hand.
(v) NMFS must review and approve
PSO resumes accompanied by a relevant
training course information packet that
includes the name and qualifications
(i.e., experience, training completed, or
educational background) of the
instructor(s), the course outline or
syllabus, and course reference material
as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course.
(vi) NMFS shall have one week to
approve PSOs from the time that the
necessary information is submitted,
after which PSOs meeting the minimum
requirements shall automatically be
considered approved.
(vii) One visual PSO with experience
as shown in 4(b) shall be designated as
the lead for the entire protected species
observation team. The lead shall
coordinate duty schedules and roles for
the PSO team and serve as primary
point of contact for the vessel operator.
To the maximum extent practicable, the
lead PSO shall devise the duty schedule
such that experienced PSOs are on duty
with those PSOs with appropriate
training but who have not yet gained
relevant experience.
(viii) PSOs must successfully
complete relevant training, including
completion of all required coursework
and passing (80 percent or greater) a
written and/or oral examination
developed for the training program.
(ix). PSOs must have successfully
attained a bachelor’s degree from an
accredited college or university with a
major in one of the natural sciences, a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
equivalent in the biological sciences,
and at least one undergraduate course in
math or statistics.
(x) The educational requirements may
be waived if the PSO has acquired the
relevant skills through alternate
experience. Requests for such a waiver
shall be submitted to NMFS and must
include written justification. Requests
shall be granted or denied (with
justification) by NMFS within one week
of receipt of submitted information.
Alternate experience that may be
considered includes, but is not limited
to (1) secondary education and/or
experience comparable to PSO duties;
(2) previous work experience
conducting academic, commercial, or
government-sponsored protected
species surveys; or (3) previous work
experience as a PSO; the PSO should
demonstrate good standing and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
consistently good performance of PSO
duties.
(d) Data Collection
(i) PSOs shall use standardized data
collection forms, whether hard copy or
electronic. PSOs shall record detailed
information about any implementation
of mitigation requirements, including
the distance of animals to the acoustic
source and description of specific
actions that ensued, the behavior of the
animal(s), any observed changes in
behavior before and after
implementation of mitigation, and if
shutdown was implemented, the length
of time before any subsequent ramp-up
of the acoustic source. If required
mitigation was not implemented, PSOs
should record a description of the
circumstances.
(ii) At a minimum, the following
information must be recorded:
a. Vessel names (source vessel and
other vessels associated with survey)
and call signs;
b. PSO names and affiliations;
c. Dates of departures and returns to
port with port name;
d. Date and participants of PSO
briefings (as discussed in General
Requirements. 2.)
e. Dates and times (Greenwich Mean
Time) of survey effort and times
corresponding with PSO effort;
f. Vessel location (latitude/longitude)
when survey effort began and ended and
vessel location at beginning and end of
visual PSO duty shifts;
g. Vessel heading and speed at
beginning and end of visual PSO duty
shifts and upon any line change;
h. Environmental conditions while on
visual survey (at beginning and end of
PSO shift and whenever conditions
changed significantly), including BSS
and any other relevant weather
conditions including cloud cover, fog,
sun glare, and overall visibility to the
horizon;
i. Factors that may have contributed
to impaired observations during each
PSO shift change or as needed as
environmental conditions changed (e.g.,
vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);
j. Survey activity information, such as
acoustic source power output while in
operation, number and volume of
airguns operating in the array, tow
depth of the array, and any other notes
of significance (i.e., pre-clearance, rampup, shutdown, testing, shooting, rampup completion, end of operations,
streamers, etc.); and
(iii). Upon visual observation of any
protected species, the following
information shall be recorded:
a. Watch status (sighting made by PSO
on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,
alternate vessel/platform);
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
30523
b. PSO who sighted the animal;
c. Time of sighting;
d. Vessel location at time of sighting;
e. Water depth;
f. Direction of vessel’s travel (compass
direction);
g. Direction of animal’s travel relative
to the vessel;
h. Pace of the animal;
i. Estimated distance to the animal
and its heading relative to vessel at
initial sighting;
j. Identification of the animal (e.g.,
genus/species, lowest possible
taxonomic level, or unidentified) and
the composition of the group if there is
a mix of species;
k. Estimated number of animals (high/
low/best);
l. Estimated number of animals by
cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
calves, group composition, etc.);
m. Description (as many
distinguishing features as possible of
each individual seen, including length,
shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,
shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of
head, and blow characteristics);
n. Detailed behavior observations
(e.g., number of blows/breaths, number
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping,
diving, feeding, traveling; as explicit
and detailed as possible; note any
observed changes in behavior);
o. Animal’s closest point of approach
(CPA) and/or closest distance from any
element of the acoustic source;
p. Platform activity at time of sighting
(e.g., deploying, recovering, testing,
shooting, data acquisition, other); and
q. Description of any actions
implemented in response to the sighting
(e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and
time and location of the action.
(iv) If a marine mammal is detected
while using the PAM system, the
following information should be
recorded:
a. An acoustic encounter
identification number, and whether the
detection was linked with a visual
sighting;
b. Date and time when first and last
heard;
c. Types and nature of sounds heard
(e.g., clicks, whistles, creaks, burst
pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of
signal);
d. Any additional information
recorded such as water depth of the
hydrophone array, bearing of the animal
to the vessel (if determinable), species
or taxonomic group (if determinable),
spectrogram screenshot, and any other
notable information.
6. Reporting
(a) L–DEO shall submit a draft
comprehensive report to NMFS on all
activities and monitoring results within
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES2
30524
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 / Notices
90 days of the completion of the survey
or expiration of the IHA, whichever
comes sooner. The report must describe
all activities conducted and sightings of
protected species near the activities,
must provide full documentation of
methods, results, and interpretation
pertaining to all monitoring, and must
summarize the dates and locations of
survey operations and all protected
species sightings (dates, times,
locations, activities, associated survey
activities). The draft report shall also
include geo-referenced time-stamped
vessel tracklines for all time periods
during which airguns were operating.
Tracklines should include points
recording any change in airgun status
(e.g., when the airguns began operating,
when they were turned off, or when
they changed from full array to single
gun or vice versa). GIS files shall be
provided in ESRI shapefile format and
include the UTC date and time, latitude
in decimal degrees, and longitude in
decimal degrees. All coordinates shall
be referenced to the WGS84 geographic
coordinate system. In addition to the
report, all raw observational data shall
be made available to NMFS. The report
must summarize the information
submitted in interim monthly reports as
well as additional data collected as
described above in Data Collection and
the IHA. The draft report must be
accompanied by a certification from the
lead PSO as to the accuracy of the
report, and the lead PSO may submit
directly NMFS a statement concerning
implementation and effectiveness of the
required mitigation and monitoring. A
final report must be submitted within 30
days following resolution of any
comments on the draft report.
(b) Reporting injured or dead
protected species:
(i) In the event that the specified
activity clearly causes the take of a
marine mammal in a manner not
permitted by this IHA, such as serious
injury or mortality, L–DEO shall
immediately cease the specified
activities and immediately report the
incident to the NMFS Office of
Protected Resources and the NMFS
Pacific Islands Regional Stranding
Coordinator. The report must include
the following information:
a. Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
b. Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
c. Description of the incident;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:32 Jun 27, 2018
Jkt 244001
d. Status of all sound source use in
the 24 hours preceding the incident;
e. Water depth;
f. Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
g. Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
h. Species identification or
description of the animal(s) involved;
i. Fate of the animal(s); and
j. Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until
NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS will work with L–DEO to
determine what measures are necessary
to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. L–DEO may not resume
their activities until notified by NMFS.
(ii) In the event that L–DEO discovers
an injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead observer determines that the
cause of the injury or death is unknown
and the death is relatively recent (e.g.,
in less than a moderate state of
decomposition), L–DEO shall
immediately report the incident to the
NMFS Office of Protected Resources and
the NMFS Pacific Islands Regional
Stranding Coordinator. The report must
include the same information identified
in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA.
Activities may continue while NMFS
reviews the circumstances of the
incident. NMFS will work with L–DEO
to determine whether additional
mitigation measures or modifications to
the activities are appropriate.
(iii) In the event that L–DEO discovers
an injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead observer determines that the
injury or death is not associated with or
related to the specified activities (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass
with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
L–DEO shall report the incident to the
NMFS Office of Protected Resources and
the Pacific Islands Regional Stranding
Coordinator within 24 hours of the
discovery. L–DEO shall provide
photographs or video footage or other
documentation of the sighting to NMFS.
7. This Authorization may be
modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the
conditions prescribed herein, or if
NMFS determines the authorized taking
is having more than a negligible impact
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
on the species or stock of affected
marine mammals.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this Notice of Proposed
IHA for L–DEO’s proposed surveys. We
also request comment on the potential
for renewal of this proposed IHA as
described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform our final decision on the
request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a second one-year IHA without
additional notice when (1) another year
of identical or nearly identical activities
as described in the Specified Activities
section is planned or (2) the activities
would not be completed by the time the
IHA expires and a second IHA would
allow for completion of the activities
beyond that described in the Dates and
Duration section, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to expiration of
the current IHA.
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted beyond the initial dates
either are identical to the previously
analyzed activities or include changes
so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size)
that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, take estimates, or
mitigation and monitoring
requirements.
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
• Upon review of the request for
renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
remain the same and appropriate, and
the original findings remain valid.
Dated: June 21, 2018.
Elaine T. Saiz,
Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2018–13732 Filed 6–27–18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\28JNN2.SGM
28JNN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 125 (Thursday, June 28, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 30480-30524]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-13732]
[[Page 30479]]
Vol. 83
Thursday,
No. 125
June 28, 2018
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the North
Pacific Ocean; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 125 / Thursday, June 28, 2018 /
Notices
[[Page 30480]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XG144
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the
North Pacific Ocean
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Lamont-Doherty Earth
Observatory of Columbia University (L-DEO) for authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to a marine geophysical survey in the North
Pacific Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA),
NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental
harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals
during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments
prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested
MMPA authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final
notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than July 30,
2018.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments
should be sent to [email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111 without change. All personal
identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Rob Pauline, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111. In case of problems accessing these
documents, please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public for review.
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings
are set forth.
NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival.
The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt,
capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine
mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering (Level B harassment).
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt the National Science Foundation's
EA, provided our independent evaluation of the document finds that it
includes adequate information analyzing the effects on the human
environment of issuing the IHA. We will review all comments submitted
in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or
making a final decision on the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On March 16, 2018, NMFS received a request from the L-DEO for an
IHA to take marine mammals incidental to conducting a marine
geophysical survey in the North Pacific Ocean. L-DEO submitted a
revised application on June 11, 2018. On June 13, 2018 we deemed L-
DEO's application for authorization to be adequate and complete. L-
DEO's request is for take of small numbers of 39 species of marine
mammals by Level A and Level B harassment. Underwater sound associated
with airgun use may result in the behavioral harassment or auditory
injury of marine mammals in the ensonified areas. Mortality is not an
anticipated outcome of airgun surveys such as this, and, therefore, an
IHA is appropriate. The planned activity is not expected to exceed one
year, hence, we do not expect subsequent MMPA incidental harassment
authorizations would be issued for this particular activity.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
The specified activity consists of two high-energy seismic surveys
conducted at different locations in the North Pacific Ocean.
Researchers from Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (L-DEO) and
University of Hawaii, with funding from the U.S. National Science
Foundation (NSF), in collaboration with researchers from United States
Geological Survey (USGS), Oxford University, and GEOMAR Helmholtz
Centre for Ocean Research Kiel (GEOMAR), propose to conduct the surveys
from the Research Vessel (R/V) Marcus G. Langseth (Langseth) in the
North Pacific Ocean. The NSF-owned Langseth is operated by Columbia
University's L-DEO under an existing
[[Page 30481]]
Cooperative Agreement. The first proposed seismic survey would occur in
the vicinity of the Main Hawaiian Islands, and a subsequent survey
would take place at the Emperor Seamounts in 2019. The proposed timing
for the Hawaii survey is summer/early fall 2018; the timing for the
Emperor Seamounts survey would likely be spring/early summer 2019. Both
surveys would use a 36-airgun towed array with a total discharge volume
of ~6,600 in\3\.
The main goal of the surveys proposed by L-DEO and the University
of Hawaii is to gain fundamental insight into the formation and
evaluation of Hawaiian-Emperor Seamount chain, and inform a more
comprehensive assessment of geohazards for the Hawaiian Islands region.
Dates and Duration
The Hawaii survey would be expected to last for 36 days, including
~19 days of seismic operations, 11 days of equipment deployment/
retrieval, ~3 days of operational contingency time (e.g., weather
delays, etc.), and ~3 days of transit. The Langseth would leave out of
and return to port in Honolulu during summer (likely mid-August) 2018.
The Emperor Seamounts survey would be expected to last 42 days,
including ~13 days of seismic operations, ~11 days of equipment
deployment/retrieval, ~5.5 days of operational contingency time, and
12.5 days of transit. The Langseth would leave Honolulu and return to
port likely in Adak or Dutch Harbor, Alaska. The dates for this cruise
have not yet been determined, although late spring/early summer 2019 is
most likely.
Specific Geographic Region
The specified activity consists of two seismic surveys in the North
Pacific Ocean--one at the Main Hawaiian Islands (Fig. 1 in application)
and the other at the Emperor Seamounts (Fig. 2 in application). The
proposed Hawaii survey would occur within ~18-24[deg] N, ~153-160[deg]
W, and the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey would occur within ~43-
48[deg] N, ~166-173[deg] E. The Hawaiian-Emperor Seamount chain is a
mostly undersea mountain range in the Pacific Ocean that reaches above
sea level in Hawaii. It is composed of the Hawaiian ridge, consisting
of the islands of the Hawaiian chain northwest to Kure Atoll, and the
Emperor Seamounts: Together they form a vast underwater mountain region
of islands and intervening seamounts, atolls, shallows, banks and reefs
along a line trending southeast to northwest beneath the northern
Pacific Ocean. The seamount chain, containing over 80 identified
undersea volcanoes, stretches over 5,800 kilometers (km) or 3,600 miles
(mi) from the Aleutian Trench in the far northwest Pacific to the
Lo[revaps]ihi seamount, the youngest volcano in the chain, which lies
about 35 km (22 mi) southeast of the Island of Hawaii. The Emperor
Seamounts seismic survey location is located approximately 4,100 km
(2,200 mi) northwest of the Hawaii seismic survey location.
Representative survey tracklines are shown in Figures 1 and 2 in
the application. As described further in this document, however, some
deviation in actual track lines, including order of survey operations,
could be necessary for reasons such as science drivers, poor data
quality, inclement weather, or mechanical issues with the research
vessel and/or equipment. Thus, for the Emperor Seamounts survey, the
tracklines could occur anywhere within the coordinates noted above and
illustrated by the box in the inset map on Figure 2. The tracklines for
the Hawaii survey could shift slightly, but would stay within the
coordinates noted above and general vicinity of representative lines
depicted in Figure 1. Water depths in the proposed Hawaii survey area
range from ~700 to more than 5,000 m. The water depths in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area range from 1,500-6,000 m. The proposed Hawaii
seismic survey would be conducted within the U.S. exclusive economic
zone (EEZ); the Emperor Seamounts survey would take place in
International Waters.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
The procedures to be used for the proposed surveys would be similar
to those used during previous seismic surveys by L-DEO and would use
conventional seismic methodology. The surveys would involve one source
vessel, the Langseth, which is owned by NSF and operated on its behalf
by Columbia University's L-DEO. The Langseth would deploy an array of
36 airguns as an energy source with a total volume of ~6,600 in\3\. The
receiving system would consist of OBSs and a single hydrophone streamer
15 km in length and OBSs. As the airgun arrays are towed along the
survey lines, the hydrophone streamer would transfer the data to the
on-board processing system, and the OBSs would receive and store the
returning acoustic signals internally for later analysis.
The proposed study consists of two seismic surveys in the North
Pacific Ocean. There would be a total of four seismic transects for the
Hawaii survey--two North (N)-South (S) tracklines (Lines 1 and 2), and
two East (E)-West (W) tracklines (Lines 3 and 4). An optional trackline
(Line 5) could be acquired instead of Line 4 (Fig. 1). Lines 1 and 2
would be acquired twice--seismic refraction data would be acquired
first, followed by multichannel seismic (MCS) reflection data. Only MCS
reflection profiling would occur along Lines 3, 4, or 5. The location
of the E-W tracklines (Lines 3, 4, or 5) could shift from what is
currently depicted in Figure 1 depending on the science objectives;
however, the E-W lines would remain in water >3,200 m deep.
The Langseth would first deploy 70 ocean bottom seismometers (OBS)s
required for the refraction profiling--the vessel would transit from
Honolulu to the north end of Line 2, deploy 35 OBSs along Line 2, ~15
km apart, and then transit to the south end of Line 1 to deploy 35 OBSs
(~15 km apart) along Line 1. The streamer and airgun array would then
be deployed. Refraction data would then be acquired from north to south
on Line 1 followed by MCS profiling along the same line. If Lines 3 and
4 are to be surveyed (preferred option), MCS profiles would then be
acquired along Line 3, followed by refraction data acquisition in a
north-south direction along Line 2, followed by MCS profiles along Line
2 from south to north. The vessel would then acquire MCS profiles from
the north end of Line 2 to the west end of Line 4, and along Line 4.
After seismic acquisition ceases, the streamer, airgun source, and all
OBSs would be recovered by the Langseth.
There would be three seismic transects for the Emperor Seamounts
survey (Fig. 2). Data would be acquired twice along the two OBS lines--
once for seismic refraction data and once for MCS reflection profiling.
Only MCS reflection profiling would occur along the third transect that
connects the two OBS lines. The Langseth would first acquire MCS
reflection data for all three lines--from north to south, then along
the connecting transect, and from west to east. After recovering the
streamer and airgun array, the Langseth would deploy 32 OBSs required
for the refraction profiling from east to west along the first line.
After seismic acquisition along the first OBS line from west to east,
the OBSs would be recovered and re-deployed along the second OBS line,
which would then be surveyed from north to south. The Langseth would
then recover all OBSs, the streamer, and the airgun array.
In addition to the operations of the airgun array, a multibeam
echosounder (MBES), a sub-bottom profiler (SBP), and an Acoustic
Doppler Current
[[Page 30482]]
Profiler (ADCP) would be operated from the Langseth continuously during
the seismic surveys, but not during transit to and from the survey
areas. All planned geophysical data acquisition activities would be
conducted by L-DEO with on-board assistance by the scientists who have
proposed the studies. The vessel would be self-contained, and the crew
would live aboard the vessel.
During the two surveys, the Langseth would tow the full array,
consisting of four strings with 36 airguns (plus 4 spares) and a total
volume of ~6,600 in\3\. The 4-string array would be towed at a depth of
12 m, and the shot intervals would range from 50 m for MCS acquisition
and 150 m for OBS acquisition. To retrieve OBSs, an acoustic release
transponder (pinger) is used to interrogate the instrument at a
frequency of 8-11 kHz, and a response is received at a frequency of
11.5-13 kHz. The burn-wire release assembly is then activated, and the
instrument is released to float to the surface from the anchor which is
not retrieved.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity
Section 4 of the IHA application summarizes available information
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and
behavior and life history of the potentially affected species. More
general information about these species (e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
Table 1 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in
the North Pacific Ocean and summarizes information related to the
population, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA. Some of
the populations of marine mammals considered in this document occur
within the U.S. EEZ and are therefore assigned to stocks and are
assessed in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/
). As such, information on potential biological removal (PBR; defined
by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural
mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while
allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable
population) and on annual levels of serious injury and mortality from
anthropogenic sources are not available for these marine mammal
populations.
Twenty-eight cetacean species, including 21 odontocetes (dolphins
and small- and large-toothed whales) and seven mysticetes (baleen
whales), and one pinniped species, could occur in the proposed Hawaii
survey area (Table 4). In the Emperor Seamounts survey area, 27 marine
mammal species could occur, including 15 odontocetes (dolphins and
small- and large-toothed whales), eight mysticetes (baleen whales), and
four pinniped species. Some species occur in both locations. In total,
39 species are expected to occur in the vicinity of the specified
activity.
Baird et al. (2015) described numerous Biologically Important Areas
(BIAs) for cetaceans for the Hawaii region. BIAs were identified for
small resident populations of cetaceans based on sighting data, photo-
identification, genetics, satellite tagging, and expert opinion, and
one reproductive area for humpbacks was identified as a BIA; these are
described in the following section for each marine mammal species. The
BIAs range from ~700-23,500 km\2\ in area (Baird et al. 2015).
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals estimated within a particular
study or survey area. All values presented in Table 1 are the most
recent available at the time of publication.
Table 1--Marine Mammals That Could Occur in the Proposed Survey Areas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present at time of
ESA/MMPA Stock abundance survey (Y/N)
Common name Scientific name Stock status; (CV, Nmin, most PBR Annual M/----------------------
strategic (Y/ recent abundance SI \3\ Emperor
N) \1\ survey) \2\ HI Seamounts
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray whale.................. Eschrichtius Western North E/D; Y....... 140 (0.04, 135, 0.06 unk N Y
robustus. Pacific. 2011) \4\.
Family Balaenidae:
North Pacific right whale... Eubalaena japonica. Eastern North E/D; Y....... 31 (0.226, 26, N/A 0 N Y
Pacific. 2013) \6\.
N/A................ ............. 450 \5\........... ........ ........
Family Balaenopteridae
(rorquals):
Humpback whale.............. Megaptera Central North -/-; N....... 10,103 (0.03, 83 25 Y Y
novaeangliae. Pacific. 7,890, 2006) \6\.
Western North E/D; Y....... 1,107 (0.30, 3 3.2
Pacific. 865,2006) \6\.
Minke whale................. Balaenoptera Hawaii............. ............. UNK............... ........ ........ N Y
acutorostrata. N/A................ ............. 22,000 \7\........ ........ ........
Bryde's whale............... (Balaenoptera edeni/ Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 1,751 (0.29, 13.8 0 Y Y
brydei. Eastern Tropical -/-; N--..... 1,378, 2010) \17\. UND ........
Pacific. UNK...............
Sei whale................... Balaenoptera Hawaii............. E/D; Y....... 178 (0.9, 93, 0.2 0.2 Y Y
borealis. 2010) \4\.
Fin whale................... Balaenoptera Hawaii............. E/D; Y....... 154 (1.05, 75, 0.1 0 Y Y
physalus physalus. N/A................ ............. 2010) \17\. ........ ........
13,620-18,680 \9\.
Blue whale.................. Balaenoptera Central North E/D; Y....... 133 (1.09, 63, 0.1 0 Y Y
musculus musculus). Pacific. 2010) \17\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Physeteridae:
[[Page 30483]]
Sperm whale................. Physeter Hawaii............. E/D; Y....... 4,559 (0.33, 13.9 0.7 Y Y
macrocephalus. N/A................ N/A.......... 3,478, 2010) \17\. ........ ........
29,674 \10\-26,300
\11\.
Family Kogiidae:
Pygmy sperm whale........... Kogia breviceps.... Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 7,138 \4\......... UND 0 Y Y
Dwarf sperm whale........... Kogia sima......... Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 17,519 \4\........ UND 0 Y Y
Family Ziphiidae (beaked
whales):
Cuvier's beaked whale....... Ziphius cavirostris Hawaii............. -, -, N...... 723 (0.69, 428, 4.3 0 Y Y
2010) \17\.
N/A................ ............. 20,000 \12\....... ........ ........
Longman's beaked whale...... Indopacetus Hawaii............. -, -, N...... 7,619 (0.66, 46 0 Y N
pacificus. 4,592, 2010) \17\.
Blainville's beaked whale... Mesoplodon Hawaii............. -, -, N...... 2,105 (1.13,1, 10 0 Y N
densirostris. 980, 2010) \17\.
Stejneger's beaked whale.... Mesoplodon Alaska............. N............ UNK............... UND 0 N Y
stejnegeri.
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale. Mesoplodon N/A................ ............. 25,300 \12\....... ........ ........ Rare Absent
ginkgodens.
Deraniyagala's beaked whale. Mesoplodon hotaula. N/A................ ............. 25,300 \12\....... ........ ........ Y N
Hubb's beaked whale......... Mesoplodon N/A................ ............. 25,300 \12\....... ........ ........ Y N
carlhubbsi.
Baird's beaked whale........ Berardius bairdii.. N/A................ ............. 10,190 \13\....... ........ ........ N Y
Family Delphinidae:
Rough-toothed dolphin....... Steno bredanensis.. Hawaii............. -, -, N...... 72,528 (0.39, 46 UNK Common N
52,033, 2010)
\17\.
Common bottlenose dolphin... Tursiops truncatus. Hawaii Pelagic..... -/-; N....... 21,815 (0.57, 140 0.2 Common N
13,957, 2010)
\17\.
Kaua[revaps]i and -/-; N....... 184 (0.11, 168, 1.7 unk Common N
Ni[revaps]ihau. 2005) \4\.
O[revaps]ahu....... -/-; N....... 743 (0.54, 485, 4.9 unk Common N
2006) \4\.
4 Islands Region... -/-; N....... 191 (0.24, 156, unk unk Common N
2006).
Hawaii Island...... -/-; N....... 128 (0.13, 115, 1.6 unk Common N
2006) \4\.
Common dolphin.............. Delphinus delphis.. N/A................ ............. 2,963,000 \14\.... ........ ........ N Y
Pantropical spotted dolphin. Stenella attenuata. Hawaii Pelagic..... -/-; N....... 55,795 (0.40, 403 0 Y N
40,338, 2010)
\17\.
O[revaps]ahu....... -/-; N....... unk............... unk unk
4 Island Region.... -/-; N....... unk............... unk unk
Hawaii Island...... -/-; N....... unk............... unk >= 0.2
Spinner dolphin............. Stenella Hawaii Pelagic..... -/-; N....... unk............... unk unk Y N
longirostris.
Hawaii Island...... -/-; N....... 631 (0.04, 585, 5.9 unk Common N
2013) \4\.
O[revaps]ahu/4- -/-; N....... 355 (0.09, 329, 3.3 unk Y N
Islands. 2013) \4\.
Striped dolphin............. Stenella Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 61,021 (0.38, 449 unk Y Y
coeruleoalba. 44,922, 2010)
\17\.
N/A................ ............. 964,362 \15\...... ........ ........
Fraser's dolphin............ Lagenodelphis hosei Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 51,491 (0.66, 310 0 Y N
31,034, 2010)
\17\.
Pacific white-sided dolphin. Lagenorhynchus Central North ............. 988,333 \16\...... ........ ........ N Y
obliquidens. Pacific.
Northern right whale dolphin Lissodelphis N/A................ ............. 307,784 \16\...... ........ ........ N Y
borealis.
Risso's dolphin............. Grampus griseus.... Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 11,613 (0.39, 82 0 Y Y
8,210, 2010) \17\.
N/A................ ............. 110,457 \15\...... ........ ........
Melon-headed whale.......... Peponocephala Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 8,666 (1.00, 43 0 Y N
electra. Kohala Resident.... -/-; N....... 4,299, 2010) \17\. 4 0
447 (0.12, 404,
2009) \4\.
Pygmy killer whale.......... Feresa attenuata... Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 10,640 (0.53, 56 1.1 Y N
6,998, 2010) \17\.
False killer whale.......... Pseudorca Hawaii Insular..... E/D;Y........ 167 (0.14, 149, 0.3 0 Y Y
crassidens. 2015) \17\.
Northwest Hawaiian -/-; N....... 617 (1.11, 290, 2.3 0.4
Islands. 2010) \17\.
Hawaii Pelagic..... -/-; N....... 1,540 (0.66, 928, 9.3 7.6
2010) \17\.
N/A................ ............. 16,668 \18\....... ........ ........
Killer whale................ Orcinus orca....... Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 146 (0.96, 74, 0.7 0 Y Y
2010).
N/A................ ............. 8,500 \19\........ ........ ........
Short-finned pilot whale.... Globicephala Hawaii............. -/-; N....... 19,503 (0.49, 106 0.9 Y Y
macrorhynchus. N/A................ ............. 13,197, 2010).
53,608 \16\.......
Family Phoenidae (porpoises):
Dall's porpoise............. Phocoenoides dalli. N/A................ ............. 1,186,000 \20\.... ........ ........ N Y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Otariidae (eared seals
and sea lions):
Steller sea lion............ Eumetopias jubatus. Western DPS........ E/D; Y....... 50,983 (-,50,983, ........ ........ N Y
2015).
Northern fur seal........... Callorhinus ursinus Eastern Pacific.... -/D; Y....... 626,734 (0.2, 11,405 437 N Y
530,474, 2014).
N/A................ ............. 1,100,000 \5\..... ........ ........
[[Page 30484]]
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
Hawaiian monk seal.......... Neomonachus Hawaii............. E/D; Y....... 1,324 (0.03, 4.4 >=1.6 Y N
schauinslandi. 1,261, 2015) \17\.
Northern elephant seal...... Mirounga ................... ............. 210,000-239,000 ........ ........ N Y
angustirostris. \21\.
Ribbon seal................. Histriophoca Alaska............. -/-; N....... 184,000 (0.12, 9,785 3.8 N Y
fasciata. 163,000, 2013).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\--Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\--NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
stock abundance.
\3\--These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
commercial fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV
associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
\4\--Carretta et al., 2017.
\5\--Jefferson et al., 2015.
\6\--Muto et al., 2017.
\7\--IWC 2018.
\8\--Central and Eastern North Pacific (Hakamada and Matsuoka 2015a).
\9\--Ohsumi and Wada, 1974.
\10\--Whitehead 2002.
\11\--Barlow and Taylor 2005.
\12\--Wade and Gerrodette 1993.
\13\--Western Pacific Ocean (Okamura et al., 2012).
\14\--ETP (Gerrodette and Forcada 2002 in Hammond et al., 2008b).
\15\--Gerrodette et al., 2008.
\16\--North Pacific (Miyashita 1993b).
\17\--Carretta et al., 2018.
\18\--Western North Pacific (Miyashita 1993a).
\19\--Ford 2009.
\20\--Buckland et al., 1993.
\21\--Lowry et al., 2014.
Note--Italicized species are not expected to be taken or proposed for authorization.
All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey
area are included in Table 1. With the exception of Steller sea lions,
these species or stocks temporally and spatially co-occur with the
activity to the degree that take is reasonably likely to occur.
However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of Steller sea lions is
such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed
further beyond the explanation provided here. The Steller sea lion
occurs along the North Pacific Rim from northern Japan to California
(Loughlin et al. 1984). They are distributed around the coasts to the
outer shelf from northern Japan through the Kuril Islands and Okhotsk
Sea, through the Aleutian Islands, central Bering Sea, southern Alaska,
and south to California (NMFS 2016c). There is little information
available on at-sea occurrence of Steller sea lions in the northwestern
Pacific Ocean. The Emperor Seamounts survey area is roughly 1,200
kilometers away from the Aleutian Islands in waters 2,000 to more than
5,000 meters deep. Steller sea lions are unlikely to occur in the
proposed offshore survey area based on their known distributional range
and habitat preference. Therefore, it is extremely unlikely that
Steller sea lions would be exposed to the stressors associated with the
proposed seismic activities and will not be discussed further.
We have reviewed L-DEO's species descriptions, including life
history information, distribution, regional distribution, diving
behavior, and acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and completeness.
Below, for the 39 species that are likely to be taken by the activities
described, we offer a brief introduction to the species and relevant
stock as well as available information regarding population trends and
threats, and describe any information regarding local occurrence.
Gray Whale
Two separate populations of gray whales have been recognized in the
North Pacific (LeDuc et al. 2002): The eastern North Pacific and
western North Pacific (or Korean-Okhotsk) stocks. However, the
distinction between these two populations has been recently debated
owing to evidence that whales from the western feeding area also travel
to breeding areas in the eastern North Pacific (Weller et al. 2012,
2013; Mate et al. 2015). Thus, it is possible that whales from both the
endangered Western North Pacific and the delisted Eastern North Pacific
DPS could occur in the proposed survey area in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area.
The western population is known to feed in the Okhotsk Sea along
the northeast coast of Sakhalin Island (Weller et al. 1999, 2002a,
2008), eastern Kamchatka, and the northern Okhotsk Sea in the summer
and autumn (Vladimirov et al. 2008). Winter breeding grounds are not
known; however, it has been postulated that wintering areas occur along
the south coast of the Korean Peninsula, but it is more likely that
they are located in the South China Sea, along the coast of Guangdong
province and Hainan (Wang 1984 and Zhu 1998 in Weller et al. 2002a;
Rice 1998). Winter records exist for Japan, North Korea, and South
Korea (Weller et al. 2002a,b). Migration into the Okhotsk Sea may occur
through the Sea of Japan via the Tatar Strait and/or La Perouse Strait
(see Reeves et al. 2008). If migration timing is similar to that of the
better-known eastern gray whale, southbound migration probably occurs
mainly in December-January and northbound migration mainly in February-
April, with northbound migration of newborn calves and their mothers
probably concentrated at the end of that period. The eastern North
Pacific gray whale breeds and winters in
[[Page 30485]]
Baja, California, and migrates north to summer feeding grounds in the
northern Bering Sea, Chukchi Sea, and western Beaufort Sea (Rice and
Wolman 1971; Jefferson et al. 2015).
In the western North Pacific, gray whales migrate along the coast
of Japan (Weller et al. 2008), and records have been reported there
from November through August, with the majority for March through May
(Weller et al. 2012). Although the offshore limit of this route is not
well documented, gray whales are known to prefer nearshore coastal
waters. However, some exchange between populations in the eastern and
western North Pacific has been reported (Weller et al. 2012, 2013; Mate
et al. 2015); thus, migration routes could include pelagic waters of
the Pacific Ocean, including the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey
area. Nonetheless, given their small population size and preference for
nearshore waters, only very small numbers are likely to be encountered
during the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey during any time of the
year. Additionally, during summer, most gray whales would be feeding
near Sakhalin Island. The gray whale does not occur in Hawaiian waters.
North Pacific Right Whale
North Pacific right whales summer in the northern North Pacific,
primarily in the Okhotsk Sea (Brownell et al. 2001) and in the Bering
Sea (Shelden et al. 2005; Wade et al. 2006). The eastern North Pacific
stock that occurs in U.S. waters numbers only ~31 individuals (Wade et
al. 2011), and critical habitat has been designated in the eastern
Bering Sea and in the Gulf of Alaska, south of Kodiak Island (NMFS
2017b). Wintering and breeding areas are unknown, but have been
suggested to include the Hawaiian Islands, Ryukyu Islands, and Sea of
Japan (Allen 1942; Gilmore 1978; Reeves et al. 1978; Herman et al.
1980; Omura 1986). The Hawaiian Islands were not a major calving ground
for right whales in the last 200 years, but mid-ocean whaling records
of right whales during winter suggest that right whales may have
wintered and calved far offshore in the Pacific Ocean (Scarff 1986,
1991; Clapham et al. 2004). In April 1996, a right whale was sighted
off Maui, the first documented sighting of a right whale in Hawaiian
waters since 1979 (Salden and Mickelsen 1999).
Whaling records indicate that right whales once ranged across the
entire North Pacific Ocean north of 35[deg] N and occasionally occurred
as far south as 20[deg] N (e.g., Scarff 1986, 1991). In the western
Pacific, most sightings in the 1900s were reported from Japanese
waters, followed by the Kuril Islands, and the Okhotsk Sea (Brownell et
al. 2001). Significant numbers of right whales have been seen in the
Okhotsk Sea during the 1990s, suggesting that the adjacent Kuril
Islands and Kamchatka coast are a major feeding ground (Brownell et al.
2001). Right whales were also seen near Chichi-jima Island (Bonin
Islands), Japan, in the 1990s (Mori et al. 1998). During 1994-2014,
right whale sightings were reported off northern Japan, the Kuril
Islands, and Kamchatka during April through August, with highest
densities in May and August (Matsuoka et al. 2015). All sightings were
north of 38[deg] N, and in July-August, the main distribution was north
of 42[deg] N (Matsuoka et al. 2015). Right whale sightings were made
within the Emperor Seamounts survey area during August, and adjacent to
the survey area during May and July (Matsuoka et al. 2015). Ovsyanikova
et al. (2015) also reported right whale sightings in the western
Pacific Ocean during 1977-2014; although they also reported sightings
off eastern Japan, the Kuril Islands, and southeast Kamchatka,
including sightings to the west of the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area, no sightings were reported within the proposed survey
area. Sekiguchi et al. (2014) reported several sightings just to the
north and west of the proposed survey area during June 2012.
Although there are a few historical records of North Pacific right
whales in Hawaiian waters (Brownell et al. 2001), they are very
unlikely to occur in the Hawaiian survey area, especially during the
summer. However, right whales could be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during spring and summer, and likely fall.
Individuals that could occur there would likely be from a western North
Pacific stock rather than the eastern North Pacific stock.
Humpback Whale
The humpback whale is found throughout all oceans of the World
(Clapham 2009), with recent genetic evidence suggesting three separate
subspecies: North Pacific, North Atlantic, and Southern Hemisphere
(Jackson et al. 2014). Nonetheless, genetic analyses suggest some gene
flow (either past or present) between the North and South Pacific
(e.g., Jackson et al. 2014; Bettridge et al. 2015). Although considered
to be mainly a coastal species, the humpback whale often traverses deep
pelagic areas while migrating (e.g., Mate et al. 1999; Garrigue et al.
2015).
North Pacific humpback whales migrate between summer feeding
grounds along the Pacific Rim and the Bering and Okhotsk seas, and
winter calving and breeding areas in subtropical and tropical waters
(Pike and MacAskie 1969; Rice 1978; Winn and Reichley 1985;
Calambokidis et al. 2000, 2001, 2008). In the North Pacific, humpbacks
winter in four different breeding areas: (1) Along the coast of Mexico;
(2) along the coast of Central America; (3) around the Main Hawaiian
Islands; and (4) in the western Pacific, particularly around the
Ogasawara and Ryukyu islands in southern Japan and the northern
Philippines (Calambokidis et al. 2008; Fleming and Jackson 2011;
Bettridge et al. 2015).
Humpback whales were listed as endangered under the Endangered
Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced
the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS
recently evaluated the status of the species, and on September 8, 2016,
NMFS divided the species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS),
removed the current species-level listing, and in its place listed four
DPSs as endangered and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259, September 8,
2016). The remaining nine DPSs were not listed. There are two DPSs that
occur in the action area: The Hawaii DPS, which is not listed under the
ESA (81 FR 62259) and the Western North Pacific DPS which is listed as
endangered.
The proposed seismic activity for the Emperor Seamount survey would
take place in late spring or early summer 2019. Humpbacks were reported
within the proposed action area in May, July, and August (Matsuoka et
al. 2015). Based on the timing of the action, it is likely that
humpback whales from the Western North Pacific DPS would be migrating
north through the action area to the feeding grounds, and thus be
exposed to the action. Hawaii DPS and Mexico DPS humpbacks would also
be migrating north at that time of year, but due to the location of the
breeding areas of these DPSs, we do not expect their migratory path to
take them through the action area.
There is potential for the mixing of the western and eastern North
Pacific humpback populations, as several individuals have been seen in
the wintering areas of Japan and Hawaii in separate years (Darling and
Cerchio 1993; Salden et al. 1999; Calambokidis et al. 2001, 2008).
Whales from these wintering areas have been shown to travel to summer
feeding areas in British Columbia, Canada, and Kodiak Island, Alaska
(Darling et al. 1996;
[[Page 30486]]
Calambokidis et al. 2001), but feeding areas in Russian waters may be
most important (Calambokidis et al. 2008). There appears to be a very
low level of interchange between wintering and feeding areas in Asia
and those in the eastern and central Pacific (Calambokidis et al. 2008;
Baker et al. 2013).
Humpbacks use Hawaiian waters for breeding from December to April;
peak abundance occurs from late-February to early-April (Mobley et al.
2001). Most humpbacks have been sighted there in water depths <180 m
(Fleming and Jackson 2011), but Frankel et al. (1995) detected singers
up to 13 km from shore at depths up to 550 m. During vessel-based line-
transect surveys in the Hawaiian Islands EEZ in July-December 2002, one
humpback whale was sighted on 21 November at ~20.3[deg] N, 154.9[deg] W
just north of the Island of Hawaii (Barlow et al. 2004). Another
sighting was made during summer-fall 2010 surveys, but the date and
location of that sighting were not reported (Bradford et al. 2017).
The Hawaiian Islands Humpback Whale National Marine Sanctuary
(HIHWNMS) was established in 1992 by the U.S. Congress to protect
humpback whales and their habitat in Hawaii (NOAA 2018a). The sanctuary
provides essential breeding, calving, and nursing areas necessary for
the long-term recovery of the North Pacific humpback whale population.
The HIHWNMS provides protection to humpbacks in the shallow waters
(from the shoreline to a depth of 100 fathoms or 183 m) around the four
islands area of Maui, Penguin Bank; off the north shore of Kauai, the
north and south shores of Oahu, and the north Kona and Koahal coast of
the island of Hawaii (NOAA 2018a). These areas, as well as some of the
waters surrounding them, are also considered breeding BIAs (Baird et
al. 2015). The proposed seismic lines are located at least 10 km from
the HIHWNMS (Fig. 1). However, humpback whales are not expected to be
encountered in the Hawaiian survey area during the summer.
During Japanese surveys in the western North Pacific from 1994-
2014, humpbacks were seen off northern Japan, the Kuril Islands, and
Kamchatka (Miyashita 2006; Matsuoka et al. 2015). Sightings were
reported for the months of April through September, with lowest
densities in April and September (Matsuoka et al. 2015). In May and
June, sightings were concentrated east of northern Japan between
37[deg] and 43[deg] N; concentrations moved north of 45[deg]N during
July and August, off the Kuril Islands and Kamchatka (Mutsuoka et al.
2015). Humpback whales were encountered within the proposed Emperor
Seamount study area in May, July, and August (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Thus, humpbacks could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area during spring and summer, as individuals are migrating to
northern feeding grounds at that time. They could also be encountered
in the survey area during fall, on their southbound migration. Humpback
whale occurrences in the Hawaii survey area during the time of the
proposed survey would be rare.
Bryde's Whale
Bryde's whale occurs in all tropical and warm temperate waters in
the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian oceans, between 40[deg] N and 40[deg]
S (Kato and Perrin 2009). It is one of the least known large baleen
whales, and its taxonomy is still under debate (Kato and Perrin 2009).
B. brydei is commonly used to refer to the larger form or ``true''
Bryde's whale and B. edeni to the smaller form; however, some authors
apply the name B. edeni to both forms (Kato and Perrin 2009). Although
there is a pattern of movement toward the Equator in the winter and the
poles during the summer, Bryde's whale does not undergo long seasonal
migrations, remaining in warm ([gteqt]16[deg] C) water year-round (Kato
and Perrin 2009). Bryde's whales are known to occur in both shallow
coastal and deeper offshore waters (Jefferson et al. 2015).
In the Pacific United States, a Hawaii and an Eastern Tropical
Pacific stock are recognized (Carretta et al. 2017). In Hawaii, Bryde's
whales are typically seen offshore (e.g., Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow
2006), but Hopkins et al. (2009) reported a Bryde's whale within 70 km
of the Main Hawaiian Islands. During summer-fall surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, 13 sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006), and
32 sightings were reported during 2010 (Bradford et al. 2017). Bryde's
whales were primarily sighted in the western half of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, with the majority of sightings associated with the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands; none was made in the proposed survey
area (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013; Forney et
al. 2015; Carretta et al. 2017).
Bryde's whales have been regularly seen during Japanese summer
sighting surveys in the western North Pacific, south of 43[deg] S
(Hakamada et al. 2009, 2017), and individual movements have been
tracked with satellite tags in offshore waters off Japan (Murase et al.
2016). No recent sightings have been made in the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but commercial catches have been reported there
(IWC 2007a).
Limited numbers of Bryde's whale could occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but its distributional range is generally to the
south of this region. However, it could occur in the Hawaiian survey
area at any time of the year.
Common Minke Whale
The common minke whale has a cosmopolitan distribution ranging from
the tropics and subtropics to the ice edge in both hemispheres
(Jefferson et al. 2015). In the Northern Hemisphere, minke whales are
usually seen in coastal areas, but can also be seen in pelagic waters
during northward migrations in spring and summer, and southward
migration in autumn (Stewart and Leatherwood 1985). In the North
Pacific, the summer range extends to the Chukchi Sea; in the winter,
minke whales move further south to within 2[deg] of the Equator (Perrin
and Brownell 2009). The International Whaling Commission (IWC)
recognizes three stocks in the North Pacific: The Sea of Japan/East
China Sea, the rest of the western Pacific west of 180[deg] N, and the
remainder of the Pacific (Donovan 1991).
In U.S. Pacific waters, three stocks are recognized: Alaska,
Hawaii, and California/Oregon/Washington stocks (Carretta et al. 2017).
In Hawaii, the minke whale is thought to occur seasonally from November
through March (Rankin and Barlow 2005). It is generally believed to be
uncommon in Hawaiian waters; however, several studies using acoustic
detections suggest that minke whales may be more common than previously
thought (Rankin et al. 2007; Oswald et al. 2011). Acoustic detections
have been recorded around the Hawaiian Islands during fall-spring
surveys in 1997 and 2000-2006 (Rankin and Barlow 2005; Barlow et al.
2008; Rankin et al. 2008), and from seafloor hydrophones positioned ~50
km from the coast of Kauai during February-April 2006. Similarly,
passive acoustic detections of minke whales have been recorded at the
ALOHA station (22.75[deg] N, 158[deg] W) from October-May for decades
(Oswald et al. 2011).
A lack of sightings is likely related to misidentification or low
detection capability in poor sighting conditions (Rankin et al. 2007).
Two minke whale sightings were made west of 167[deg] W, one in November
2002 and one in October 2010, during surveys of the Hawaiian Islands
EEZ (Barlow et al. 2004; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta et al. 2017).
Numerous additional sightings in
[[Page 30487]]
the EEZ were made by observers on Hawaii-based longline fishing
vessels, including four near the proposed survey area to the north and
south of the Main Hawaiian Islands (Carretta et al. 2017).
Minke whales have been seen regularly during Japanese sighting
surveys in the western North Pacific during summer (Miyashita 2006;
Hakamada et al. 2009), and one sighting was made in August 2010 in
offshore waters off Japan during the Shatsky Rise cruise (Holst and
Beland 2010). Minke whales were sighted within the Emperor Seamounts
survey area in the greatest numbers in August, with the lowest numbers
occurring during May and June (Hakamada et al. 2009).
Thus, minke whales could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area during spring and summer, and likely fall, and could occur
in limited numbers in the Hawaiian survey area during the summer.
Sei Whale
The sei whale occurs in all ocean basins (Horwood 2009), but
appears to prefer mid-latitude temperate waters (Jefferson et al.
2015). It undertakes seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar latitudes
during summer and returns to lower latitudes during winter to calve
(Horwood 2009). The sei whale is pelagic and generally not found in
coastal waters (Harwood and Wilson 2001). It occurs in deeper waters
characteristic of the continental shelf edge region (Hain et al. 1985)
and in other regions of steep bathymetric relief such as seamounts and
canyons (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and Trites 2001).
During summer in the North Pacific, the sei whale can be found from
the Bering Sea to the Gulf of Alaska and down to southern California,
as well as in the western Pacific from Japan to Korea. In the U.S.
Pacific, an Eastern North Pacific and a Hawaii stock are recognized
(Carretta et al. 2017). In Hawaii, the occurrence of sei whales is
considered rare (DoN 2005). However, six sightings were made during
surveys in the Hawaiian Islands EEZ in July-December 2002 (Barlow
2006), including several along the north coasts of the Main Hawaiian
Islands (Barlow et al. 2004). All sightings occurred in November, with
one sighting reported near proposed seismic Line 3 north of Hawaii
Island (Barlow et al. 2004). Bradford et al. (2017) reported two
sightings in the northwestern portion of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
during summer-fall surveys in 2010. Hopkins et al. (2009) sighted one
group of three subadult sei whales northeast of Oahu in November 2007.
Sei whale vocalizations were also detected near Hawaii during November
2002 (Rankin and Barlow 2007). Breeding and calving areas for this
species in the Pacific are unknown, but those sightings suggest that
Hawaii may be an important reproductive area (Hopkins et al. 2009).
Sei whales have been regularly seen during Japanese surveys during
the summer in the western North Pacific (Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et
al. 2009; Sasaki et al. 2013). Sei whales have been sighted in and near
the Emperor Seamounts survey area, with the greatest numbers reported
for July and August; few sightings were made during May and June
(Hakamada et al. 2009).
Thus, sei whales could be encountered in both the Emperor Seamounts
and Hawaii survey areas during spring and summer.
Fin Whale
The fin whale is widely distributed in all the World's oceans
(Gambell 1985), although it is most abundant in temperate and cold
waters (Aguilar 2009). Nonetheless, its overall range and distribution
are not well known (Jefferson et al. 2015). A recent review of fin
whale distribution in the North Pacific noted the lack of sightings
across the pelagic waters between eastern and western winter areas
(Mizroch et al. 2009). The fin whale most commonly occurs offshore, but
can also be found in coastal areas (Aguilar 2009). Most populations
migrate seasonally between temperate waters where mating and calving
occur in winter, and polar waters where feeding occurs in summer
(Aguilar 2009). However, recent evidence suggests that some animals may
remain at high latitudes in winter or low latitudes in summer (Edwards
et al. 2015).
The fin whale is known to use the shelf edge as a migration route
(Evans 1987). Sergeant (1977) suggested that fin whales tend to follow
steep slope contours, either because they detect them readily, or
because the contours are areas of high biological productivity.
However, fin whale movements have been reported to be complex
(Jefferson et al. 2015). Stafford et al. (2009) noted that sea-surface
temperature is a good predictor variable for fin whale call detections
in the North Pacific.
North Pacific fin whales summer from the Chukchi Sea to California
and winter from California southwards (Gambell 1985). In the U.S.,
three stocks are recognized in the North Pacific: California/Oregon/
Washington, Hawaii, and Alaska (Northeast Pacific) (Carretta et al.
2017). Information about the seasonal distribution of fin whales in the
North Pacific has been obtained from the detection of fin whale calls
by bottom-mounted, offshore hydrophone arrays along the U.S. Pacific
coast, in the central North Pacific, and in the western Aleutian
Islands (Moore et al. 1998, 2006; Watkins et al. 2000a,b; Stafford et
al. 2007, 2009). Fin whale calls are recorded in the North Pacific
year-round, including near the Emperor Seamounts survey area (e.g.,
Moore et al. 2006; Stafford et al. 2007, 2009; Edwards et al. 2015). In
the central North Pacific, call rates peak during fall and winter
(Moore et al. 1998, 2006; Watkins et al. 2000a,b).
Sightings of fin whales have been made in Hawaiian waters during
fall and winter (Edwards et al. 2015), but fin whales are generally
considered uncommon at that time (DoN 2005). During spring and summer,
their occurrence in Hawaii is considered rare (DoN 2005; see Edwards et
al. 2015). There were five sightings of fin whales during summer-fall
surveys in 2002, with sightings during every month except August
(Barlow et al. 2004). Most sightings were made to the northwest of the
Main Hawaiian Islands; one sighting was made during October southeast
of Oahu (Barlow et al. 2004). Two sightings were made in the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands during summer-fall 2010 (Carretta et al.
2017; Bradford et al. 2017). Two additional sightings in the EEZ were
made by observers on Hawaii-based longline fishing vessels, including
one near proposed seismic Line 3 north of Maui (Carretta et al. 2017).
Fin whale vocalizations have also been detected in Hawaiian waters,
mainly during winter (Oleson et al. 2014, 2016).
In the western Pacific, fin whales are seen off northern Japan, the
Kuril Islands, and Kamchatka during the summer (Miyashita 2006;
Matsuoka et al. 2015). During Japanese sightings surveys in the western
North Pacific from 1994-2014, the fin whale was sighted more frequently
than the blue, humpback, or right whale (Matsuoka et al. 2015). During
May-June, main distribution areas occurred from 35-40[deg] N and moved
north of 40[deg] N during July and August; high densities were reported
north of 45[deg] N (Matsuoka et al. 2015). During these surveys, fin
whales were seen in the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey area from May
through September, with most sightings during August (Matsuoka et al.
2015). Summer sightings in the survey area during 1958-2000 were also
reported by Mizroch et al. (2009) and during July-September 2005
(Miyashita 2006). Edwards et al. (2015) reported fin whale sightings
within or near the Emperor
[[Page 30488]]
Seamounts survey area from spring through fall.
Thus, fin whales could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area from spring through fall, and could occur in the Hawaiian
survey area during summer in limited numbers.
Blue Whale
The blue whale has a cosmopolitan distribution and tends to be
pelagic, only coming nearshore to feed and possibly to breed (Jefferson
et al. 2015). Blue whale migration is less well defined than for some
other rorquals, and their movements tend to be more closely linked to
areas of high primary productivity, and hence prey, to meet their high
energetic demands (Branch et al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are
seasonal migrants between high latitudes in the summer, where they
feed, and low latitudes in the winter, where they mate and give birth
(Lockyer and Brown 1981). Some individuals may stay in low or high
latitudes throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer 1990; Watkins et al.
2000b).
In the North Pacific, blue whale calls are detected year-round
(Stafford et al. 2001, 2009; Moore et al. 2002, 2006; Monnahan et al.
2014). Stafford et al. (2009) reported that sea-surface temperature is
a good predictor variable for blue whale call detections in the North
Pacific. Although it has been suggested that there are at least five
subpopulations in the North Pacific (Reeves et al. 1998), analysis of
calls monitored from the U.S. Navy Sound Surveillance System (SOSUS)
and other offshore hydrophones (e.g., Stafford et al. 1999, 2001, 2007;
Watkins et al. 2000a; Stafford 2003) suggests that there are two
separate populations: One in the eastern and one in the central North
Pacific (Carretta et al. 2017). The Eastern North Pacific Stock
includes whales that feed primarily off California from June-November
and winter off Central America (Calambokidis et al. 1990; Mate et al.
1999). The Central North Pacific Stock feeds off Kamchatka, south of
the Aleutians and in the Gulf of Alaska during summer (Stafford 2003;
Watkins et al. 2000b), and migrates to the western and central Pacific
(including Hawaii) to breed in winter (Stafford et al. 2001; Carretta
et al. 2017). The status of these two populations could differ
substantially, as little is known about the population size in the
western North Pacific (Branch et al. 2016).
Blue whales are considered rare in Hawaii (DoN 2005). However, call
types from both stocks have been recorded near Hawaii during August-
April, although eastern calls were more prevalent; western calls were
mainly detected during December-March, whereas eastern calls peaked
during August and September and were rarely heard during October-March
(Stafford et al. 2001). No sightings were made in the Hawaiian Islands
EEZ during surveys in July-December 2002 (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow
2006). One sighting was made in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands
during August-October 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). Three additional
sightings in the EEZ were made by observers on Hawaii-based longline
fishing vessels during 1994-2009, including one in offshore waters
north of Maui (Carretta et al. 2017).
In the western North Pacific, blue whale calls have been detected
throughout the year, but are more prevalent from July-December
(Stafford et al. 2001). Numerous blue whale sightings have also been
made in the western North Pacific during Japanese surveys during 1994-
2014 (Miyashita 2006; Matsuoka et al. 2015). A northward migration
pattern was evident, with the main distribution occurring from 35-
40[deg] N during May and June, and north of 40[deg] N during July and
August (Matsuoka et al. 2015). High densities were reported north of
45[deg] N (Matsuoka et al. 2015). Blue whales were seen in the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area during August and September and adjacent
to the area during May and July (Matsuoka et al. 2015).
Thus, blue whales could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts and
Hawaii survey areas at any time of the year, but are more likely to
occur in the Emperor Seamounts area during summer, and in the Hawaii
survey area during winter.
Sperm Whale
The sperm whale is the largest of the toothed whales, with an
extensive worldwide distribution from the edge of the polar pack ice to
the Equator (Whitehead 2009). Sperm whale distribution is linked to its
social structure: Mixed groups of adult females and juveniles of both
sexes generally occur in tropical and subtropical waters at latitudes
less than ~40[deg] (Whitehead 2009). After leaving their female
relatives, males gradually move to higher latitudes with the largest
males occurring at the highest latitudes and only returning to tropical
and subtropical regions to breed. Sperm whales generally are
distributed over large areas that have high secondary productivity and
steep underwater topography, in waters at least 1000 m deep (Jaquet and
Whitehead 1996). They are often found far from shore, but can be found
closer to oceanic islands that rise steeply from deep ocean waters
(Whitehead 2009).
Sperm whale vocalizations have been recorded throughout the Central
and Western Pacific Ocean (Merkens et al. 2016). Sperm whales are
widely distributed in Hawaiian waters throughout the year (Mobley et
al. 2000) and are considered a separate stock from the Oregon/
Washington/California stock in U.S. waters (Carretta et al. 2017).
Higher densities occur in deep, offshore waters (Forney et al. 2015).
During summer-fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, 43 sightings
were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and 41 were made in 2010 (Bradford et
al. 2013). Sightings were widely distributed across the EEZ during both
surveys; numerous sightings occurred in and near the proposed survey
area (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2017). All
sightings during surveys of the Main Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012 were
made in water >1000 m in depth, with most sightings in areas >3000 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made during surveys of the
Island of Hawaii during all seasons, including near proposed seismic
Line 1; no sightings were made off Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). Sperm
whales were also detected acoustically off the west coast of the Hawaii
Island year-round (Klinck et al. 2012; Giorli et al. 2016).
Sperm whales have been regularly seen in the western North Pacific
during Japanese surveys during summer (Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et al.
2009), and sightings were also made in offshore waters east of Japan
and on the Shatsky Rise during a summer survey in 2010 (Holst and
Beland 2010). During winter, few sperm whales are observed off the east
coast of Japan (Kato and Miyashita 1998). Sperm whales have been
sighted in and near the Emperor Seamounts survey area from May through
August, with the greatest numbers occurring there during June-August
(Miyashita 2006; Hakamada et al. 2009).
Thus, sperm whales could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
and Hawaii survey areas at any time of the year.
Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whales
The pygmy and dwarf sperm whales are distributed widely throughout
tropical and temperate seas, but their precise distributions are
unknown because much of what we know of the species comes from
strandings (McAlpine 2009). It has been suggested that the pygmy sperm
whale is more temperate and the dwarf sperm whale
[[Page 30489]]
more tropical, based at least partially on live sightings at sea from a
large database from the Eastern Tropical Pacific or ETP (Wade and
Gerrodette 1993). Kogia spp. are difficult to sight at sea, because of
their dive behavior and perhaps because of their avoidance reactions to
ships and behavior changes in relation to survey aircraft (W[uuml]rsig
et al. 1998). Although there are few useful estimates of abundance for
pygmy or dwarf sperm whales anywhere in their range, they are thought
to be fairly common in some areas.
Both Kogia species are sighted primarily along the continental
shelf edge and slope and over deeper waters off the shelf (Hansen et
al. 1994; Davis et al. 1998; Jefferson et al. 2015). However, several
studies have suggested that pygmy sperm whales live mostly beyond the
continental shelf edge, whereas dwarf sperm whales tend to occur closer
to shore, often over the continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et al.
2002; MacLeod et al. 2004). On the other hand, McAlpine (2009) and
Barros et al. (1998) suggested that dwarf sperm whales could be more
pelagic and dive deeper than pygmy sperm whales.
Vocalizations of Kogia spp. have been recorded in the North Pacific
Ocean (Merkens et al. 2016). An insular resident population of dwarf
sperm whales occurs within ~20 km from the Main Hawaiian Islands
throughout the year (Baird et al. 2013; Oleson et al. 2013). During
small-boat surveys in 2000-2012, dwarf sperm whales were sighted in all
water depth categories up to 5000 m deep, but the highest sighting
rates were in water 500-1,000 m deep (Baird et al. 2013). Of a total of
74 sightings during those surveys, most sightings were made off the
Island of Hawaii, including near proposed seismic Line 1 (Baird et al.
2013). The area off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii is
considered a BIA for dwarf sperm whales (Baird et al. 2015). Only one
sighting was made off Oahu (Baird et al. 2013).
Only five sightings of pygmy sperm whales were made during the
surveys, including several off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii;
the majority of sightings were made in water >3,000 m deep (Baird et
al. 2013). The dwarf sperm whale was one of the most abundant species
during a summer-fall survey of the Hawaiian EEZ in 2002 (Barlow 2006);
during that survey, two sightings of pygmy sperm whales, five sightings
of dwarf sperm whales, and one sighting of an unidentified Kogia sp.
were made. All sightings were made in the western portion of the EEZ
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006). During summer-fall surveys of the
Hawaiian EEZ in 2010, one dwarf sperm whale and one unidentified Kogia
sp. were sighted (Bradford et al. 2017); no sightings were made in or
near the proposed survey area (Carretta et al. 2017).
Although Kogia spp. have been seen during Japanese sighting surveys
in the western North Pacific in August-September (Kato et al. 2005), to
the best of our knowledge, there are no direct data available for the
Emperor Seamounts survey area with respect to Kogia spp. It is possible
that Kogia spp could occur at both survey locations is limited numbers.
Cuvier's Beaked Whale
Cuvier's beaked whale is the most widespread of the beaked whales,
occurring in almost all temperate, subtropical, and tropical waters and
even some sub-polar and polar waters (MacLeod et al. 2006). It is
likely the most abundant of all beaked whales (Heyning and Mead 2009).
Cuvier's beaked whale is found in deep water over and near the
continental slope (Jefferson et al. 2015).
Cuvier's beaked whale has been sighted during surveys in Hawaii
(Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017). Resighting and
telemetry data suggest that a resident insular population of Cuvier's
beaked whale may exist in Hawaii, distinct from offshore, pelagic
whales (e.g. McSweeney et al. 2007; Baird et al. 2013; Oleson et al.
2013). During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-
2012, sightings were made in water depths of 500-4,000 m off the west
coast of the Island of Hawaii during all seasons (Baird et al. 2013).
The waters around the Island of Hawaii are considered a BIA for
Cuvier's beaked whale (Baird et al. 2015); proposed seismic Line 1
would traverse this area.
During summer-fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, three
sightings of Cuvier's beaked whale were made in the western portion of
the EEZ in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and 23 were made in the EEZ in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2013). It was one of the most abundant cetacean
species sighted in 2002 (Barlow 2006). In 2010, most sightings were
made in nearshore waters of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, but one
was made on the west coast of the Island of Hawaii, and another was
made far offshore and to the southwest of Kauai (Carretta et al. 2017).
Cuvier's beaked whales were also reported near proposed seismic line 1
during November 2009 (Klinck et al. 2012). They have also been detected
acoustically at hydrophones deployed near the Main Hawaiian Islands
during spring and fall (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014, 2016), including
off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii (Klinck et al. 2012).
Probable acoustic detections were also made at Cross Seamount, south of
the Main Hawaiian Islands, at 18.72[deg] N, 158.25[deg] W (Johnston
2008).
Cuvier's beaked whale has been seen during Japanese sighting
surveys in August-September in the western North Pacific (Kato et al.
2005). It has also been detected acoustically in the Aleutian Islands
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014). There is very little information on
this species for the Emperor Seamounts survey area, but what is known
of its distribution and habitat preferences suggests that it could
occur there. Therefore, Cuvier's beaked whales could occur at both
survey locations.
Longman's Beaked Whale
Longman's beaked whale, also known Indo-Pacific beaked whale, used
to be one of the least known cetacean species, but it is now one of the
more frequently sighted beaked whales (Pitman 2009a). Longman's beaked
whale occurs in tropical waters throughout the Indo-Pacific, with
records from 30[deg] S to 40[deg] N (Pitman 2009a). Longman's beaked
whale is most often sighted in waters with temperatures >=26[deg]C and
depth >2,000 m, and sightings have also been reported along the
continental slope (Anderson et al. 2006; Pitman 2009a).
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
a single sighting of Longman's beaked whale was made off the west coast
of the Island of Hawaii during summer (Baird et al. 2013). During
summer-fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, one sighting was made
in 2002 and three were made in 2010; one sighting was made in offshore
waters southwest of Ohau, and another was made at the edge of the EEZ
southwest of the Island of Hawaii (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006;
Bradford et al. 2013). Acoustic detections have been made at the
Palmyra Atoll and the Pearl and Hermes Reef (Baumann-Pickering et al.
2014).
Longman's beaked whale has been seen during Japanese sighting
surveys in August-September in the western North Pacific (Kato et al.
2005). However, what is known about its distribution and habitat
preferences suggests that it does not occur in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area.
Blainville's Beaked Whale
Blainville's beaked whale is found in tropical and warm temperate
waters of all oceans (Pitman 2009b). It has the widest distribution
throughout the world of all mesoplodont species and appears to be
common (Pitman 2009b).
[[Page 30490]]
It is commonly sighted in some areas of Hawaii (Jefferson et al. 2015).
McSweeney et al. (2007), Schorr et al. (2009), Baird et al. (2013),
and Oleson et al. (2013) have suggested the existence of separate
insular and offshore Blainville's beaked whales in Hawaiian waters.
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
sightings were made in shelf as well as deep water, with the highest
sighting rates in water 3500-4000 m deep, followed by water 500-1000 m
deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made during all seasons off
the island of Hawaii, as well as off Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). The area
off the west coast of Hawaii Island is considered a BIA for
Blainville's beaked whale (Baird et al. 2015); proposed seismic Line 1
would traverse this BIA. During summer-fall shipboard surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, three sightings were made in 2002 and two were
made in 2010, all in the western portion of the EEZ (Barlow et al.
2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013). In addition, there were four
sightings of unidentified Mesoplodon there in 2002 (Barlow et al. 2004;
Barlow 2006) and 10 in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013).
Blainville's beaked whales have also been detected acoustically at
hydrophones deployed near the Main Hawaiian Islands throughout the year
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014, 2016; Henderson et al. 2016; Manzano-
Roth et al. 2016), including off the west coast of the Island of
Hawaii, near proposed seismic Line 1, during October-November 2009
(Klinck et al. 2012). Probable acoustic detections were also made at
Cross Seamount, south of the Main Hawaiian Islands, at 18.72[deg] N,
158.25[deg] W (Johnston 2008). Blainville's beaked whale is expected to
be absent from the Emperor Seamounts survey area.
Stejneger's Beaked Whale
Stejneger's beaked whale occurs in subarctic and cool temperate
waters of the North Pacific (Mead 1989). Most records are from Alaskan
waters, and the Aleutian Islands appear to be its center of
distribution (Mead 1989). In the western Pacific Ocean, Stejneger's
beaked whale has been seen during Japanese sighting surveys during
August-September (Kato et al. 2005). Seasonal peaks in strandings along
the western coast of Japan suggest that this species may migrate north
in the summer from the Sea of Japan (Mead 1989). They have also been
detected acoustically in the Aleutian Islands during summer, fall, and
winter (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014).
Given its distributional range (see Jefferson et al. 2015),
Stejneger's beaked whale could occur in the Emperor Seamounts survey
area. It does not occur in the Hawaiian survey area.
Ginkgo-Toothed Beaked Whale
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale is only known from stranding and
capture records (Mead 1989; Jefferson et al. 2015). It is hypothesized
to occupy tropical and warm temperate waters of the Indian and Pacific
oceans (Pitman 2009b). Its distributional range in the North Pacific
extends from Japan to the Galapagos Islands, and there are also records
for the South Pacific as far south as Australia and New Zealand
(Jefferson et al. 2015). Although its distributional range is thought
to be south of Hawaii (Jefferson et al. 2015), vocalizations likely
from this species have been detected acoustically at hydrophones
deployed near the Main Hawaiian Islands and just to the south at Cross
Seamount (18.72[deg] N, 158.25[deg] W), as well as at the Wake Atoll
and Mariana Islands (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014, 2016). However, no
sightings have been made in Hawaiian waters (Barlow 2006; Baird et al.
2013; Bradford et al. 2017).
The ginkgo-toothed beaked whale could occur in the southern parts
of the Hawaiian survey area, but it is not expected to occur in the
Emperor Seamounts survey area.
Deraniyagala's Beaked Whale
Deraniyagala's beaked whale is a newly recognized species of whale
that recently has been described for the tropical Indo-Pacific, where
it is thought to occur between ~15[deg] N and ~10[deg] S (Dalebout et
al. 2014). Strandings have been reported for the Maldives, Sri Lanka,
the Seychelles, Kiribati, and Palmyra Atoll (Dalebout et al. 2014), and
acoustic detections have been made at Palmyra Atoll and Kingman Reef in
the Line Islands (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014). It is closely related
to ginkgo-toothed beaked whale, but DNA and morphological data have
shown that the two are separate species (Dalebout et al. 2014).
Although possible, Deraniyagala's beaked whale is unlikely to occur
in the Hawaiian survey area, and its range does not include the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Hubb's Beaked Whale
Hubb's beaked whale occurs in temperate waters of the North Pacific
(Mead 1989). Most of the stranding records are from California (Willis
and Baird 1998). Its distribution appears to be correlated with the
deep subarctic current (Mead et al. 1982). Its range is believed to be
continuous across the North Pacific (Macleod et al. 2006), although
this has yet to be substantiated because very few direct at-sea
observations exist.
Hubb's beaked whale was seen during Japanese sighting surveys in
the western North Pacific during August-September (Kato et al. 2005).
However, there is very little information on this species for the
Emperor Seamounts survey area, but what is known of its distribution
suggests it would occur in limited numbers. The Hubb's beaked whale is
unlikely to occur in the Hawaiian survey area.
Baird's Beaked Whale
Baird's beaked whale has a fairly extensive range across the North
Pacific north of 30[deg] N, and strandings have occurred as far north
as the Pribilof Islands (Rice 1986). Two forms of Baird's beaked whales
have been recognized--the common slate-gray form and a smaller, rare
black form (Morin et al. 2017). The gray form is seen off Japan, in the
Aleutians, and on the west coast of North America, whereas the black
from has been reported for northern Japan and the Aleutians (Morin et
al. 2017). Recent genetic studies suggest that the black form could be
a separate species (Morin et al. 2017).
Baird's beaked whale is currently divided into three distinct
stocks: Sea of Japan, Okhotsk Sea, and Bering Sea/eastern North Pacific
(Balcomb 1989; Reyes 1991). The whales occur year-round in the Okhotsk
Sea and Sea of Japan (Kasuya 2009). Baird's beaked whales sometimes are
seen close to shore, but their primary habitat is over or near the
continental slope and oceanic seamounts in waters 1,000-3,000 m deep
(Jefferson et al. 1993; Kasuya and Ohsumi 1984; Kasuya 2009).
Off Japan's Pacific coast, Baird's beaked whales start to appear in
May, numbers increase over the summer, and decrease toward October
(Kasuya 2009). During this time, they are nearly absent in offshore
waters (Kasuya 2009). Kato et al. (2005) also reported the presence of
Baird's beaked whales in the western North Pacific in August-September.
They have also been detected acoustically in the Aleutian Islands
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2014).
Baird's beaked whale could be encountered at the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but its distribution does not include Hawaiian waters.
Rough-Toothed Dolphin
The rough-toothed dolphin is distributed worldwide in tropical to
[[Page 30491]]
warm temperate oceanic waters (Miyazaki and Perrin 1994; Jefferson
2009). In the Pacific, it occurs from central Japan and northern
Australia to Baja California, Mexico, and southern Peru (Jefferson
2009). It generally occurs in deep, oceanic waters, but can be found in
shallower coastal waters in some regions (Jefferson et al. 2015).
The rough-toothed dolphin is expected to be one of the most
abundant cetaceans in the Hawaiian survey area, based on previous
surveys in the area (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006; Baird et al.
2013; Bradford et al. 2017). Higher densities are expected to occur in
deeper waters around the Hawaiian Islands than in far offshore waters
of the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et al. 2015). During small-boat surveys
around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, it was sighted in water as
deep as 5,000 m, with the highest sighting rates in water >3500 m deep,
throughout the year (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made off the
Island of Hawaii as well as Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). The area west of
the Island of Hawaii is considered BIA (Baird et al. 2015); proposed
seismic Line 1 would traverse this area. During summer-fall surveys of
the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, rough-toothed dolphins were observed
throughout the EEZ, including near the proposed survey area to the
north and south of the Main Hawaiian Islands; in total, there were 18
sightings in 2002 and 24 sightings in 2010 (Barlow 2006; Barlow et al.
2004; Bradford et al. 2017). Acoustic detections have also been made in
Hawaiian waters (Rankin et al. 2015).
In the western North Pacific Ocean, rough-toothed dolphins have
been seen during Japanese sighting surveys during August-September
(Kato et al. 2005). However, there is very little information on this
species for the Emperor Seamounts survey area, but what is known of its
distribution suggests that it is unlikely to occur there.
Common Bottlenose Dolphin
The bottlenose dolphin occurs in tropical, subtropical, and
temperate waters throughout the World (Wells and Scott 2009).
Generally, there are two distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes, one
mainly found in coastal waters and one mainly found in oceanic waters
(Duffield et al. 1983; Hoelzel et al. 1998; Walker et al. 1999). As
well as inhabiting different areas, these ecotypes differ in their
diving abilities (Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead and Potter 1995).
The bottlenose dolphin is expected to be one of the most abundant
cetaceans in the Hawaiian survey area, based on previous surveys in the
region (Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017). Higher
densities are expected to occur around the Hawaiian Islands than in far
offshore waters of the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et al. 2015). Photo-
identification studies have shown that there are distinct resident
populations at the four island groups in Hawaii (Kauai & Niihau, Oahu,
the 4-island region, and the Island of Hawaii); the 1,000-m isobath
serves as the boundary between these resident insular stocks and the
Hawaii pelagic stock (Martien et al. 2012). Note that the Kauai/Niihau
stock range does not occur near the proposed tracklines and will not be
discussed further. Additionally, 98.5 percent of the Hawaii survey will
take in deep (>1,000 m) water. The areas where the insular stocks are
found are also considered BIAs (Baird et al. 2015). Proposed seismic
Lines 1 and 2 would traverse the BIAS to the west of Oahu and west of
the Island of Hawaii.
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
the bottlenose dolphin was sighted in water as deep as 4,500 m, but the
highest sighting rates occurred in water <500 m deep (Baird et al.
2013). Sightings were made during all seasons off the Island of Hawaii,
including near proposed seismic Line 1, and off Oahu (Baird et al.
2013). Common bottlenose dolphins were also observed during summer-fall
surveys of the Hawaiian EEZ, mostly in nearshore waters but also in
offshore waters, including in and near the proposed survey area among
the Main Hawaiian Islands, and to the north and south of the islands
(see map in Carretta et al. 2017). Fifteen sightings were made in 2002
(Barlow 2006), and 19 sightings were made in 2010 (Bradford et al.
2017).
In the western North Pacific Ocean, common bottlenose dolphins have
been sighted off the east coast of Japan during summer surveys in 1983-
1991 (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part of the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the month of August, no
sightings were made within or near the survey area (Miyashita 1993a).
Offshore sightings to the south of the proposed survey area were made
during September (Miyashita 1993a), and there is also a record just to
the southwest of the survey area during summer (Kanaji et al. 2017).
The distributional range of the common bottlenose dolphin does not
appear to extend north to the Emperor Seamounts survey area; thus, it
is not expected to be encountered during the survey.
Short-Beaked Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found in tropical and warm temperate oceans
around the World (Perrin 2009a). It ranges as far south as 40[deg] S in
the Pacific Ocean, is common in coastal waters 200-300 m deep, and is
also associated with prominent underwater topography, such as seamounts
(Evans 1994). There are two species of common dolphins: The short-
beaked common dolphin (D. delphis) and the long-beaked common dolphin
(D. capensis). The short-beaked common dolphin is mainly found in
offshore waters, and the long-beaked common dolphin is more prominent
in coastal areas.
During Japanese sighting surveys in the western North Pacific in
August-September, both long- and short-beaked common dolphins have been
seen (Kato et al. 2005). Kanaji et al. (2017) reported one record to
the southwest of the proposed survey area during summer. There are also
bycatch records of short-beaked common dolphins near the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during summer and winter (Hobbs and Jones 1993).
Based on information regarding the distribution and habitat
preferences, only the short-beaked common dolphin could occur in the
region.
Both the the short-beaked and long-beaked common dolphin are not
expected to occur in the Hawaiian survey area as no sightings have been
made of either species during surveys of the Hawaii Islands (Barlow
2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017).
Pantropical Spotted Dolphin
The pantropical spotted dolphin is one of the most abundant
cetaceans and is distributed worldwide in tropical and some subtropical
waters (Perrin 2009b), between ~40[deg] N and 40[deg] S (Jefferson et
al. 2015). It is found primarily in deeper waters, but can also be
found in coastal, shelf, and slope waters (Perrin 2009b). There are two
forms of pantropical spotted dolphin: Coastal and offshore. The
offshore form inhabits tropical, equatorial, and southern subtropical
water masses; the pelagic individuals around the Hawaiian Islands
belong to a stock distinct from those in the ETP (Dizon et al. 1991;
Perrin 2009b). Spotted dolphins are commonly seen together with spinner
dolphins in mixed-species groups, e.g., in the ETP (Au and Perryman
1985), off Hawaii (Psarakos et al. 2003), and in the Marquesas
Archipelago (Gannier 2002).
The pantropical spotted dolphin is expected to be one of the most
abundant cetaceans in the proposed Hawaiian survey area based on
previous surveys in the region (Baird et al. 2013; Barlow 2006;
Bradford et al. 2017). Higher densities are expected to occur around
the Main Hawaiian Islands than elsewhere in the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney
[[Page 30492]]
et al. 2015). Sightings rates peak in depths from 1,500 to 3,500 m
(Baird et al. 2013). The Main Hawaiian Islands insular spotted dolphin
stock consists of two separate stocks at Oahu and 4-Islands (which
extend 20 km seaward), and one stock off the Island of Hawaii, up to 65
km from shore (Carretta et al. 2017). Spotted dolphins outside of these
insular stocks are part of the Hawaii pelagic stock (Carretta et al.
2017).
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
the pantropical spotted dolphin was sighted in all water depth
categories, with the lowest sighting rate in water <500 m (Baird et al.
2013). It was observed during all seasons, including off of Hawaii
Island and Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). It was also seen during summer-
fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ including in the proposed
survey area, with sightings to the north, south, and around the Main
Hawaiian Islands (see map in Carretta et al. 2017); 14 sightings were
made in 2002 (Barlow 2006), and 12 sightings were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2017). The areas off southwest Oahu, south of Lanai,
and west of the Island of Hawaii are considered BIAs (Baird et al.
2015); proposed seismic Line 1 traverses the BIA west of the Island of
Hawaii. One sighting was made in July 2010 in the northwestern portion
of the Hawaiian EEZ during the Shatsky Rise cruise (Holst and Beland
2010).
In the western Pacific, pantropical spotted dolphins occur from
Japan south to Australia; they have been hunted in drive fisheries off
Japan for decades (Kasuya 2007). A sighting of three individuals was
made in offshore waters east of Japan in August 2010 during the Shatksy
Rise cruise (Holst and Beland 2010). Pantropical spotted dolphins were
also sighted off the east coast of Japan during summer surveys in 1983-
1991, with the highest densities in offshore waters between 30[deg] N
and 37[deg] N (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part of the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the month of August,
no sightings were made within or near the survey area; offshore
sightings to the south of the proposed survey area were made during
August and September (Miyashita 1993a). The distributional range of the
pantropical spotted dolphin does not appear to extend north to the
Emperor Seamounts survey area; thus, it is not expected to be
encountered during the survey.
Spinner Dolphin
The spinner dolphin is pantropical in distribution, including
oceanic tropical and sub-tropical waters between 40[deg] N and 40[deg]
S (Jefferson et al. 2015). It is generally considered a pelagic species
(Perrin 2009b), but can also be found in coastal waters and around
oceanic islands (Rice 1998). In Hawaii, spinner dolphins belong to the
offshore stock (S.l. longirostris; Gray's spinner) that is separate
from animals in the ETP (Dizon et al. 1991).
The spinner dolphin is expected to be one of the most abundant
cetaceans in the Hawaiian survey area, based on previous surveys in the
region (Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al. 2017). Higher
densities are expected to occur around in offshore waters south of the
Hawaiian Islands (Forney et al. 2015). There are six separate stocks
managed within the Hawaiian EEZ--the Hawaii Island, Oahu/4-islands,
Kauai/Niihau, Pearl & Hermes Reef, Midway Atoll/Kure, and Hawaiian
pelagic stocks (Carretta et al. 2017); individuals from three of these
stocks (Hawaii pelagic, Hawaii Island, Oahu/4-Islands) are expected to
overlap with the proposed survey area. The boundaries of these stocks
are out to 10 n.mi. from shore; these regions are also considered BIAs
(Baird et al. 2015). Proposed seismic Line 1 traverses the BIA west of
the Island of Hawaii.
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
it was sighted in water as deep as 3,000 m, with the highest sighting
rates in water <500 m deep (Baird et al. 2013). It was seen during all
months, including off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii and off
Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). Spinner dolphins were also sighted in the
proposed survey area during summer-fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands
EEZ, including south of Ohau (see map in Carretta et al. 2017); eight
sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and four were made in 2010
(Bradford et al. 2013).
Kato et al. (2005) noted that spinner dolphins were seen during
Japanese sighting surveys in the western North Pacific in August-
September. To the best of our knowledge, there are no data on the
occurrence of spinner dolphins near the Emperor Seamounts survey area.
However, the survey area is located to the north of the known range of
the spinner dolphins. Therefore, they are not anticipated to occur in
the Emperor Seamounts area.
Striped Dolphin
The striped dolphin has a cosmopolitan distribution in tropical to
warm temperate waters from ~50[deg] N to 40[deg] S (Perrin et al.
1994a; Jefferson et al. 2015). It is typically found in waters outside
the continental shelf and is often associated with convergence zones
and areas of upwelling (Archer 2009). It occurs primarily in pelagic
waters, but has been observed approaching shore where there is deep
water close to the coast (Jefferson et al. 2015).
The striped dolphin is expected to be one of the most abundant
cetaceans in the proposed Hawaiian survey area, based on previous
surveys in the region (Barlow 2006; Baird et al. 2013; Bradford et al.
2017). Higher densities are expected to occur around in offshore waters
of the Hawaiian EEZ (Forney et al. 2015). During small-boat surveys
around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, sightings were made in water
depths of 1,000-5,000 m, with the highest sighting rates in water
deeper than 3000 m (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made during all
seasons, including near proposed seismic Line 1 off the Island of
Hawaii (Baird et al. 2013). It was also sighted within the proposed
survey area during summer-fall shipboard surveys of the Hawaii Islands
EEZ, including north and south of the Main Hawaiian Islands (see map in
Carretta et al. 2017); 15 sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and
25 sightings were made in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013).
In the western North Pacific, the striped dolphin was one of the
most common dolphin species seen during Japanese summer sighting
surveys (Miyashita 1993a). During these surveys, densities were highest
in offshore areas between 35[deg] N and 40[deg] N, and in coastal
waters of southeastern Japan (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part of
the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the
month of August, no sightings were made within the survey area;
sightings near the proposed survey area, south of 41[deg] N, were made
during August (Miyashita 1993a). Kanaji et al. (2017) reported on
another record during summer to the southwest of the survey area. One
winter bycatch record was reported just to the south of the survey area
for October 1990 to May 1991 (Hobbs and Jones 1993).
Based on its distributional range and habitat preferences, the
striped dolphin could be encountered in both the Hawaii and Emperor
Seamounts survey areas.
Fraser's Dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei)
Fraser's dolphin is a tropical oceanic species distributed between
30[deg] N and 30[deg] S that generally inhabits deeper, offshore water
(Dolar 2009). It occurs rarely in temperate regions and then only in
relation to temporary oceanographic anomalies such as El Ni[ntilde]o
events (Perrin et al. 1994b). In the eastern tropical pacific, it was
sighted at
[[Page 30493]]
least 15 km from shore in waters 1,500-2,500 m deep (Dolar 2009).
Fraser's dolphin is one of the most abundant cetaceans in the
offshore waters of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Barlow 2006; Bradford et
al. 2017). Summer-fall shipboard surveys of the EEZ resulted in two
sightings of Fraser's dolphin in 2002 and four in 2010, all in the
western portion of the EEZ (Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta
et al. 2017). During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in
2000-2012, only two sightings were made off the west coast of the
Island of Hawaii, one during winter and one during spring in water
deeper than 1000 m.
Fraser's dolphin was seen during Japanese sighting surveys in the
western North Pacific during August-September (Kato et al. 2005).
However, its range does not extend as far north as the Emperor
Seamounts survey area. Thus, Fraser's dolphin is not expected to occur
in the Emperor Seamounts survey area, but it could be encountered in
deep water of the Hawaii survey area.
Pacific White-Sided Dolphin
The Pacific white-sided dolphin is found throughout the temperate
North Pacific, in a relatively narrow distribution between 38[deg] N
and 47[deg] N (Brownell et al. 1999). It is common both on the high
seas and along the continental margins (Leatherwood et al. 1984;
Dahlheim and Towell 1994; Ferrero and Walker 1996). Pacific white-sided
dolphins often associate with other species, including cetaceans
(especially Risso's and northern right whale dolphins; Green et al.
1993), pinnipeds, and seabirds.
Pacific white-sided dolphins were seen throughout the North Pacific
during surveys conducted during 1983-1990 (Buckland et al. 1993;
Miyashita 1993b). Sightings were made in the western Pacific during the
summer (Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita 1993b), as well as during
spring and fall (Buckland et al. 1993). Pacific white-sided dolphins
were observed in the southern portion of the Emperor Seamounts survey
area, south of 45[deg] S, as well as at higher latitudes just to the
east (Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita 1993b). Bycatch in the squid
driftnet fishery has also been reported for the Emperor Seamounts
survey area (Hobbs and Jones 1993; Yatsu et al. 1993). Thus, Pacific
white-sided dolphins could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but they are not known to occur as far south as Hawaii.
Northern Right Whale Dolphin
The northern right whale dolphin is found in cool temperate and
sub-arctic waters of the North Pacific, ranging from 34-55[deg] N
(Lipsky 2009). It occurs from the Kuril Islands south to Japan and
eastward to the Gulf of Alaska and southern California (Rice 1998). The
northern right whale dolphin is one of the most common marine mammal
species in the North Pacific, occurring primarily on the outer
continental shelf, slope waters, and oceanic regions, where water
depths are >100 m (see Green et al. 1993; Barlow 2003; Carretta et al.
2017). The northern right whale dolphin does, however, come closer to
shore where there is deep water, such as over submarine canyons
(Jefferson et al. 2015).
Northern right whale dolphins were seen throughout the North
Pacific during surveys conducted during 1983-1990, with sightings made
in the western Pacific primarily during the summer (Buckland et al.
1993; Miyashita 1993b). Northern right whale dolphins were observed in
the southern portion of the Emperor Seamounts survey area, south of
45[deg] S (Buckland et al. 1993; Miyashita 1993b). Bycatch records for
the Emperor Seamounts survey area have also been reported (Hobbs and
Jones 1993; Yatsu et al. 1993). One sighting was made just to the east
of the survey area, at a more northerly latitude (Miyashita 1993b).
Thus, northern right whale dolphins could be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but their distribution does not range as far
south as the Hawaiian Islands.
Risso's Dolphin
Risso's dolphin is primarily a tropical and mid-temperate species
distributed worldwide (Kruse et al. 1999). It occurs between 60[deg] N
and 60[deg] S, where surface water temperatures are at least 10[deg] C
(Kruse et al. 1999). Water temperature appears to be an important
factor affecting its distribution (Kruse et al. 1999). Although it
occurs from coastal to deep water, it shows a strong preference for
mid-temperate waters of the continental shelf and slope (Jefferson et
al. 2014).
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
sighting rates were highest in water >3,000 m deep (Baird et al. 2013).
Sightings were made during all seasons off the west coast of the Island
of Hawaii, including near proposed seismic Line 1; no sightings were
made off Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). During summer-fall surveys of the
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, seven sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006)
and 10 were made in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2017); several sightings
occurred within the proposed survey area south of the Main Hawaiian
Islands (see map in Carretta et al. 2017).
Risso's dolphins were regularly seen during Japanese summer
sighting surveys in the western North Pacific (Miyashita 1993a), and
one individual was seen in the offshore waters east of Japan on 18
August 2010 during the Shatksy Rise cruise (Holst and Beland 2010).
Occurrence in the western North Pacific appears to be patchy, but high
densities were observed in coastal waters, between 148[deg] E-157[deg]
E, and east of 162[deg] E (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part of the
proposed Emperor Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the month of
August, no sightings were made within the survey area; however,
sightings were made south of 41[deg] N (Miyashita 1993a). As its
regular northern range extends to the southernmost portion of the
Emperor Seamounts survey area, and one record has been reported outside
of its range in the Aleutian Islands (Jefferson et al. 2014).
Therefore, the Risso's dolphin is expected to occur in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area.
Melon-Headed Whale
The melon-headed whale is an oceanic species found worldwide in
tropical and subtropical waters from ~40[deg] N to 35[deg] S (Jefferson
et al. 2015). It is commonly seen in mixed groups with other cetaceans
(Jefferson and Barros 1997; Huggins et al. 2005). It occurs most often
in deep offshore waters and occasionally in nearshore areas where deep
oceanic waters occur near the coast (Perryman 2009). In the North
Pacific, it is distributed south of central Japan and southern
California, as well as across the Pacific, including Hawaii.
Photo-identification and telemetry studies have revealed that there
are two distinct populations of melon-headed whales in Hawaiian
waters--the Hawaiian Islands stock and the Kohala resident stock
associated with the west coast of the Island of Hawaii (Aschettino et
al. 2012; Oleson et al. 2013; Carretta et al. 2017). Individuals in the
smaller Kohala resident stock have a limited range restricted to
shallower waters of the Kohala shelf and west side of Hawaii Island.
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012,
sightings were made during all seasons in all water depths up to 5,000
m, including sightings off the west coasts of the Island of Hawaii and
Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). There are numerous records near the proposed
seismic transect off the west coast of the Hawaiian Island (Carretta et
al. 2017); this area is considered a BIA (Baird et al. 2015). During
summer-fall surveys
[[Page 30494]]
of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ in 2002 and 2010, there was a single
sighting each year; neither was located near the proposed survey area
(Barlow et al. 2004; Bradford et al. 2017). Satellite telemetry data
revealed distant pelagic movements, associated with feeding, nearly to
the edge of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Oleson et al. 2013).
Melon-headed whales have been seen during Japanese sighting surveys
in the western North Pacific in August-September (Kato et al. 2005).
However, their distributional range does not extend to the Emperor
Seamounts survey area. Thus, melon-headed whale is expected to occur in
the proposed Hawaiian survey area, but not in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area.
Pygmy Killer Whale
The pygmy killer whale has a worldwide distribution in tropical and
subtropical waters (Donahue and Perryman 2009), generally not ranging
south of 35[deg] S (Jefferson et al. 2015). In warmer water, it is
usually seen close to the coast (Wade and Gerrodette 1993), but it is
also found in deep waters. In the North Pacific, it occurs from Japan
and Baja, California, southward and across the Pacific Ocean, including
Hawaii.
A small resident population inhabits the waters around the Main
Hawaiian Islands (Oleson et al. 2013), where it generally occurs within
~20 km from shore (Baird et al. 2011). During small-boat surveys around
the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, sightings were made during all
seasons in water up to 3000 m deep, off the west coasts of Oahu and the
Island of Hawaii (Baird et al. 2013), including near proposed seismic
Lines 1 and 2. The waters off the west and southeast coasts of the
Island of Hawaii are considered a BIA (Baird et al. 2015). Pygmy killer
whales were also recorded during summer-fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ: Three sightings in 2002 (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006)
and five in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2017), including some within the
study area to the north and south of the Main Hawaiian Islands
(Carretta et al. 2017).
Kato et al. (2005) reported the occurrence of this species during
Japanese sighting surveys in the western North Pacific in August-
September. However, its distributional range indicates that the pygmy
killer whale is unlikely to occur in the Emperor Seamounts survey area.
False Killer Whale
The false killer whale is found worldwide in tropical and temperate
waters, generally between 50[deg] N and 50[deg] S (Odell and McClune
1999). It is widely distributed, but generally uncommon throughout its
range (Baird 2009). It is gregarious and forms strong social bonds, as
is evident from its propensity to strand en masse (Baird 2009). The
false killer whale generally inhabits deep, offshore waters, but
sometimes is found over the continental shelf and occasionally moves
into very shallow water (Jefferson et al. 2008; Baird 2009). In the
North Pacific, it occurs from Japan and southern California, southward
and across the Pacific, including Hawaii.
Telemetry, photo-identification, and genetic studies have
identified three independent populations of false killer whales in
Hawaiian waters: Main Hawaiian Islands Insular, Northwestern Hawaiian
Islands, and Hawaii pelagic stocks (Chivers et al. 2010; Baird et al.
2010, 2013; Bradford et al. 2014; Carretta et al. 2017). The range of
the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands stock is not the vicinity of the
Hawaii survey tracklines and, therefore, will not be discussed further.
The population inhabiting the Main Hawaiian Islands is thought to have
declined dramatically since 1989; the reasons for this decline are
still uncertain, although interactions with longline fisheries have
been suggested (Reeves et al. 2009; Bradford and Forney 2014). Higher
densities likely occur in the western-most areas of the Hawaiian EEZ
(Forney et al. 2015).
During 2008-2012, 26 false killer whales were observed hooked or
entangled by longline gear within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ or adjacent
high-seas waters, and 22 of those were assessed as seriously injured;
locations of false killer whale and unidentified blackfish takes
observed included the proposed survey area (Bradford and Forney 2014).
NMFS published a final rule to implement the False Killer Whale Take
Reduction Plan on November 29, 2012, 77 FR 71260). The final rule
includes gear requirements (``weak'' circle hooks and strong branch
lines) in the deep-set longline fishery, longline closure areas,
training and certification for vessel owners and captains in marine
mammal handling and release, captains' supervision of marine mammal
handling and release, and posting of placards on longline vessels.
Critical habitat has been proposed for the endangered insular
population of the false killer whale in Hawaii (82 FR 51186; November
3, 2017). In general, this includes waters between the 45- and 3,200-m
isobaths in the Main Hawaiian Islands (NNMFS 2017c). Note that in the
critical habitat proposal, NMFS invited the public to submit comments
on whether it is appropriate to include anthropogenic noise as a
feature essential to the conservation false killer whales in the final
rule. The final rule is expected to be published ~1 July 2018 (NMFS
2017c).
High-use areas in Hawaii include the north half of the Island of
Hawaii, the northern areas of Maui and Molokai, and southwest of Lanai
(Baird et al. 2012). These areas are considered BIAs (Baird et al.
2015), and proposed seismic Line 1 to the west of the Island of Hawaii
traverses the BIA. Individuals are found up to 122 km from shore (Baird
et al. 2012). Satellite-tagged false killer whales were also recorded
using the areas off the western Island of Hawaii and west of Oahu
during summer 2008 and fall 2009 (Baird et al. 2012). During small-boat
surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, the highest sighting
rates occurred in water >3,500 m deep (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings
were made during all seasons, including off the west coast of the
Island of Hawaii and Oahu (Baird et al. 2013). During summer-fall
surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, two sightings were made in 2002
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006) and 14 were made in 2010 (Bradford et
al. 2017), including two within the study area, south of the Main
Hawaiian Islands (see map in Carretta et al. 2017). False killer whales
were also detected acoustically off the west coast of the Hawaiian
Island and off Kauai (Baumann-Pickering et al. 2015).
False killer whales have been seen during Japanese summer sighting
surveys in the western Pacific Ocean (Miyashita 1993a), and a sighting
of four individuals was made in offshore waters east of Japan in August
2010 during the Shatksy Rise cruise (Holst and Beland 2010). The
distribution in the western Pacific was patchy, with several high-
density areas in offshore waters (Miyashita 1993a). Although only part
of the proposed Emperor Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the
month of August, no sightings were made within the survey area;
however, one sighting was made just to the southeast of the survey area
(Miyashita 1993a). Jefferson et al. (2015) did not show its
distributional range to include the Emperor Seamounts region.
False killer whale is expected to occur in the proposed Hawaiian
and Emperor Seamounts survey areas.
Killer Whale
The killer whale is cosmopolitan and globally fairly abundant; it
has been observed in all oceans of the World (Ford 2009). It is very
common in temperate waters and also frequents tropical waters, at least
seasonally
[[Page 30495]]
(Heyning and Dahlheim 1988). High densities of the species occur in
high latitudes, especially in areas where prey is abundant. Killer
whale movements generally appear to follow the distribution of their
prey, which includes marine mammals, fish, and squid.
Killer whales are rare in the Hawaii Islands EEZ. Baird et al.
(2006) reported 21 sighting records in Hawaiian waters between 1994 and
2004. During small-boat surveys around Hawaii Island in 2000-2012, a
single sighting was made during spring in water <2000 m deep off the
west coast of Hawaii Island (Baird et al. 2013). During summer--fall
surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, two sightings were made in 2002
(Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006) and one was made in 2010 (Bradford et
al. 2017); none was made within the proposed survey area (Barlow et al.
2004; Bradford et al. 2017; Carretta et al. 2017). Numerous additional
sightings in and north of the EEZ have been made by observers on
longliners, some at the edge of the EEZ north of the Main Hawaiian
Islands (Carretta et al. 2017).
Very little is known about killer whale abundance and distribution
in the western Pacific Ocean outside of Kamchatka. However, they are
common along the coast of Russia, Sea of Okhotsk, and Sea of Japan,
Sakhalin Island, and Kuril Islands (Forney and Wade 2006). Kato et al.
(2005) reported sightings of this species during Japanese sighting
surveys in the western North Pacific in August-September. However,
there is very little information on killer whales for the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, but based on information regarding the
distribution and habitat preferences, they are likely to occur there
(see Forney and Wade 2006).
Killer whales are expected to occur in both the proposed Hawaiian
and Emperor survey areas.
Short-Finned Pilot Whale
The short-finned pilot whale is found in tropical and warm
temperate waters; it is seen as far south as ~40[deg] S and as far
north as 50[deg] N (Jefferson et al. 2015). It is generally nomadic,
but may be resident in certain locations, including Hawaii. Pilot
whales occur on the shelf break, over the slope, and in areas with
prominent topographic features (Olson 2009). Based on genetic data, Van
Cise et al. (2017) suggested that two types of short-finned pilot
whales occur in the Pacific--one in the western and central Pacific,
and one in the Eastern Pacific; they hypothesized that prey
distribution rather than sea surface temperature determine their
latitudinal ranges.
During surveys of the Main Hawaiian Islands during 2000-2012,
short-finned pilot whales were the most frequently sighted cetacean
(Baird et al. 2013). Higher densities are expected to occur around the
Hawaiian Islands rather than in far offshore waters of the Hawaiian EEZ
(Forney et al. 2015). Photo-identification and telemetry studies
indicate that there may be insular and pelagic populations of short-
finned pilot whales in Hawaii (Mahaffy 2012; Oleson et al. 2013).
Genetic research is also underway to assist in delimiting population
stocks for management (Carretta et al. 2017). During small-boat surveys
around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, pilot whales were sighted in
water as deep as 5,000 m, with the highest sighting rates in water
depths of 500-2,500 m (Baird et al. 2013). Sightings were made during
all seasons, mainly off the west coasts of the Island of Hawaii and
Ohau (Baird et al. 2013). The waters off the west coast of the Island
of Hawaii are considered a BIA (Baird et al. 2015); proposed seismic
tLine 1 traverses the BIA. During summer--fall surveys of the Hawaiian
Islands EEZ, 25 sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and 36 were
made in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2017), including within the proposed
survey area, north, south, and between the Main Hawaiian Islands (see
Carretta et al. 2017). Short-finned pilot whales were also detected
acoustically off the west coast of the Island of Hawaii and off Kauai
(Baumann-Pickering et al. 2015).
Stock structure of short-finned pilot whales has not been
adequately studied in the North Pacific, except in Japanese waters,
where two stocks have been identified based on pigmentation patterns
and head shape differences of adult males (Kasuya et al. 1988). The
southern stock of short-finned pilot whales has been observed during
Japanese summer sightings surveys (Miyashita 1993a) and is
morphologically similar to pilot whales found in Hawaiian waters
(Carretta et al. 2017). Distribution of short-finned pilot whales in
the western North Pacific appears to be patchy, but high densities were
observed in coastal waters of central and southern Japan and in some
areas offshore (Miyashita 1993a). A sighting of three individuals was
made in offshore waters east of Japan in August 2010 during the Shatksy
Rise cruise (Holst and Beland 2010). Although only part of the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area was surveyed during the month of August,
no sightings were made within or near the survey area; offshore
sightings to the south of the proposed survey area were made during the
month of September (Miyashita 1993a). Although Jefferson et al. (2015)
did not include the Emperor Seamounts region in its distributional
range, Olson (2009) did.
Short-finned pilot whales are expected to occur in both the
proposed Hawaiian and Emperor Seamounts survey areas.
Dall's Porpoise
Dall's porpoise is only found in the North Pacific and adjacent
seas. It is widely distributed across the North Pacific over the
continental shelf and slope waters, and over deep (>2500 m) oceanic
waters (Hall 1979), ranging from ~30-62[deg] N (Jefferson et al. 2015).
In general, this species is common throughout its range (Buckland et
al. 1993). It is known to approach vessels to bowride (Jefferson
2009b).
In the western North Pacific, there are two different color morphs
which are also considered sub-species: The truei-type (P. d. truei) and
the dalli-type (P. d. dalli) (Jefferson et al. 2015). They can be
distinguished from each other by the extent of their white thoracic
patches--the truei-type has a much broader patch, which extends nearly
the length of the body. Both types could be encountered in the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area.
Dall's porpoise was one of the most common cetaceans in the bycatch
of the central and western North Pacific high-seas driftnet fisheries,
but that source of mortality is not thought to have substantially
depleted their abundance in the region (Hobbs and Jones 1993). Dall's
porpoises were seen throughout the North Pacific during surveys
conducted during 1987-1990 (Buckland et al. 1993), including in the
western Pacific during the summer (Buckland et al. 1993; Kato et al.
2005). The observed range included the entire Emperor Seamounts survey
area (Buckland et al. 1993). Records of both types within the Emperor
Seamounts survey area, in particular for April-July, have also been
reported by Kasuya (1982), and bycatch records in the proposed survey
area have also been reported (Hobbs and Jones 1993; Yatsu et al. 1993).
Thus, Dall's porpoise could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts
survey area, but its distribution does not range as far south as the
Hawaiian Islands.
Hawaiian Monk Seal
The Hawaiian monk seal only occurs in the Central North Pacific. It
is distributed throughout the Hawaiian Island chain, with most of the
population occurring in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (within the
PMNM), and a small but increasing
[[Page 30496]]
number residing in the Main Hawaiian Islands (Baker et al. 2011). Six
main breeding subpopulations are located at the Kure Atoll, Midway
Islands, Pearl and Hermes Reef, Lisianski Island, Laysan Island, and
French Frigate Shoals (Baker et al. 2011). Most births occur from
February to August, with a peak in April to June, but births have been
reported any time of the year (Gilmartin and Forcada 2009). Hawaiian
monk seals show high site fidelity to natal islands (Gilmartin and
Forcada 2009; Wilson et al. 2017). They mainly occur within 50 km of
atolls/islands (Parrish et al. 2000; Stewart et al. 2006; Wilson et al.
2017) and within the 500-m isobath (e.g., Parrish et al. 2002; Wilson
et al. 2017). Secondary occurrence may occur in water as deep as 1000
m, but occurrence beyond the 1000-m isobath is rare (DoN 2005).
Nonetheless, tagged monk seals have been tracked in water >1000 m deep
(Wilson et al. 2017).
Hawaiian monk seals are benthic foragers that feed on marine
terraces of atolls and banks; most foraging occurs in water depths <100
m deep but occasionally to depths up to 500 m (Parrish et al. 2002;
Stewart et al. 2006). Stewart et al. (2006) used satellite tracking to
examine the foraging behavior of monk seals at the six main breeding
colonies in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Foraging trips varied by
sex and by age and ranged from <1 km up to 322 km from haul-out sites.
Wilson et al. (2017) reported foraging trips of up to 100 km. Satellite
tracking of Hawaiian monk seals revealed that home ranges in Main
Hawaiian Islands were much smaller than those in the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands (NMFS 2007, 2014); home ranges for most seals were
<2000 km\2\ (Wilson et al. 2017).
Critical habitat has been designated based on preferred pupping and
nursing areas, significant haul-out areas, and marine foraging areas
out to a depth of 200 m (NMFS 2017b). In the Main Hawaiian Islands,
critical habitat generally includes marine habitat from the seafloor to
10 m above the seafloor, from the 200-m isobath to the shoreline and 5
m inland, with some exceptions for specific areas (NMFS 2017b). For the
Island of Hawaii of Hawaii, Maui, and Oahu (islands adjacent to the
proposed transects), all marine habitat and inland habitat is included
as critical habitat (NMFS 2017b). The seismic transects are located at
least 10 km from monk seal critical habitat (Fig. 1).
Hawaiian monk seals have been reported throughout the Main Hawaiian
Islands, including the west coast of Oahu, the east coast of Maui, and
the north coast of the Island of Hawaii (Baker and Johanos 2004; DoN
2005). Tagged seals showed movements among the Main Hawaiian Islands,
and were reported to occur near and crossing proposed seismic Lines 1
and 2 off the west coast of Oahu and the Island of Hawaii (Wilson et
al. 2017). However, the core area of occurrence around Oahu was
reported to be off the south coast, not the west coast (Wilson et al.
2017). Thus, monk seals could be encountered during the proposed
survey, especially in nearshore portions (<1000 m deep), as well as
areas near the islands where water depth is greater than >1000 m.
Northern Fur Seal
The northern fur seal is endemic to the North Pacific Ocean and
occurs from southern California to the Bering Sea, Okhotsk Sea, and
Honshu Island, Japan (Muto et al. 2017). During the breeding season,
most of the worldwide population of northern fur seals inhabits the
Pribilof Islands in the southern Bering Sea (Lee et al. 2014; Muto et
al. 2017). The rest of the population occurs at rookeries on Bogoslof
Island in the Bering Sea, in Russia (Commander Islands, Robben Island,
Kuril Islands), on San Miguel Island in southern California (NMFS 1993;
Lee et al. 2014), and on the Farallon Islands off central California
(Muto et al. 2017). In the United States, two stocks are recognized--
the Eastern Pacific and the California stocks (Muto et al. 2017). The
Eastern Pacific stock ranges from the Pribilof Islands and Bogoslof
Island in the Bering Sea during summer to California during winter
(Muto et al. 2017).
When not on rookery islands, northern fur seals are primarily
pelagic but occasionally haul out on rocky shorelines (Muto et al.
2017). During the breeding season, adult males usually come ashore in
May-August and may sometimes be present until November; adult females
are found ashore from June-November (Carretta et al. 2017; Muto et al.
2017). After reproduction, northern fur seals spend the next 7-8 months
feeding at sea (Roppel 1984). Once weaned, juveniles spend 2-3 years at
sea before returning to rookeries. Animals may migrate to the Gulf of
Alaska, off Japan, and the west coast of the United States (Muto et al.
2017); in particular, adult males from the Pripilof Islands have been
shown to migrate to the Kuril Islands in the western Pacific (Loughlin
et al. 1999). The southern extent of the migration is ~35 N.
Northern fur seals were seen throughout the North Pacific during
surveys conducted during 1987-1990, including in the western Pacific
during the summer (Buckland et al. 1993). The observed range included
the entire Emperor Seamounts survey area (Buckland et al. 1993). They
have also been reported as bycatch in squid and large-mesh fisheries
during summer in the Emperor Seamounts survey area (Hobbs and Jones
1993; Yatsu et al. 1993). Tracked adult male fur seals that were tagged
on St. Paul Island in the Bering Sea in October 2009, wintered in the
Bering Sea or northern North Pacific Ocean, and approached near the
eastern-most extent of the Emperor Seamounts survey area; females
migrated to the Gulf of Alaska and the California Current (Sterling et
al. 2014). Tagged pups also approached the eastern portion of the
Emperor Seamounts survey area during November (Lea et al. 2009). Thus,
northern fur seals could be encountered in the Emperor Seamounts survey
area; only juveniles would be expected to occur there during the
summer. Their distribution does not range as far south as the Hawaiian
Islands.
Northern Elephant Seal
Northern elephant seals breed in California and Baja California,
primarily on offshore islands (Stewart et al. 1994), from December-
March (Stewart and Huber 1993). Adult elephant seals engage in two long
northward migrations per year, one following the breeding season, and
another following the annual molt, with females returning earlier to
molt (March-April) than males (July-August) (Stewart and DeLong 1995).
Juvenile elephant seals typically leave the rookeries in April or May
and head north, traveling an average of 900-1,000 km. Hindell (2009)
noted that traveling likely takes place in water depths >200 m.
When not breeding, elephant seals feed at sea far from the
rookeries, ranging as far north as 60[deg] N, into the Gulf of Alaska
and along the Aleutian Islands (Le Boeuf et al. 2000). Some seals that
were tracked via satellite-tags for no more than 224 days traveled
distances in excess of 10,000 km during that time (Le Beouf et al.
2000). Northern elephant seals that were satellite-tagged at a
California rookery have been recorded traveling as far west as ~166.5-
172.5[deg] E, including the proposed Emperor Seamount survey area (Le
Boeuf et al. 2000; Robinson et al. 2012; Robinson 2016 in OBIS 2018;
Costa 2017 in OBIS 2018). Occurrence in the survey area was documented
during August and September; during July and October, northern elephant
seals were tracked just to the east of the survey area (Robinson et al.
2012). Post-molting seals traveled longer and farther
[[Page 30497]]
than post-breeding seals (Robinson et al. 2012).
Thus, northern elephant seals could be encountered in the Emperor
Seamounts survey area during summer and fall. Although there are rare
records of northern elephant seals in Hawaiian waters, they are
unlikely to occur in the proposed survey area.
Ribbon Seal
Ribbon seals occur in the North Pacific and adjacent Arctic Ocean,
ranging from the Okhotsk Sea, to the Aleutian Islands and the Bering,
Chukchi, and western Beaufort seas. Ribbon seals inhabit the Bering Sea
ice front from late-March to early-May and are abundant in the northern
parts of the ice front in the central and western parts of the Bering
Sea (Burns 1970; Burns 1981). In May to mid-July, when the ice recedes,
some of the seals move farther north (Burns 1970; Burns 1981) to the
Chukchi Sea (Kelly 1988c). However, most likely become pelagic and
remain in the Bering Sea during the open-water season, and some occur
on the Pacific Ocean side of the Aleutian Islands (Boveng et al. 2008).
Of 10 seals that were tagged along the cost of the Kamchatka Peninsula
in 2005, most stayed in the central and eastern Bering Sea, but two
were tracked along the south side of the Aleutian Islands; 8 of 26
seals that were tagged in the central Bering Sea in 2007 traveled to
the Bering Strait, Chukchi Sea, and Arctic Basin (Boveng et al. 2008).
Although unlikely ribbon seals could be encountered in the proposed
Emperor Seamounts survey area.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data,
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 dB
threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with the exception
for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was
deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall
et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below (note that these frequency ranges
correspond to the range for the composite group, with the entire range
not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every species within
that group):
Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is
estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked whales,
and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data
and genetic data): generalized hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized hearing
is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized
hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information.
Forty marine mammal species (36 cetacean and 4 pinniped (1 otariid and
3 phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the
proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 1. Of the cetacean
species that may be present, 8 are classified as low-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 25 are classified as mid-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid species and the
sperm whale), and 3 are classified as high-frequency cetaceans (i.e.,
Dall's porpoise and Kogia spp.).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section
later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number
of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The
``Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination'' section considers the
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later in this document.
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance
between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of
one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower
frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is typically
described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A sound pressure
level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure
and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal
([mu]Pa)) and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations
in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to
large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL) represents the
SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source
[[Page 30498]]
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa) while the received level is the SPL at the
listener's position (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s)
represents the total energy contained within a puls and considers both
intensity and duration of exposure. Peak sound pressure (also referred
to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum instantaneous
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the
source and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure.
Another common metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure (pk-pk), which is
the algebraic difference between the peak positive and peak negative
sound pressures. Peak-to-peak pressure is typically approximately 6 dB
higher than peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for pulses produced by the
airgun arrays considered here. The compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number
of sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following
(Richardson et al., 1995):
Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of
naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50
kHz (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase
with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound becomes
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
during heavy surf conditions.
Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the
water surface can become an important component of total sound at
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times.
Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz
to over 100 kHz.
Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human
activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and
construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys,
sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate
rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and
human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through
the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales.
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that,
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from a given
activity may be a negligible addition to the local environment or could
form a distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals. Details of
source types are described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types:
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction
between these two sound types is important because they have differing
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g.,
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals with energy in a frequency
range from about 10-2,000 Hz, with most energy radiated at frequencies
below 200 Hz. The amplitude of the acoustic wave emitted from the
source is equal in all directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but airgun
arrays do possess some
[[Page 30499]]
directionality due to different phase delays between guns in different
directions. Airgun arrays are typically tuned to maximize functionality
for data acquisition purposes, meaning that sound transmitted in
horizontal directions and at higher frequencies is minimized to the
extent possible.
As described above, a Kongsberg EM 122 MBES, a Knudsen Chirp 3260
SBP, and a Teledyne RDI 75 kHz Ocean Surveyor ADCP would be operated
continuously during the proposed surveys, but not during transit to and
from the survey areas. Due to the lower source level of the Kongsberg
EM 122 MBES relative to the Langseth's airgun array (242 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
[middot] m for the MBES versus a minimum of 258 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [middot]
m (rms) for the 36 airgun array (NSF-USGS, 2011), sounds from the MBES
are expected to be effectively subsumed by the sounds from the airgun
array. Thus, any marine mammal potentially exposed to sounds from the
MBES would already have been exposed to sounds from the airgun array,
which are expected to propagate further in the water. Each ping emitted
by the MBES consists of eight (in water >1,000 m deep) or four (<1,000
m) successive fan-shaped transmissions, each ensonifying a sector that
extends 1[deg] fore-aft. Given the movement and speed of the vessel,
the intermittent and narrow downward-directed nature of the sounds
emitted by the MBES would result in no more than one or two brief ping
exposures of any individual marine mammal, if any exposure were to
occur.
Due to the lower source levels of both the Knudsen Chirp 3260 SBP
and the Teledyne RDI 75 kHz Ocean Surveyor ADCP relative to the
Langseth's airgun array (maximum SL of 222 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [middot] m
for the SBP and maximum SL of 224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [middot] m for the
ADCP, versus a minimum of 258 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [middot] m for the 36
airgun array (NSF-USGS, 2011), sounds from the SBP and ADCP are
expected to be effectively subsumed by sounds from the airgun array.
Thus, any marine mammal potentially exposed to sounds from the SBP and/
or the ADCP would already have been exposed to sounds from the airgun
array, which are expected to propagate further in the water. As such,
we conclude that the likelihood of marine mammal take resulting from
exposure to sound from the MBES, SBP or ADCP is discountable and
therefore we do not consider noise from the MBES, SBP or ADCP further
in this analysis.
Acoustic Effects
Here, we discuss the effects of active acoustic sources on marine
mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Please refer to the
information given previously (``Description of Active Acoustic
Sources'') regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and metrics
used in this document. Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range of
frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of highly variable
impacts on marine life, from none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received levels, duration of exposure,
behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential effects of
underwater sound from active acoustic sources can potentially result in
one or more of the following: Temporary or permanent hearing
impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological effects, behavioral
disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et
al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et
al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance from the source, and duration
of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, high level sounds can cause
hearing loss, as can longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary
or permanent loss of hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise
within an animal's hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before providing discussion specific
to the use of airgun arrays.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects of certain non-auditory
physical or physiological effects only briefly as we do not expect that
use of airgun arrays are reasonably likely to result in such effects
(see below for further discussion). Potential effects from impulsive
sound sources can range in severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort, slight injury
of the internal organs and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton
et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that
theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral
reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an avoidance
reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological effects,
bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ or tissue
damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack,
2007; Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities considered here do not
involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-frequency tactical
sonar that are associated with these types of effects.
Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at
certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent (PTS),
in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable,
or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al. 2007).
Based on data
[[Page 30500]]
from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is that the PTS
thresholds for impulse sounds (such as airgun pulses as received close
to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a
peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds
are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher level of sound or
longer exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS,
it is considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
For mid-frequency cetaceans in particular, potential protective
mechanisms may help limit onset of TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such
mechanisms include dampening of hearing, auditory adaptation, or
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall and Supin, 2013; Miller et
al., 2012; Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al., 2016).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Finneran et al. (2015) measured hearing thresholds in three captive
bottlenose dolphins before and after exposure to ten pulses produced by
a seismic airgun in order to study TTS induced after exposure to
multiple pulses. Exposures began at relatively low levels and gradually
increased over a period of several months, with the highest exposures
at peak SPLs from 196 to 210 dB and cumulative (unweighted) SELs from
193-195 dB. No substantial TTS was observed. In addition, behavioral
reactions were observed that indicated that animals can learn behaviors
that effectively mitigate noise exposures (although exposure patterns
must be learned, which is less likely in wild animals than for the
captive animals considered in this study). The authors note that the
failure to induce more significant auditory effects likely due to the
intermittent nature of exposure, the relatively low peak pressure
produced by the acoustic source, and the low-frequency energy in airgun
pulses as compared with the frequency range of best sensitivity for
dolphins and other mid-frequency cetaceans.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless
porpoise) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015).
In general, harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes.
Critical questions remain regarding the rate of TTS growth and
recovery after exposure to intermittent noise and the effects of single
and multiple pulses. Data at present are also insufficient to construct
generalized models for recovery and determine the time necessary to
treat subsequent exposures as independent events. More information is
needed on the relationship between auditory evoked potential and
behavioral measures of TTS for various stimuli. For summaries of data
on TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity,
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity,
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007;
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997).
Observed responses of wild marine mammals to loud pulsed sound sources
(typically seismic airguns or acoustic harassment devices) have been
varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or other behavioral
changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002; see also
Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach acoustic source vessels with no apparent discomfort
or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012).
[[Page 30501]]
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Goldbogen et
al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions
in biologically significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
of little biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive
behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal
is doing at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the
response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Visual tracking, passive acoustic monitoring, and movement
recording tags were used to quantify sperm whale behavior prior to,
during, and following exposure to airgun arrays at received levels in
the range 140-160 dB at distances of 7-13 km, following a phase-in of
sound intensity and full array exposures at 1-13 km (Madsen et al.,
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales did not exhibit horizontal
avoidance behavior at the surface. However, foraging behavior may have
been affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19 percent less vocal (buzz)
rate during full exposure relative to post exposure, and the whale that
was approached most closely had an extended resting period and did not
resume foraging until the airguns had ceased firing. The remaining
whales continued to execute foraging dives throughout exposure;
however, swimming movements during foraging dives were 6 percent lower
during exposure than control periods (Miller et al., 2009). These data
raise concerns that seismic surveys may impact foraging behavior in
sperm whales, although more data are required to understand whether the
differences were due to exposure or natural variation in sperm whale
behavior (Miller et al., 2009).
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive acoustic monitoring to document
the presence of singing humpback whales off the coast of northern
Angola and to opportunistically test for the effect of seismic survey
activity on the number of singing whales. Two recording units were
deployed between March and December 2008 in the offshore environment;
numbers of singers were counted every hour. Generalized Additive Mixed
Models were used to assess the effect of survey day (seasonality), hour
(diel variation), moon phase, and received levels of noise (measured
from a single pulse during each ten minute sampled period) on singer
number. The number of singers significantly decreased with increasing
received level of noise, suggesting that humpback whale breeding
activity was disrupted to some extent by the survey activity.
Castellote et al. (2012) reported acoustic and behavioral changes
by fin whales in response to shipping and airgun noise. Acoustic
features of fin whale song notes recorded in the Mediterranean Sea and
northeast Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas with different
shipping noise levels and traffic intensities and during a seismic
airgun survey. During the first 72 h of the survey, a steady decrease
in song received levels and bearings to singers indicated that whales
moved away from the acoustic source and out of the study area. This
displacement persisted for a time period well beyond the 10-day
duration of seismic airgun activity, providing evidence that fin whales
may avoid an area for an extended period in the presence of increased
noise. The authors hypothesize that fin whale acoustic communication is
modified to compensate for increased background noise and that a
sensitization process may play a role in the observed temporary
displacement.
Seismic pulses at average received levels of 131 dB re 1
[micro]Pa\2\-s caused blue whales to increase call production (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2010). In contrast, McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue
whale with seafloor seismometers and reported that it stopped
vocalizing and changed its travel direction at a range of 10 km from
the acoustic source vessel (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that bowhead whale call rates dropped
[[Page 30502]]
significantly at onset of airgun use at sites with a median distance of
41-45 km from the survey. Blackwell et al. (2015) expanded this
analysis to show that whales actually increased calling rates as soon
as airgun signals were detectable before ultimately decreasing calling
rates at higher received levels (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of
~127 dB). Overall, these results suggest that bowhead whales may adjust
their vocal output in an effort to compensate for noise before ceasing
vocalization effort and ultimately deflecting from the acoustic source
(Blackwell et al., 2013, 2015). These studies demonstrate that even low
levels of noise received far from the source can induce changes in
vocalization and/or behavior for mysticetes.
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Humpback whales showed avoidance behavior in the presence of an
active seismic array during observational studies and controlled
exposure experiments in western Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).
Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area once
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not
occur (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may
influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea observations during 1,196
seismic surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large arrays of airguns
(considered to be 500 in\3\ or more) were firing, lateral displacement,
more localized avoidance, or other changes in behavior were evident for
most odontocetes. However, significant responses to large arrays were
found only for the minke whale and fin whale. Behavioral responses
observed included changes in swimming or surfacing behavior, with
indications that cetaceans remained near the water surface at these
times. Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less often when large arrays
were active. Behavioral observations of gray whales during a seismic
survey monitored whale movements and respirations pre-, during and
post-seismic survey (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water
depth were the best `natural' predictors of whale movements and
respiration and, after considering natural variation, none of the
response variables were significantly associated with seismic survey or
vessel sounds.
Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its
[[Page 30503]]
energetic reserves sufficiently to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al.,
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g.,
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a
potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g.,
Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Masking effects of pulsed sounds (even from large arrays of
airguns) on marine mammal calls and other natural sounds are expected
to be limited, although there are few specific data on this. Because of
the intermittent nature and low duty cycle of seismic pulses, animals
can emit and receive sounds in the relatively quiet intervals between
pulses. However, in exceptional situations, reverberation occurs for
much or all of the interval between pulses (e.g., Simard et al. 2005;
Clark and Gagnon 2006), which could mask calls. Situations with
prolonged strong reverberation are infrequent. However, it is common
for reverberation to cause some lesser degree of elevation of the
background level between airgun pulses (e.g., Gedamke 2011; Guerra et
al. 2011, 2016; Klinck et al. 2012; Guan et al. 2015), and this weaker
reverberation presumably reduces the detection range of calls and other
natural sounds to some degree. Guerra et al. (2016) reported that
ambient noise levels between seismic pulses were elevated as a result
of reverberation at ranges of 50 km from the seismic source. Based on
measurements in deep water of the Southern Ocean, Gedamke (2011)
estimated that the slight elevation of background levels during
intervals between pulses reduced blue and fin whale communication space
by as much as 36-51 percent when a seismic survey was operating 450-
2,800 km away. Based on preliminary modeling, Wittekind et al. (2016)
reported that airgun sounds could reduce the communication range of
blue and fin whales 2000 km from the seismic source. Nieukirk et al.
(2012) and Blackwell et al. (2013) noted the potential for masking
effects from seismic surveys on large whales.
Some baleen and toothed whales are known to continue calling in the
presence of seismic pulses, and their calls usually can be heard
between the pulses (e.g., Nieukirk et al. 2012; Thode et al. 2012;
Br[ouml]ker et al. 2013; Sciacca et al. 2016). As noted above, Cerchio
et al. (2014) suggested that the breeding display of humpback whales
off Angola could be disrupted by seismic sounds, as singing activity
declined with increasing received levels. In addition, some cetaceans
are known to change their calling rates, shift their peak frequencies,
or otherwise modify their vocal behavior in response to airgun sounds
(e.g., Di Iorio and Clark 2010; Castellote et al. 2012; Blackwell et
al. 2013, 2015). The hearing systems of baleen whales are undoubtedly
more sensitive to low-frequency sounds than are the ears of the small
odontocetes that have been studied directly (e.g., MacGillivray et al.
2014). The sounds important to small odontocetes are
[[Page 30504]]
predominantly at much higher frequencies than are the dominant
components of airgun sounds, thus limiting the potential for masking.
In general, masking effects of seismic pulses are expected to be minor,
given the normally intermittent nature of seismic pulses.
Ship Noise
Vessel noise from the Langseth could affect marine animals in the
proposed survey areas. Houghton et al. (2015) proposed that vessel
speed is the most important predictor of received noise levels, and
Putland et al. (2017) also reported reduced sound levels with decreased
vessel speed. Sounds produced by large vessels generally dominate
ambient noise at frequencies from 20 to 300 Hz (Richardson et al.
1995). However, some energy is also produced at higher frequencies
(Hermannsen et al. 2014); low levels of high-frequency sound from
vessels has been shown to elicit responses in harbor porpoise (Dyndo et
al. 2015). Increased levels of ship noise have been shown to affect
foraging by porpoise (Teilmann et al. 2015; Wisniewska et al. 2018);
Wisniewska et al. (2018) suggest that a decrease in foraging success
could have long-term fitness consequences.
Ship noise, through masking, can reduce the effective communication
distance of a marine mammal if the frequency of the sound source is
close to that used by the animal, and if the sound is present for a
significant fraction of time (e.g., Richardson et al. 1995; Clark et
al. 2009; Jensen et al. 2009; Gervaise et al. 2012; Hatch et al. 2012;
Rice et al. 2014; Dunlop 2015; Erbe et al. 2015; Jones et al. 2017;
Putland et al. 2017). In addition to the frequency and duration of the
masking sound, the strength, temporal pattern, and location of the
introduced sound also play a role in the extent of the masking
(Branstetter et al. 2013, 2016; Finneran and Branstetter 2013; Sills et
al. 2017). Branstetter et al. (2013) reported that time-domain metrics
are also important in describing and predicting masking. In order to
compensate for increased ambient noise, some cetaceans are known to
increase the source levels of their calls in the presence of elevated
noise levels from shipping, shift their peak frequencies, or otherwise
change their vocal behavior (e.g., Parks et al. 2011, 2012, 2016a,b;
Castellote et al. 2012; Melc[oacute]n et al. 2012; Azzara et al. 2013;
Tyack and Janik 2013; Lu[iacute]s et al. 2014; Sairanen 2014; Papale et
al. 2015; Bittencourt et al. 2016; Dahlheim and Castellote 2016;
Gospi[cacute] and Picciulin 2016; Gridley et al. 2016; Heiler et al.
2016; Martins et al. 2016; O'Brien et al. 2016; Tenessen and Parks
2016). Harp seals did not increase their call frequencies in
environments with increased low-frequency sounds (Terhune and Bosker
2016). Holt et al. (2015) reported that changes in vocal modifications
can have increased energetic costs for individual marine mammals. A
negative correlation between the presence of some cetacean species and
the number of vessels in an area has been demonstrated by several
studies (e.g., Campana et al. 2015; Culloch et al. 2016).
Baleen whales are thought to be more sensitive to sound at these
low frequencies than are toothed whales (e.g., MacGillivray et al.
2014), possibly causing localized avoidance of the proposed survey area
during seismic operations. Reactions of gray and humpback whales to
vessels have been studied, and there is limited information available
about the reactions of right whales and rorquals (fin, blue, and minke
whales). Reactions of humpback whales to boats are variable, ranging
from approach to avoidance (Payne 1978; Salden 1993). Baker et al.
(1982, 1983) and Baker and Herman (1989) found humpbacks often move
away when vessels are within several kilometers. Humpbacks seem less
likely to react overtly when actively feeding than when resting or
engaged in other activities (Krieger and Wing 1984, 1986). Increased
levels of ship noise have been shown to affect foraging by humpback
whales (Blair et al. 2016). Fin whale sightings in the western
Mediterranean were negatively correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al. 2015). Minke whales and gray seals have shown
slight displacement in response to construction-related vessel traffic
(Anderwald et al. 2013).
Many odontocetes show considerable tolerance of vessel traffic,
although they sometimes react at long distances if confined by ice or
shallow water, if previously harassed by vessels, or have had little or
no recent exposure to ships (Richardson et al. 1995). Dolphins of many
species tolerate and sometimes approach vessels (e.g., Anderwald et al.
2013). Some dolphin species approach moving vessels to ride the bow or
stern waves (Williams et al. 1992). Pirotta et al. (2015) noted that
the physical presence of vessels, not just ship noise, disturbed the
foraging activity of bottlenose dolphins. Sightings of striped dolphin,
Risso's dolphin, sperm whale, and Cuvier's beaked whale in the western
Mediterranean were negatively correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al. 2015).
There are few data on the behavioral reactions of beaked whales to
vessel noise, though they seem to avoid approaching vessels (e.g.,
W[uuml]rsig et al. 1998) or dive for an extended period when approached
by a vessel (e.g., Kasuya 1986). Based on a single observation, Aguilar
Soto et al. (2006) suggest foraging efficiency of Cuvier's beaked
whales may be reduced by close approach of vessels.
In summary, project vessel sounds would not be at levels expected
to cause anything more than possible localized and temporary behavioral
changes in marine mammals, and would not be expected to result in
significant negative effects on individuals or at the population level.
In addition, in all oceans of the world, large vessel traffic is
currently so prevalent that it is commonly considered a usual source of
ambient sound (NSF-USGS 2011).
Ship Strike
Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result
in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship
strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or
propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal at the
surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit
the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut
by a vessel's propeller. Superficial strikes may not kill or result in
the death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated
with large whales (e.g., fin whales), which are occasionally found
draped across the bulbous bow of large commercial ships upon arrival in
port. Although smaller cetaceans are more maneuverable in relation to
large vessels than are large whales, they may also be susceptible to
strike. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and
speed of the vessel, with the probability of death or serious injury
increasing as vessel speed increases (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist
et al., 2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007; Conn and Silber, 2013).
Impact forces increase with speed, as does the probability of a strike
at a given distance (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
Pace and Silber (2005) also found that the probability of death or
serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed.
Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death
increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14
kn, and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions
result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to
increase the chance of severe injuries or death
[[Page 30505]]
through increased likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the
vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al., 1995). In a separate study,
Vanderlaan and Taggart (2007) analyzed the probability of lethal
mortality of large whales at a given speed, showing that the greatest
rate of change in the probability of a lethal injury to a large whale
as a function of vessel speed occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The chances
of a lethal injury decline from approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to
approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kn. At speeds below 11.8 kn, the
chances of lethal injury drop below 50 percent, while the probability
asymptotically increases toward one hundred percent above 15 kn.
The Langseth travels at a speed of 4.1 kt (7.6 km/h) while towing
seismic survey gear (LGL 2018). At this speed, both the possibility of
striking a marine mammal and the possibility of a strike resulting in
serious injury or mortality are discountable. At average transit speed,
the probability of serious injury or mortality resulting from a strike
is less than 50 percent. However, the likelihood of a strike actually
happening is again discountable. Ship strikes, as analyzed in the
studies cited above, generally involve commercial shipping, which is
much more common in both space and time than is geophysical survey
activity. Jensen and Silber (2004) summarized ship strikes of large
whales worldwide from 1975-2003 and found that most collisions occurred
in the open ocean and involved large vessels (e.g., commercial
shipping). No such incidents were reported for geophysical survey
vessels during that time period.
It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow
speeds. For example, a hydrographic survey vessel traveling at low
speed (5.5 kn) while conducting mapping surveys off the central
California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. The State of
California determined that the whale had suddenly and unexpectedly
surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the propeller severed
the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an unavoidable event. This
strike represents the only such incident in approximately 540,000 hours
of similar coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 x 10-\6\; 95%
CI = 0-5.5 x 10-\6\; NMFS, 2013b). In addition, a research
vessel reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the Atlantic,
demonstrating that it is possible for strikes involving smaller
cetaceans to occur. In that case, the incident report indicated that an
animal apparently was struck by the vessel's propeller as it was
intentionally swimming near the vessel. While indicative of the type of
unusual events that cannot be ruled out, neither of these instances
represents a circumstance that would be considered reasonably
foreseeable or that would be considered preventable.
Although the likelihood of the vessel striking a marine mammal is
low, we require a robust ship strike avoidance protocol (see ``Proposed
Mitigation''), which we believe eliminates any foreseeable risk of ship
strike. We anticipate that vessel collisions involving a seismic data
acquisition vessel towing gear, while not impossible, represent
unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive
measures. Given the required mitigation measures, the relatively slow
speed of the vessel towing gear, the presence of bridge crew watching
for obstacles at all times (including marine mammals), and the presence
of marine mammal observers, we believe that the possibility of ship
strike is discountable and, further, that were a strike of a large
whale to occur, it would be unlikely to result in serious injury or
mortality. No incidental take resulting from ship strike is
anticipated, and this potential effect of the specified activity will
not be discussed further in the following analysis.
Stranding--When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto
shore and becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the
event is a ``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002;
Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a
stranding under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is
(i) on a beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters);
or (B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water,
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters),
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or
without assistance.''
Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike,
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series.
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships,
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce
the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003;
Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a;
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004).
Use of military tactical sonar has been implicated in a majority of
investigated stranding events. Most known stranding events have
involved beaked whales, though a small number have involved deep-diving
delphinids or sperm whales (e.g., Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et
al., 2013). In general, long duration (~1 second) and high-intensity
sounds (>235 dB SPL) have been implicated in stranding events
(Hildebrand, 2004). With regard to beaked whales, mid-frequency sound
is typically implicated (when causation can be determined) (Hildebrand,
2004). Although seismic airguns create predominantly low-frequency
energy, the signal does include a mid-frequency component. We have
considered the potential for the proposed surveys to result in marine
mammal stranding and have concluded that, based on the best available
information, stranding is not expected to occur.
Effects to Prey--Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and
location and, for some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds
which are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds.
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pulsed
sound on fish, although several are based on studies in support of
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and
Hastings, 2009). Sound pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause
subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable
changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs
of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. The most likely impact to fish from survey activities at the
project area would be temporary avoidance of the
[[Page 30506]]
area. The duration of fish avoidance of a given area after survey
effort stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior is anticipated.
Information on seismic airgun impacts to zooplankton, which
represent an important prey type for mysticetes, is limited. However,
McCauley et al. (2017) reported that experimental exposure to a pulse
from a 150 inch\3\ airgun decreased zooplankton abundance when compared
with controls, as measured by sonar and net tows, and caused a two- to
threefold increase in dead adult and larval zooplankton. Although no
adult krill were present, the study found that all larval krill were
killed after air gun passage. Impacts were observed out to the maximum
1.2 km range sampled.
In general, impacts to marine mammal prey are expected to be
limited due to the relatively small temporal and spatial overlap
between the proposed survey and any areas used by marine mammal prey
species. The proposed use of airguns as part of an active seismic array
survey would occur over a relatively short time period (~32 days) at
two locations and would occur over a very small area relative to the
area available as marine mammal habitat in the Pacific Ocean near
Hawaii and the Emperor Seamounts. We believe any impacts to marine
mammals due to adverse affects to their prey would be insignificant due
to the limited spatial and temporal impact of the proposed survey.
However, adverse impacts may occur to a few species of fish and to
zooplankton.
Acoustic Habitat--Acoustic habitat is the soundscape--which
encompasses all of the sound present in a particular location and time,
as a whole--when considered from the perspective of the animals
experiencing it. Animals produce sound for, or listen for sounds
produced by, conspecifics (communication during feeding, mating, and
other social activities), other animals (finding prey or avoiding
predators), and the physical environment (finding suitable habitats,
navigating). Together, sounds made by animals and the geophysical
environment (e.g., produced by earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
waves) make up the natural contributions to the total acoustics of a
place. These acoustic conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one
attribute of an animal's total habitat.
Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced
by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include
incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be
intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays). Anthropogenic noise varies
widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these
characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated
effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on
masking under ``Acoustic Effects''), which may range from local effects
for brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for
long durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals
may alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or
adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber et
al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011; Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et
al., 2014.
Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to
occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically
relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey
detection (Francis and Barber, 2013). Although the signals emitted by
seismic airgun arrays are generally low frequency, they would also
likely be of short duration and transient in any given area due to the
nature of these surveys. As described previously, exploratory surveys
such as these cover a large area but would be transient rather than
focused in a given location over time and therefore would not be
considered chronic in any given location.
In summary, activities associated with the proposed action are not
likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish habitat or
populations of fish species or on the quality of acoustic habitat.
Thus, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or
their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is ``small'' and the
negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use
of seismic airguns has the potential to result in disruption of
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) for mysticetes and
high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae spp.), due to larger predicted
auditory injury zones for those functional hearing groups. The proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the
severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
Auditory injury is unlikely to occur for mid-frequency species
given very small modeled zones of injury for those species (13.6 m).
Moreover, the source level of the array is a theoretical definition
assuming a point source and measurement in the far-field of the source
(MacGillivray, 2006). As described by Caldwell and Dragoset (2000), an
array is not a point source, but one that spans a small area. In the
far-field, individual elements in arrays will effectively work as one
source because individual pressure peaks will have coalesced into one
relatively broad pulse. The array can then be considered a ``point
source.'' For distances within the near-field, i.e., approximately 2-3
times the array dimensions, pressure peaks from individual elements do
not arrive simultaneously because the observation point is not
equidistant from each element. The effect is destructive interference
of the outputs of each element, so that peak pressures in the near-
field will be significantly lower than the output of the largest
individual element. Here, the 230 dB peak isopleth distances would in
all cases be expected to be within the near-field of the array where
the definition of source level breaks down. Therefore, actual locations
within this distance of the array center where the sound level exceeds
230 dB peak SPL would not necessarily exist. In general, Caldwell and
Dragoset (2000) suggest that the near-field for airgun arrays is
considered to extend out to approximately 250 m.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is
estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering:
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur
some
[[Page 30507]]
degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water
that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and (4) and
the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these components
in more detail and present the exposure estimate and associated numbers
of take proposed for authorization.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,
Ellison et al. 2012). Based on the best available science and the
practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is both
predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a generalized
acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the onset of
behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are likely to
be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider to fall under Level B
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive
(e.g., seismic airguns) sources. L-DEO's proposed activity includes the
use of impulsive seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) criteria is applicable for analysis of level B harassment.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). The
Technical Guidance identifies the received levels, or thresholds, above
which individual marine mammals are predicted to experience changes in
their hearing sensitivity for all underwater anthropogenic sound
sources, reflects the best available science, and better predicts the
potential for auditory injury than does NMFS' historical criteria.
These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both
the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are
provided in Table 2 below. The references, analysis, and methodology
used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016
Technical Guidance. As described above, L-DEO's proposed activity
includes the use of intermittent and impulsive seismic sources.
Table 2--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift in Marine Mammals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset thresholds
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive * Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has
a reference value of 1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National
Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating
frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ``flat'' is
being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the
designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and
that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be
exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it
is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the
relevant acoustic thresholds.
The proposed surveys would acquire data with the 36-airgun array
with a total discharge of 6,600 in\3\ at a maximum tow depth of 12 m.
L-DEO model results are used to determine the 160-dBrms radius for the
36-airgun array and 40-in\3\ airgun at a 12-m tow depth in deep water
(>1000 m) down to a maximum water depth of 2,000 m. Received sound
levels were predicted by L-DEO's model (Diebold et al., 2010) which
uses ray tracing for the direct wave traveling from the array to the
receiver and its associated source ghost (reflection at the air-water
interface in the vicinity of the array), in a constant-velocity half-
space (infinite homogeneous ocean layer, unbounded by a seafloor). In
addition, propagation measurements of pulses from the 36-airgun array
at a tow depth of 6 m have been reported in deep water (approximately
1600 m), intermediate water depth on the slope (approximately 600-1100
m), and shallow water (approximately 50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico in
2007-2008 (Tolstoy et al. 2009; Diebold et al. 2010).
For deep and intermediate-water cases, the field measurements
cannot be used readily to derive Level A and Level B isopleths, as at
those sites the calibration hydrophone was located at a roughly
constant depth of 350-500 m, which may not intersect all the sound
pressure level (SPL) isopleths at their widest point from the sea
surface down to the maximum relevant water depth for marine mammals of
~2,000 m. At short ranges, where the direct arrivals dominate and the
effects of seafloor interactions are minimal, the data
[[Page 30508]]
recorded at the deep and slope sites are suitable for comparison with
modeled levels at the depth of the calibration hydrophone. At longer
ranges, the comparison with the model--constructed from the maximum SPL
through the entire water column at varying distances from the airgun
array--is the most relevant.
In deep and intermediate-water depths, comparisons at short ranges
between sound levels for direct arrivals recorded by the calibration
hydrophone and model results for the same array tow depth are in good
agreement (Fig. 12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS, 2011).
Consequently, isopleths falling within this domain can be predicted
reliably by the L-DEO model, although they may be imperfectly sampled
by measurements recorded at a single depth. At greater distances, the
calibration data show that seafloor-reflected and sub-seafloor-
refracted arrivals dominate, whereas the direct arrivals become weak
and/or incoherent. Aside from local topography effects, the region
around the critical distance is where the observed levels rise closest
to the model curve. However, the observed sound levels are found to
fall almost entirely below the model curve. Thus, analysis of the GoM
calibration measurements demonstrates that although simple, the L-DEO
model is a robust tool for conservatively estimating isopleths.
For deep water (>1,000 m), L-DEO used the deep-water radii obtained
from model results down to a maximum water depth of 2000 m. The radii
for intermediate water depths (100-1,000 m) were derived from the deep-
water ones by applying a correction factor (multiplication) of 1.5,
such that observed levels at very near offsets fall below the corrected
mitigation curve (See Fig. 16 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS, 2011).
Measurements have not been reported for the single 40-in\3\ airgun.
L-DEO model results are used to determine the 160-dB (rms) radius for
the 40-in\3\ airgun at a 12 m tow depth in deep water (See LGL 2018,
Figure A-2). For intermediate-water depths, a correction factor of 1.5
was applied to the deep-water model results.
L-DEO's modeling methodology is described in greater detail in the
IHA application (LGL 2018). The estimated distances to the Level B
harassment isopleth for the Langseth's 36-airgun array and single 40-
in\3\ airgun are shown in Table 3.
Table 3--Predicted Radial Distances From R/V Langseth Seismic Source to Isopleths Corresponding to Level B
Harassment Threshold
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Predicted distances
Source and volume Tow depth (m) Water depth (m) (in m) to the 160-dB
received sound level
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single Bolt airgun, 40 in\3\.................. 12 >1000 \1\ 431
100-1000 \2\ 647
4 strings, 36 airguns, 6,600 in\3\............ 12 >1000 \1\ 6,733
100-1000 \2\ 10,100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results.
\2\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results with a 1.5 x correction factor between deep and intermediate water
depths.
Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary
based on marine mammal hearing groups, were calculated based on
modeling performed by L-DEO using the NUCLEUS software program and the
NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The updated acoustic thresholds
for impulsive sounds (e.g., airguns) contained in the Technical
Guidance were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure metrics (NMFS 2016). As dual
metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. In recognition of
the fact that the requirement to calculate Level A harassment
ensonified areas could be more technically challenging to predict due
to the duration component and the use of weighting functions in the new
SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an optional User
Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that
can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to
facilitate the estimation of take numbers.
The values for SELcum and peak SPL for the Langseth
airgun array were derived from calculating the modified farfield
signature (Table 4). The farfield signature is often used as a
theoretical representation of the source level. To compute the farfield
signature, the source level is estimated at a large distance below the
array (e.g., 9 km), and this level is back projected mathematically to
a notional distance of 1 m from the array's geometrical center.
However, when the source is an array of multiple airguns separated in
space, the source level from the theoretical farfield signature is not
necessarily the best measurement of the source level that is physically
achieved at the source (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at short
ranges, distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure from each
individual airgun in the source array do not stack constructively, as
they do for the theoretical farfield signature. The pulses from the
different airguns spread out in time such that the source levels
observed or modeled are the result of the summation of pulses from a
few airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al. 2009). At larger
distances, away from the source array center, sound pressure of all the
airguns in the array stack coherently, but not within one time sample,
resulting in smaller source levels (a few dB) than the source level
derived from the farfield signature. Because the farfield signature
does not take into account the large array effect near the source and
is calculated as a point source, the modified farfield signature is a
more appropriate measure of the sound source level for distributed
sound sources, such as airgun arrays. L-DEO used the acoustic modeling
methodology as used for Level B harassment with a small grid step of 1
m in both the inline and depth directions. The propagation modeling
takes into account all airgun interactions at short distances from the
source, including interactions between subarrays which are modeled
using the NUCLEUS software to estimate the notional signature and
MATLAB software to calculate the pressure signal at each mesh point of
a grid.
[[Page 30509]]
Table 4--Modeled Source Levels Based on Modified Farfield Signature for the R/V Langseth 6,600 in\3\ Airgun Array, and single 40 in\3\ Airgun
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency Mid frequency High frequency Phocid pinnipeds Otariid pinnipeds
cetaceans cetaceans cetaceans (underwater) (underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 219 dB; (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; (Lpk,flat: 218 dB; (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) LE,MF,24h: 185 dB LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) LE,HF,24h: 203 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6,600 in\3\ airgun array (Peak SPLflat)............. 252.06 252.65 253.24 252.25 252.52
6,600 in\3\ airgun array (SELcum)................... 232.98 232.83 233.08 232.83 232.07
40 in\3\ airgun (Peak SPLflat)...................... 223.93 N.A. 223.92 223.95 N.A.
40 in\3\ airgun (SELcum)............................ 202.99 202.89 204.37 202.89 202.35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to more realistically incorporate the Technical Guidance's
weighting functions over the seismic array's full acoustic band,
unweighted spectrum data for the Langseth's airgun array (modeled in 1
hertz (Hz) bands) was used to make adjustments (dB) to the unweighted
spectrum levels, by frequency, according to the weighting functions for
each relevant marine mammal hearing group. These adjusted/weighted
spectrum levels were then converted to pressures ([mu]Pa) in order to
integrate them over the entire broadband spectrum, resulting in
broadband weighted source levels by hearing group that could be
directly incorporated within the User Spreadsheet (i.e., to override
the Spreadsheet's more simple weighting factor adjustment). Using the
User Spreadsheet's ``safe distance'' methodology for mobile sources
(described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the hearing group-specific
weighted source levels, and inputs assuming spherical spreading
propagation and source velocities and shot intervals specific to each
of the three planned surveys (Table 1), potential radial distances to
auditory injury zones were then calculated for SELcum
thresholds.
Inputs to the User Spreadsheets in the form of estimated SLs are
shown in Table 5. User Spreadsheets used by L-DEO to estimate distances
to Level A harassment isopleths for the 36-airgun array and single 40
in\3\ airgun for the surveys are shown is Tables A-2, A-3, A-5, and A-8
in Appendix A of the IHA application (LGL 2018). Outputs from the User
Spreadsheets in the form of estimated distances to Level A harassment
isopleths for the surveys are shown in Table 5. As described above,
NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the dual metrics (SELcum and Peak
SPLflat) is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest
isopleth).
Table 5--Modeled Radial Distances (m) to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A Harassment Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency Mid frequency High frequency Phocid pinnipeds Otariid pinnipeds
cetaceans cetaceans cetaceans (underwater) (underwater)
(Lpk,flat: 219 dB; (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; (Lpk,flat: 218 dB; (Lpk,flat: 232 dB;
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) LE,MF,24h: 185 dB LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) LE,HF,24h: 203 dB)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6,600 in\3\ airgun array (Peak SPLflat)............. 38.9 13.6 268.3 43.7 10.6
6,600 in\3\ airgun array (SELcum)................... 320.2 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
40 in\3\ airgun (Peak SPLflat)...................... 1.76 N.A. 12.5 1.98 N.A.
40 in\3\ airgun (SELcum)............................ 2.38 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note that because of some of the assumptions included in the
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree,
which will ultimately result in some degree of overestimate of Level A
harassment. However, these tools offer the best way to predict
appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated modeling methods are not
available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine
these tools and will qualitatively address the output where
appropriate. For mobile sources, such as the proposed seismic survey,
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations. The best available scientific information was considered
in conducting marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for
estimating take).
In the proposed survey area in the Hawaiian EEZ, densities from
Bradford et al. (2017) were used, when available. For the pygmy sperm
whale, dwarf sperm whale, and spinner dolphin, densities from Barlow et
al. (2009) were used because densities were not provided by Bradford et
al. (2017). For the humpback, minke, and killer whales, the calculated
take was increased to mean group size, based on Bradford et al. (2017).
For Hawaiian monk seals, NMFS recommended following the methods used by
the U.S. Navy (Navy 2017a) to determine densities. L-DEO followed a
similar method, but did not correct for hauled out animals as haul-out
sites are not accessible in offshore areas. We determined density by
dividing the number of animals expected to occur in the Hawaiian EEZ in
water depths >200 m. According to the U.S. Navy (Navy 2017a), 90
percent of the population may be found within the 200-m isobath;
therefore 10 percent of the population (127 of 1272 animals; Carretta
et al. 2017) is expected to occur outside of the 200-m isobath. The
area within the Hawaii EEZ but outside of the 200-m isobath was
estimated by the U.S. Navy to be 2,461,994 km\2\ (Navy 2017a). Thus, we
estimated the average density of monk seals at sea where they could be
[[Page 30510]]
exposed to seismic sounds as 127/2,461,994 km\2\ = 0.0000517/km\2\. No
haul-out factors were used to adjust this density, as it is not
possible that animals would haul out beyond the 200-m isobath.
Densities for the Hawaii portion of the survey are shown in Table 7.
There are very few published data on the densities of cetaceans or
pinnipeds in the Emperor Seamounts area, so NMFS relied on a range of
sources to establish marine mammal densities. As part of the Navy's
Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas
Environmental Impact Statement for SURTASS LFA Sonar Routine Training,
Testing, and Military Operations, the Navy modelled densities for a
designated mission area northeast of Japan during the summer season.
These values were used for the North Pacific right whale, sei whale,
fin whale, sperm whale, Cuvier's beaked whale, Stejneger's beaked
whale, and Baird's beaked whale.
For northern right whale dolphin, Dall's porpoise, and northern fur
seal, L-DEO used densities from Buckland et al. (1993). Forney and Wade
(2006) reported a density of 0.3/100 km\2\ for killer whales at
latitudes 43-48[deg] N where the proposed survey would be conducted.
Although Miyashita (1993) published data on the abundance of striped,
Pantropical spotted, bottlenose, and Risso's dolphins, and false killer
and short-finned pilot whales in the Northwest Pacific Ocean as far
north as 41[deg] N, the distributional range of the Pantropical spotted
and bottlenose dolphins does not extend as far north as the proposed
survey area. For the other species, we used data from 40-41[deg] N,
160-180[deg] E to calculate densities and estimate the numbers of
individuals that could be exposed to seismic sounds during the proposed
survey. Risso's dolphin, false killer whale, and short-finned pilot
whale are expected to be rare in the proposed survey area, and the
calculated densities were zero. Thus, we used the mean group size from
Bradford et al. (2017) for Risso's dolphin and short-finned pilot
whale, and the mean group size of false killer whales from Barlow
(2006).
The short-beaked common dolphin is expected to be rare in the
Emperor Seamounts survey area; thus, there are no density estimates
available. L-DEO used the mean group size (rounded up) for the
California Current from Barlow (2016). The density of Bryde's whale in
the proposed survey area was assumed to be zero, based on information
from Hakamada et al. (2009, 2017) and Forney et al. (2015); its known
distribution range does not appear to extend that far north. For this
species, L-DEO rounded up the mean group size from Bradford et al.
(2017). For pygmy and dwarf sperm whales NMFS assumed densities in the
Emperor Seamounts would be equivalent to those in the Hawaii survey are
and used densities from Bradford et al. 2017.
The densities for the remaining species were obtained from
calculations using data from the papers presented to the IWC. For blue
and humpback whales, L-DEO used a weighted mean density from Matsuoka
et al. (2009) for the years 1994-2007 and Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015)
for the years 2008-2014. L-DEO used Matsuoka et al. (2009) instead of
Matsuoka et al. (2015), as the later document did not contain all of
the necessary information to calculate densities. L-DEO used densities
for their Block 9N which coincides with the proposed Emperor Seamounts
survey area. The density for each survey period was weighted by the
number of years in the survey period; that is, 14 years for Matsuoka et
al. (2009) and 7 years for Hakamada and Matsuoka (2015), to obtain a
final density for the 21-year period. For minke whales L-DEO used the
estimates of numbers of whales in survey blocks overlapping the Emperor
Seamounts survey area from Hakamada et al. (2009); densities were
estimated by dividing the number of whales in Block 9N by the area of
Block 9N. For gray whales, NMFS used a paper by Rugh et al. (2005) that
looked at abundance of eastern DPS gray whales. The paper provides mean
group sizes for their surveys, which ranged from 1 to 2 individuals.
For purposes of estimating exposures we will assume that the western
DPS group sizes would not vary greatly from the eastern DPS. As such,
NMFS assumes that there will be two western DPS gray whales Level B
takes, based on mean group size.
Finally, no northern elephant seals have been reported during any
of the above surveys although Buckland et al. (1993) estimated fur seal
abundance during their surveys. Telemetry studies, however, indicate
that elephant seals do forage as far west as the proposed Emperor
Seamounts survey area. Here, L-DEO assumed a density of 0.00831/1000
km\2\, which is 10 percent of that used by LGL Limited (2017) for an
area off the west coast of the United States. However, densities of
northern elephant seals in the region are expected to be much less than
densities of northern fur seals. For species that are unlikely to occur
in the survey area, such as ribbon seals, proposed exposures are set at
5 individuals. Densities for Emperor are shown in Table 8.
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. In order to estimate
the number of marine mammals predicted to be exposed to sound levels
that would result in Level A harassment or Level B harassment, radial
distances from the airgun array to predicted isopleths corresponding to
the Level A harassment and Level B harassment thresholds are
calculated, as described above. Those radial distances are then used to
calculate the area(s) around the airgun array predicted to be
ensonified to sound levels that exceed the Level A harassment and Level
B harassment thresholds. The area estimated to be ensonified in a
single day of the survey is then calculated (Table 6), based on the
areas predicted to be ensonified around the array and the estimated
trackline distance traveled per day. This number is then multiplied by
the number of survey days. Active seismic operations are planned for 13
days at Emperor Seamounts and 19 days at Hawaii.
Table 6--Areas (km\2\) Estimated To Be Ensonified to Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds, per Day for Hawaii and Emperor Seamounts Surveys
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily Total
Survey Criteria ensonified Total survey 25% increase ensonified Relevant
area (km \2\) days area (km \2\) isopleth (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaii Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multi-depth line (intermediate water)... 160 dB........................ 538.5 12 1.25 8076.9 10,100
Multi-depth line (deep water)........... 160 dB........................ 2349.8 12 1.25 35246.4 6,733
[[Page 30511]]
Multi-depth line (total)................ 160 dB........................ 2888.2 12 1.25 43323.3 6,733
Deep-water line......................... 160 dB........................ 2566.3 7 1.25 22455.1 6,733
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaii Level A \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaii.................................. LF Cetacean................... 115.6 19 1.25 2745.4 320.2
MF Cetacean................... 4.9 19 1.25 116.3 13.6
HF Cetacean................... 96.8 19 1.25 2299.3 268.3
Phocid........................ 15.7 19 1.25 373.8 43.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts....................... 160 dB........................ 2566.3 13 1.25 41702.4 6,733
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts Level A \1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emperor Seamounts....................... LF Cetacean................... 115.6 13 1.25 1878.4 320.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MF Cetacean................... 4.9 13 1.25 79.6 13.6
HF Cetacean................... 96.8 13 1.25 1573.2 268.3
Phocid........................ 15.7 13 1.25 255.7 43.7
Otariid....................... 3.8 13 1.25 62 10.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Level A ensonified areas are estimated based on the greater of the distances calculated to Level A isopleths using dual criteria (SELcum and
peakSPL).
The product is then multiplied by 1.25 to account for the
additional 25 percent contingency. This results in an estimate of the
total areas (km\2\) expected to be ensonified to the Level A harassment
and Level B harassment thresholds. For purposes of Level B take
calculations, areas estimated to be ensonified to Level A harassment
thresholds are subtracted from total areas estimated to be ensonified
to Level B harassment thresholds in order to avoid double counting the
animals taken (i.e., if an animal is taken by Level A harassment, it is
not also counted as taken by Level B harassment). The marine mammals
predicted to occur within these respective areas, based on estimated
densities, are assumed to be incidentally taken.
Estimated exposures for the Hawaii survey and the Emperor Seamounts
survey are shown respectively in Table 7 and Table 8.
Table 7--Densities, Estimated Level A and Level B Exposures, and Percentage of Stock or Population Exposed During Hawaii Survey
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes proposed for
Density (#/ Total Percentage authorization
Species Stock 1000 km\2\ ) exposures Level A Level B of stock/ -------------------------
population Level A Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mysticetes:
Humpback Whale................. Central North Pacific .............. \4\ 2 ........... 2 <0.01 0 2
Western North Pacific .............. ........... 0.2 ........... ........... ........... ...........
Minke whale.................... Hawaii............... \3\ 0 \4\ 1 0 0 <0.01 0 1
Bryde's whale.................. Hawaii............... \1\ 0.72 49 2 47 2.8 2 47
Sei whale...................... Hawaii............... \1\ 0.16 11 0 11 6.2 0 11
Fin whale...................... Hawaii............... \1\ 0.06 4 0 4 2.7 0 4
Blue whale..................... Central north Pacific \1\ 0.05 5 0 5 3.9 0 5
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale.................... Hawaii............... \1\ 1.86 122 0 122 2.7 0 122
Pygmy sperm whale.............. Hawaii............... \2\ 2.91 198 7 191 2.8 7 191
Dwarf sperm whale.............. Hawaii............... \2\ 7.14 486 16 470 2.8 16 470
Cuvier's beaked whale.......... Hawaii pelagic....... \1\ 0.30 20 0 20 2.7 0 20
Longman's beaked whale......... Hawaii............... \1\ 3.11 205 0 205 2.7 0 205
Blainville's beaked whale...... Hawaii pelagic....... \1\ 0.86 57 0 57 2.7 0 57
Ginkgo-toothed beaked whale.... N/A.................. \6\ 0.63 41 0 41 0.16 0 41
Deraniygala's beaked whale..... N/A.................. \6\ 0.63 41 0 41 0.16 0 41
Hubb's beaked whale............ N/A.................. \6\ 0.63 41 0 41 0.16 0 41
Rough-toothed dolphin.......... Hawaii............... \1\ 29.63 1,952 3 1,949 2.7 0 1,952
Common bottlenose dolphin...... HI Pelagic........... \1\ 8.99 592 1 591 \7\ 2.7 0 592
Oahu................. 0.4 ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
4 islands............ 1.5 ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
HI Islands........... 2.3 ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
Pantropical spotted dolphin.... HI Pelagic........... \1\ 23.32 1,534 3 1531 \8\ 1.3 0 1,354
[[Page 30512]]
Oahu................. N.A. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
4 island............. N.A. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
HI Islands........... N.A. ........... ........... ........... ........... ........... ...........
Spinner dolphin................ HI Pelagic........... \2\ 6.99 461 1 460 N.A. 0 461
HI Island............ .............. ........... ........... ........... \9\ 10.9 ........... ...........
Oahu/4 island........ .............. ........... ........... ........... 19.4 ........... ...........
Striped dolphin................ HI Pelagic........... \1\ 5.36 354 1 353 0.6 0 354
Fraser's dolphin............... Hawaii............... \1\ 21.0 1,383 2 1381 2.7 0 1,383
Risso's dolphin................ Hawaii............... \1\ 4.74 313 1 312 2.7 0 313
Melon-headed whale............. HI Islands........... \1\ 3.54 233 0 233 \10\ 2.4 0 233
Kohala resident...... .............. ........... ........... ........... 5.2 ........... ...........
Pygmy killer whale............. Hawaii............... \1\ 4.35 287 1 286 2.7 0 287
False killer whale............. MHI Insular.......... \5\ 0.0.09 6 0 6 3.5 0 6
HI Pelagic........... \5\ 0.06 4 0 4 0.26 0 4
Killer whale................... Hawaiian Islands..... \1\ 0.06 \4\ 5 0 4 2.7 0 5
Short-finned pilot whale....... Hawaii............... \1\ 7.97 525 1 524 2.7 0 525
Pinnipeds:
Hawaiian monk seal............. Hawaii............... \3\ 0.051 3 0 3 0.15 0 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Bradford et al. 2017.
\2\ Barlow et al. 2009.
\3\ U.S. Department of the Navy. (2017a). U.S. Navy Marine Species Density Database Phase III for the Hawaii-Southern California Training and Testing
Study Area. NAVFAC Pacific Technical Report. Naval Facilities Engineering Command Pacific, Pearl Harbor, HI. 274 pp. Navy, 2017.
\4\ Requested take authorization (Level B only) increased to mean group size from Bradford et al., 2017.
\5\ Bradford et al. 2015.
\6\ From Bradford et al. (2017) for `Unidentified Mesoplodon' proportioned equally among Mesoplodon spp., except M. densirostris.
\7\ Assumes 98.5 percent of proposed takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (583) with remaining 9 animals split evenly among Oahu, 4 Islands, and Hawaiian
Islands stock.
\8\ Assumes 50 percent of proposed takes are from Hawaii pelagic stock (767) since most sightings occur in waters between 1,500 -5,000 m. The remainder
are split evenly (256) between Hawaiian Islands, 4 islands, and Oahu stocks. Populations of insular stocks are unknown.
\9\ Assumes 70 percent of proposed takes from Hawaii pelagic stock (323) since most of the survey tracklines will occur outside of boundary ranges of
Hawaii Island and Oahu/4 island stocks. Assumes remaining takes (138) are split evenly between Hawaii Island (69) and Oahu/4 island (69) stocks.
\10\ Assumes 90 percent of takes from Hawaiian Islands stock (210) and 10 percent from Kohala resident stock which has a small range.
Table 8--Densities, Estimated Level A and Level B Exposures, Percentage of Stock or Population Exposed, and Number of Takes Proposed for Authorization
During Emperor Seamounts Survey
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes proposed for
Estimated Total Level A Level B % of Pop. authorization
Species Stock density (#/ exposures takes takes (total -------------------------
1000 km \2\) takes) Level A Level B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mysticetes.........................
Gray whale......................... N/A.................. N.A. \2\ 2 0 2 1.43 0 2
North Pacific right whale.......... N/A/................. \1\ 0.01 \10\ 2 0 0 0.44 0 2
Humpback whale..................... Central North Pacific \1\ 0.41 16 1 15 \11\ 0.16 1 16
Western North Pacific 2 0 2 \11\ 0.18 0 2
DPS.
Minke whale........................ N/A.................. 2.48 108 5 103 0.49 5 108
Bryde's whale...................... N/A.................. N.A. \3\ 2 N.A. N.A. <0.01 0 2
Sei whale.......................... N/A.................. \1\ 0.29 13 1 12 0.05 1 12
Fin whale.......................... N/A.................. \1\ 0.20 9 0 8 0.06 0 8
Blue whale......................... Central north Pacific 0.13 5 0 5 3.7 0 5
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale.................... N/A.................. \1\ 2.20 92 0 92 0.31 0 92
Pygmy sperm whale.............. N/A.................. \4\ 2.91 126 5 121 1.76 5 121
Dwarf sperm whale.............. N/A.................. \4\ 7.14 309 11 298 1.76 11 298
Cuvier's beaked whale.......... N/A.................. \1\ 5.40 225 0 225 1.13 0 225
Stejner's beaked whale......... Alaska............... \1\ 0.5 21 0 21 0.08 0 21
Baird's beaked whale........... N/A.................. \1\ 2.9 121 0 121 1.19 0 121
Short-beaked common dolphin.... N/A.................. \5\ 180 N.A. N.A. N.A. <0.01 0 180
Striped dolphin................ N/A.................. \6\ 9.21 385 1 384 0.04 0 385
Pacific white-sided dolphin.... N/A.................. \7\ 68.81 2,875 5 2,870 0.29 0 2,875
Northern right whale dolphin... N/A.................. \7\ 3.37 141 0 141 0.05 0 141
Risso's dolphin................ N/A.................. \3\ 27 1,128 2 1,126 1.02 0 1,128
False killer whale............. N/A.................. \5\ 10 418 1 417 2.51 0 418
Killer whale................... N/A.................. \8\ 3.00 125 0 125 1.47 0 125
Short-finned pilot whale....... N/A.................. \3\ 41 1,713 3 1,710 3.2 0 1,713
Dall's porpoise................ N/A.................. 35.46 1,535 56 1,479 0.13 56 1,479
Pinnipeds:
Northern fur seal.............. N/A.................. \7\ 3.56 149 0 148 0.01 0 148
Northern elephant seal......... N/A.................. 8.31 349 2 347 0.16 2 347
Ribbon seal.................... Alaska............... N.A. \9\ 5 0 5 <0.01 0 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Navy 2017b. Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement/Supplemental Overseas Environmental Impact Statement.
[[Page 30513]]
\2\ Mean group size based on Rugh et al. (2005).
\3\ Mean group size from Bradford et al. (2017).
\4\ Bradford et al. (2017).
\5\ Mean group size from Barlow (2016).
\6\ Miyashita (1993).
\7\ Buckland et al. (1993).
\8\ Forney and Wade (2006).
\9\ Estimated exposures increased to 5 for pinnipeds.
\10\ Mean group size from Matsuoka et al. (2009).
\11\ Based on population size, take is split proportionally between central north Pacific (91.2 percent of total take) and western north Pacific DPS
stocks (9.8 percent of total take).
Estimated exposures are tabulated in Table 7 and Table 8. The sum
will be the total number of takes proposed for authorization. Table 7
and Table 8 contain the numbers of animals proposed for authorized
take.
It should be noted that the proposed take numbers shown in Tables 7
and 8 are expected to be conservative for several reasons. First, in
the calculations of estimated take, 25 percent has been added in the
form of operational survey days to account for the possibility of
additional seismic operations associated with airgun testing and repeat
coverage of any areas where initial data quality is sub-standard, and
in recognition of the uncertainties in the density estimates used to
estimate take as described above. Additionally, marine mammals would be
expected to move away from a loud sound source that represents an
aversive stimulus, such as an airgun array, potentially reducing the
number of Level A takes. However, the extent to which marine mammals
would move away from the sound source is difficult to quantify and is,
therefore, not accounted for in the take estimates.
Note that for some marine mammal species, we propose to authorize a
different number of incidental takes than the number of incidental
takes requested by L-DEO (see Table 5 and Table 6 in the IHA
application for requested take numbers).
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, ``and other means of effecting the least practicable impact
on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for taking'' for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) the manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on
operations,.
L-DEO has reviewed mitigation measures employed during seismic
research surveys authorized by NMFS under previous incidental
harassment authorizations, as well as recommended best practices in
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and Dolman
(2007), Nowacek et al. (2013), Wright (2014), and Wright and Cosentino
(2015), and has incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures
into their project description based on the above sources.
To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli
associated with the activities, L-DEO has proposed to implement
mitigation measures for marine mammals. Mitigation measures that would
be adopted during the proposed surveys include (1) Vessel-based visual
mitigation monitoring; (2) Vessel-based passive acoustic monitoring;
(3) Establishment of an exclusion zone; (4) Power down procedures; (5)
Shutdown procedures; (6) Ramp-up procedures; and (7) Vessel strike
avoidance measures.
Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring
Visual monitoring requires the use of trained observers (herein
referred to as visual PSOs) to scan the ocean surface visually for the
presence of marine mammals. The area to be scanned visually includes
primarily the exclusion zone, but also the buffer zone. The buffer zone
means an area beyond the exclusion zone to be monitored for the
presence of marine mammals that may enter the exclusion zone. During
pre-clearance monitoring (i.e., before ramp-up begins), the buffer zone
also acts as an extension of the exclusion zone in that observations of
marine mammals within the buffer zone would also prevent airgun
operations from beginning (i.e. ramp-up). The buffer zone encompasses
the area at and below the sea surface from the edge of the 0-500 meter
exclusion zone, out to a radius of 1,000 meters from the edges of the
airgun array (500-1,000 meters). Visual monitoring of the exclusion
zones and adjacent waters is intended to establish and, when visual
conditions allow, maintain zones around the sound source that are clear
of marine mammals, thereby reducing or eliminating the potential for
injury and minimizing the potential for more severe behavioral
reactions for animals occurring close to the vessel. Visual monitoring
of the buffer zone is intended to (1) provide additional protection to
na[iuml]ve marine mammals that may be in the area during pre-clearance,
and (2) during airgun use, aid in establishing and maintaining the
exclusion zone by alerting the visual observer and crew of marine
mammals that are outside of, but may approach and enter, the exclusion
zone.
L-DEO must use at least five dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved
Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The PSOs must have no tasks other
than to conduct observational effort, record observational data, and
communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the
presence of marine mammals and mitigation requirements. PSO resumes
shall be provided to NMFS for approval.
At least one of the visual and two of the acoustic PSOs aboard the
vessel must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea
[[Page 30514]]
experience working in those roles, respectively, during a deep
penetration (i.e., ``high energy'') seismic survey, with no more than
18 months elapsed since the conclusion of the at-sea experience. One
visual PSO with such experience shall be designated as the lead for the
entire protected species observation team. The lead PSO shall serve as
primary point of contact for the vessel operator and ensure all PSO
requirements per the IHA are met. To the maximum extent practicable,
the experienced PSOs should be scheduled to be on duty with those PSOs
with appropriate training but who have not yet gained relevant
experience.
During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the
acoustic source is planned to occur, and whenever the acoustic source
is in the water, whether activated or not), a minimum of two visual
PSOs must be on duty and conducting visual observations at all times
during daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through
30 minutes following sunset) and 30 minutes prior to and during
nighttime ramp-ups of the airgun array. Visual monitoring of the
exclusion and buffer zones must begin no less than 30 minutes prior to
ramp-up and must continue until one hour after use of the acoustic
source ceases or until 30 minutes past sunset. Visual PSOs shall
coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual coverage around the vessel from
the most appropriate observation posts, and shall conduct visual
observations using binoculars and the naked eye while free from
distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and diligent manner. PSOs
shall establish and monitor the exclusion and buffer zones. These zones
shall be based upon the radial distance from the edges of the acoustic
source (rather than being based on the center of the array or around
the vessel itself). During use of the acoustic source (i.e., anytime
airguns are active, including ramp-up), occurrences of marine mammals
within the buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) shall be
communicated to the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown of the acoustic source.
During use of the airgun (i.e., anytime the acoustic source is
active, including ramp-up), occurrences of marine mammals within the
buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) should be communicated to
the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown or powerdown of the
acoustic source. Visual PSOs will immediately communicate all
observations to the on duty acoustic PSO(s), including any
determination by the PSO regarding species identification, distance,
and bearing and the degree of confidence in the determination. Any
observations of marine mammals by crew members shall be relayed to the
PSO team. During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea
state (BSS) 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the
acoustic source is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and
behavior with and without use of the acoustic source and between
acquisition periods, to the maximum extent practicable. Visual PSOs may
be on watch for a maximum of two consecutive hours followed by a break
of at least one hour between watches and may conduct a maximum of 12
hours of observation per 24-hour period. Combined observational duties
(visual and acoustic but not at same time) may not exceed 12 hours per
24-hour period for any individual PSO.
Passive Acoustic Monitoring
Acoustic monitoring means the use of trained personnel (sometimes
referred to as passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) operators, herein
referred to as acoustic PSOs) to operate PAM equipment to acoustically
detect the presence of marine mammals. Acoustic monitoring involves
acoustically detecting marine mammals regardless of distance from the
source, as localization of animals may not always be possible. Acoustic
monitoring is intended to further support visual monitoring (during
daylight hours) in maintaining an exclusion zone around the sound
source that is clear of marine mammals. In cases where visual
monitoring is not effective (e.g., due to weather, nighttime), acoustic
monitoring may be used to allow certain activities to occur, as further
detailed below.
Passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) would take place in addition to
the visual monitoring program. Visual monitoring typically is not
effective during periods of poor visibility or at night, and even with
good visibility, is unable to detect marine mammals when they are below
the surface or beyond visual range. Acoustical monitoring can be used
in addition to visual observations to improve detection,
identification, and localization of cetaceans. The acoustic monitoring
would serve to alert visual PSOs (if on duty) when vocalizing cetaceans
are detected. It is only useful when marine mammals call, but it can be
effective either by day or by night, and does not depend on good
visibility. It would be monitored in real time so that the visual
observers can be advised when cetaceans are detected.
The R/V Langseth will use a towed PAM system, which must be
monitored by at a minimum one on duty acoustic PSO beginning at least
30 minutes prior to ramp-up and at all times during use of the acoustic
source. Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive
hours followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may
conduct a maximum of 12 hours of observation per 24-hour period.
Combined observational duties (acoustic and visual but not at same
time) may not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period for any individual
PSO.
Survey activity may continue for 30 minutes when the PAM system
malfunctions or is damaged, while the PAM operator diagnoses the issue.
If the diagnosis indicates that the PAM system must be repaired to
solve the problem, operations may continue for an additional two hours
without acoustic monitoring during daylight hours only under the
following conditions:
Sea state is less than or equal to BSS 4;
No marine mammals (excluding delphinids) detected solely
by PAM in the applicable exclusion zone in the previous two hours;
NMFS is notified via email as soon as practicable with the
time and location in which operations began occurring without an active
PAM system; and
Operations with an active acoustic source, but without an
operating PAM system, do not exceed a cumulative total of four hours in
any 24-hour period.
Establishment of an Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone
An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined area within which occurrence of
a marine mammal triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the
potential for certain outcomes, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of
critical behaviors. The PSOs would establish a minimum EZ with a 500 m
radius for the 36 airgun array. The 500 m EZ would be based on radial
distance from any element of the airgun array (rather than being based
on the center of the array or around the vessel itself). With certain
exceptions (described below), if a marine mammal appears within or
enters this zone, the acoustic source would be shut down.
The 500 m EZ is intended to be precautionary in the sense that it
would be expected to contain sound exceeding the injury criteria for
all cetacean hearing groups, (based on the dual criteria of SELcum and
peak SPL), while also providing a consistent, reasonably observable
zone within which PSOs would typically be able to conduct effective
observational effort. Additionally, a 500 m EZ is expected to minimize
the likelihood that marine
[[Page 30515]]
mammals will be exposed to levels likely to result in more severe
behavioral responses. Although significantly greater distances may be
observed from an elevated platform under good conditions, we believe
that 500 m is likely regularly attainable for PSOs using the naked eye
during typical conditions.
Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up
Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as ``soft start'') means the gradual
and systematic increase of emitted sound levels from an airgun array.
Ramp-up begins by first activating a single airgun of the smallest
volume, followed by doubling the number of active elements in stages
until the full complement of an array's airguns are active. Each stage
should be approximately the same duration, and the total duration
should not be less than approximately 20 minutes. The intent of pre-
clearance observation (30 minutes) is to ensure no protected species
are observed within the buffer zone prior to the beginning of ramp-up.
During pre-clearance is the only time observations of protected species
in the buffer zone would prevent operations (i.e., the beginning of
ramp-up). The intent of ramp-up is to warn protected species of pending
seismic operations and to allow sufficient time for those animals to
leave the immediate vicinity. A ramp-up procedure, involving a step-
wise increase in the number of airguns firing and total array volume
until all operational airguns are activated and the full volume is
achieved, is required at all times as part of the activation of the
acoustic source. All operators must adhere to the following pre-
clearance and ramp-up requirements:
The operator must notify a designated PSO of the planned
start of ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead PSO; the notification
time should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the planned ramp-up in
order to allow the PSOs time to monitor the exclusion and buffer zones
for 30 minutes prior to the initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance).
Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as to minimize the time
spent with the source activated prior to reaching the designated run-
in.
One of the PSOs conducting pre-clearance observations must
be notified again immediately prior to initiating ramp-up procedures
and the operator must receive confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal is
within the applicable exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine mammal is
observed within the applicable exclusion zone or the buffer zone during
the 30 minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the
animal(s) has been observed exiting the zones or until an additional
time period has elapsed with no further sightings (15 minutes for small
odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other species).
Ramp-up shall begin by activating a single airgun of the
smallest volume in the array and shall continue in stages by doubling
the number of active elements at the commencement of each stage, with
each stage of approximately the same duration. Duration shall not be
less than 20 minutes. The operator must provide information to the PSO
documenting that appropriate procedures were followed.
PSOs must monitor the exclusion and buffer zones during
ramp-up, and ramp-up must cease and the source must be shut down upon
observation of a marine mammal within the applicable exclusion zone.
Once ramp-up has begun, observations of marine mammals within the
buffer zone do not require shutdown or powerdown, but such observation
shall be communicated to the operator to prepare for the potential
shutdown or powerdown.
Ramp-up may occur at times of poor visibility, including
nighttime, if appropriate acoustic monitoring has occurred with no
detections in the 30 minutes prior to beginning ramp-up. Acoustic
source activation may only occur at times of poor visibility where
operational planning cannot reasonably avoid such circumstances.
If the acoustic source is shut down for brief periods
(i.e., less than 30 minutes) for reasons other than that described for
shutdown and powerdown (e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant visual
and/or acoustic observation and no visual or acoustic detections of
marine mammals have occurred within the applicable exclusion zone. For
any longer shutdown, pre-clearance observation and ramp-up are
required. For any shutdown at night or in periods of poor visibility
(e.g., BSS 4 or greater), ramp-up is required, but if the shutdown
period was brief and constant observation was maintained, pre-clearance
watch of 30 min is not required.
Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements
requires ramp-up. Testing limited to individual source elements or
strings does not require ramp-up but does require pre-clearance of 30
min.
Shutdown and Powerdown
The shutdown of an airgun array requires the immediate de-
activation of all individual airgun elements of the array while a
powerdown requires immediate de-activation of all individual airgun
elements of the array except the single 40-in\3\ airgun. Any PSO on
duty will have the authority to delay the start of survey operations or
to call for shutdown or powerdown of the acoustic source if a marine
mammal is detected within the applicable exclusion zone. The operator
must also establish and maintain clear lines of communication directly
between PSOs on duty and crew controlling the acoustic source to ensure
that shutdown and powerdown commands are conveyed swiftly while
allowing PSOs to maintain watch. When both visual and acoustic PSOs are
on duty, all detections will be immediately communicated to the
remainder of the on-duty PSO team for potential verification of visual
observations by the acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections by visual
PSOs. When the airgun array is active (i.e., anytime one or more
airguns is active, including during ramp-up and powerdown) and (1) a
marine mammal appears within or enters the applicable exclusion zone
and/or (2) a marine mammal (other than delphinids, see below) is
detected acoustically and localized within the applicable exclusion
zone, the acoustic source will be shut down. When shutdown is called
for by a PSO, the acoustic source will be immediately deactivated and
any dispute resolved only following deactivation. Additionally,
shutdown will occur whenever PAM alone (without visual sighting),
confirms presence of marine mammal(s) in the EZ. If the acoustic PSO
cannot confirm presence within the EZ, visual PSOs will be notified but
shutdown is not required.
Following a shutdown, airgun activity would not resume until the
marine mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. The animal would be considered
to have cleared the 500 m EZ if it is visually observed to have
departed the 500 m EZ, or it has not been seen within the 500 m EZ for
15 min in the case of small odontocetes and pinnipeds, or 30 min in the
case of mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm,
dwarf sperm, and beaked whales.
The shutdown requirement can be waived for small dolphins in which
case the acoustic source shall be powered down to the single 40-in\3\
airgun if an individual is visually detected within the exclusion zone.
As defined here, the small delphinoid group is intended to encompass
those members of the Family Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily
approach the source vessel for purposes
[[Page 30516]]
of interacting with the vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow riding).
This exception to the shutdown requirement would apply solely to
specific genera of small dolphins--Tursiops, Delphinus, Lagenodelphis,
Lagenorhynchus, Lissodelphis, Stenella and Steno--The acoustic source
shall be powered down to 40-in\3\ airgun if an individual belonging to
these genera is visually detected within the 500 m exclusion zone.
b. Powerdown conditions shall be maintained until delphinids for
which shutdown is waived are no longer observed within the 500 m
exclusion zone, following which full-power operations may be resumed
without ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to waive the powerdown
requirement if delphinids for which shutdown is waived to be
voluntarily approaching the vessel for the purpose of interacting with
the vessel or towed gear, and may use best professional judgment in
making this decision.
We include this small delphinoid exception because power-down/
shutdown requirements for small delphinoids under all circumstances
represent practicability concerns without likely commensurate benefits
for the animals in question. Small delphinoids are generally the most
commonly observed marine mammals in the specific geographic region and
would typically be the only marine mammals likely to intentionally
approach the vessel. As described above, auditory injury is extremely
unlikely to occur for mid-frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as
this group is relatively insensitive to sound produced at the
predominant frequencies in an airgun pulse while also having a
relatively high threshold for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,
permanent threshold shift).
A large body of anecdotal evidence indicates that small delphinoids
commonly approach vessels and/or towed arrays during active sound
production for purposes of bow riding, with no apparent effect observed
in those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012). The potential for
increased shutdowns resulting from such a measure would require the
Langseth to revisit the missed track line to reacquire data, resulting
in an overall increase in the total sound energy input to the marine
environment and an increase in the total duration over which the survey
is active in a given area. Although other mid-frequency hearing
specialists (e.g., large delphinoids) are no more likely to incur
auditory injury than are small delphinoids, they are much less likely
to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining a power-down/shutdown
requirement for large delphinoids would not have similar impacts in
terms of either practicability for the applicant or corollary increase
in sound energy output and time on the water. We do anticipate some
benefit for a power-down/shutdown requirement for large delphinoids in
that it simplifies somewhat the total range of decision-making for PSOs
and may preclude any potential for physiological effects other than to
the auditory system as well as some more severe behavioral reactions
for any such animals in close proximity to the source vessel.
Powerdown conditions shall be maintained until the marine mammal(s)
of the above listed genera are no longer observed within the exclusion
zone, following which full-power operations may be resumed without
ramp-up. Additionally, visual PSOs may elect to waive the powerdown
requirement if the small dolphin(s) appear to be voluntarily
approaching the vessel for the purpose of interacting with the vessel
or towed gear, and may use best professional judgment in making this
decision. Visual PSOs shall use best professional judgment in making
the decision to call for a shutdown if there is uncertainty regarding
identification (i.e., whether the observed marine mammal(s) belongs to
one of the delphinid genera for which shutdown is waived or one of the
species with a larger exclusion zone). If PSOs observe any behaviors in
a small delphinid for which shutdown is waived that indicate an adverse
reaction, then powerdown will be initiated immediately.
Upon implementation of shutdown, the source may be reactivated
after the marine mammal(s) has been observed exiting the applicable
exclusion zone (i.e., animal is not required to fully exit the buffer
zone where applicable) or following 15 minutes for small odontocetes
and 30 minutes for all other species with no further observation of the
marine mammal(s).
Vessel Strike Avoidance
These measures apply to all vessels associated with the planned
survey activity; however, we note that these requirements do not apply
in any case where compliance would create an imminent and serious
threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction,
cannot comply. These measures include the following:
1. Vessel operators and crews must maintain a vigilant watch for
all marine mammals and slow down, stop their vessel, or alter course,
as appropriate and regardless of vessel size, to avoid striking any
marine mammal. A single marine mammal at the surface may indicate the
presence of submerged animals in the vicinity of the vessel; therefore,
precautionary measures should be exercised when an animal is observed.
A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a vessel strike
avoidance zone around the vessel (specific distances detailed below),
to ensure the potential for strike is minimized. Visual observers
monitoring the vessel strike avoidance zone can be either third-party
observers or crew members, but crew members responsible for these
duties must be provided sufficient training to distinguish marine
mammals from other phenomena and broadly to identify a marine mammal to
broad taxonomic group (i.e., as a large whale or other marine mammal).
2. Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 kn or less when mother/calf
pairs, pods, or large assemblages of any marine mammal are observed
near a vessel.
3. All vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m
from large whales (i.e., sperm whales and all baleen whales.
4. All vessels must attempt to maintain a minimum separation
distance of 50 m from all other marine mammals, with an exception made
for those animals that approach the vessel.
5. When marine mammals are sighted while a vessel is underway, the
vessel should take action as necessary to avoid violating the relevant
separation distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel to the animal's
course, avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in direction until the
animal has left the area). If marine mammals are sighted within the
relevant separation distance, the vessel should reduce speed and shift
the engine to neutral, not engaging the engines until animals are clear
of the area. This recommendation does not apply to any vessel towing
gear.
We have carefully evaluated the suite of mitigation measures
described here and considered a range of other measures in the context
of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on our evaluation of the proposed
measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the mitigation
measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on
the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance.
[[Page 30517]]
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well
as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density).
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks.
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat).
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
As described above, PSO observations would take place during
daytime airgun operations and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of
the airguns. During seismic operations, at least five visual PSOs would
be based aboard the Langseth. Monitoring shall be conducted in
accordance with the following requirements:
The operator shall provide PSOs with bigeye binoculars
(e.g., 25 x 150; 2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus; height
control) of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely
for PSO use. These shall be pedestal-mounted on the deck at the most
appropriate vantage point that provides for optimal sea surface
observation, PSO safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
The operator will work with the selected third-party
observer provider to ensure PSOs have all equipment (including backup
equipment) needed to adequately perform necessary tasks, including
accurate determination of distance and bearing to observed marine
mammals. (c) PSOs must have the following requirements and
qualifications:
PSOs shall be independent, dedicated, trained visual and
acoustic PSOs and must be employed by a third-party observer provider.
PSOs shall have no tasks other than to conduct
observational effort (visual or acoustic), collect data, and
communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the
presence of protected species and mitigation requirements (including
brief alerts regarding maritime hazards),
PSOs shall have successfully completed an approved PSO
training course appropriate for their designated task (visual or
acoustic). Acoustic PSOs are required to complete specialized training
for operating PAM systems and are encouraged to have familiarity with
the vessel with which they will be working.
PSOs can act as acoustic or visual observers (but not at
the same time) as long as they demonstrate that their training and
experience are sufficient to perform the task at hand.
NMFS must review and approve PSO resumes accompanied by a
relevant training course information packet that includes the name and
qualifications (i.e., experience, training completed, or educational
background) of the instructor(s), the course outline or syllabus, and
course reference material as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course.
NMFS shall have one week to approve PSOs from the time
that the necessary information is submitted, after which PSOs meeting
the minimum requirements shall automatically be considered approved.
PSOs must successfully complete relevant training,
including completion of all required coursework and passing (80 percent
or greater) a written and/or oral examination developed for the
training program.
PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree
from an accredited college or university with a major in one of the
natural sciences, a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the
biological sciences, and at least one undergraduate course in math or
statistics.
The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for
such a waiver shall be submitted to NMFS and must include written
justification. Requests shall be granted or denied (with justification)
by NMFS within one week of receipt of submitted information. Alternate
experience that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1)
secondary education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2)
previous work experience conducting academic, commercial, or
government-sponsored protected species surveys; or (3) previous work
experience as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate good standing and
consistently good performance of PSO duties.
For data collection purposes, PSOs shall use standardized data
collection forms, whether hard copy or electronic. PSOs shall record
detailed information about any implementation of mitigation
requirements, including the distance of animals to the acoustic source
and description of specific actions that ensued, the behavior of the
animal(s), any observed changes in behavior before and after
implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown was implemented, the
length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of the acoustic source. If
required mitigation was not implemented, PSOs should record a
description of the circumstances. At a minimum, the following
information must be recorded:
Vessel names (source vessel and other vessels associated
with survey) and call signs;
PSO names and affiliations;
Dates of departures and returns to port with port name;
Date and participants of PSO briefings;
Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and
times corresponding with PSO effort;
Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort
began and ended and vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO
duty shifts;
Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual
PSO duty shifts and upon any line change;
[[Page 30518]]
Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at
beginning and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions changed
significantly), including BSS and any other relevant weather conditions
including cloud cover, fog, sun glare, and overall visibility to the
horizon;
Factors that may have contributed to impaired observations
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions
changed (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions); and
Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance
(i.e., pre-clearance, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-up
completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.).
The following information should be recorded upon visual
observation of any protected species:
Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort,
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
PSO who sighted the animal;
Time of sighting;
Vessel location at time of sighting;
Water depth;
Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
Pace of the animal;
Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative
to vessel at initial sighting;
Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified) and the composition of the
group if there is a mix of species;
Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings,
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
Description (as many distinguishing features as possible
of each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars
or markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow
characteristics);
Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows/
breaths, number of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding,
traveling; as explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed
changes in behavior);
Animal's closest point of approach (CPA) and/or closest
distance from any element of the acoustic source;
Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying,
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
Description of any actions implemented in response to the
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and time and location of the
action.
If a marine mammal is detected while using the PAM system, the
following information should be recorded:
An acoustic encounter identification number, and whether
the detection was linked with a visual sighting;
Date and time when first and last heard;
Types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, whistles,
creaks, burst pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of signal);
Any additional information recorded such as water depth of
the hydrophone array, bearing of the animal to the vessel (if
determinable), species or taxonomic group (if determinable),
spectrogram screenshot, and any other notable information.
A report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of
the cruise. The report would describe the operations that were
conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the operations. The
report would provide full documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day report would
summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations, and all marine
mammal sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated
seismic survey activities). The report would also include estimates of
the number and nature of exposures that occurred above the harassment
threshold based on PSO observations, including an estimate of those on
the trackline but not detected.
L-DEO will be required to shall submit a draft comprehensive report
to NMFS on all activities and monitoring results within 90 days of the
completion of the survey or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes
sooner. The report must describe all activities conducted and sightings
of protected species near the activities, must provide full
documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all
monitoring, and must summarize the dates and locations of survey
operations and all protected species sightings (dates, times,
locations, activities, associated survey activities). The draft report
shall also include geo-referenced time-stamped vessel tracklines for
all time periods during which airguns were operating. Tracklines should
include points recording any change in airgun status (e.g., when the
airguns began operating, when they were turned off, or when they
changed from full array to single gun or vice versa). GIS files shall
be provided in ESRI shapefile format and include the UTC date and time,
latitude in decimal degrees, and longitude in decimal degrees. All
coordinates shall be referenced to the WGS84 geographic coordinate
system. In addition to the report, all raw observational data shall be
made available to NMFS. The report must summarize the information
submitted in interim monthly reports as well as additional data
collected as described above and the IHA. The draft report must be
accompanied by a certification from the lead PSO as to the accuracy of
the report, and the lead PSO may submit directly NMFS a statement
concerning implementation and effectiveness of the required mitigation
and monitoring. A final report must be submitted within 30 days
following resolution of any comments on the draft report.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as ``an impact resulting from
the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103).
A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all species listed in
Table 7 and 8, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the
proposed seismic survey to be similar in nature.
[[Page 30519]]
Where there are meaningful differences between species or stocks, or
groups of species, in anticipated individual responses to activities,
impact of expected take on the population due to differences in
population status, or impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified species-
specific factors to inform the analysis.
NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would
occur as a result of L-DEO's proposed survey, even in the absence of
proposed mitigation. Thus the proposed authorization does not authorize
any mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects section, non-
auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel strike are not
expected to occur.
We propose to authorize a limited number of instances of Level A
harassment of 18 species and Level B harassment of 39 marine mammal
species. However, we believe that any PTS incurred in marine mammals as
a result of the proposed activity would be in the form of only a small
degree of PTS, not total deafness, and would be unlikely to affect the
fitness of any individuals, because of the constant movement of both
the Langseth and of the marine mammals in the project areas, as well as
the fact that the vessel is not expected to remain in any one area in
which individual marine mammals would be expected to concentrate for an
extended period of time (i.e., since the duration of exposure to loud
sounds will be relatively short). Also, as described above, we expect
that marine mammals would be likely to move away from a sound source
that represents an aversive stimulus, especially at levels that would
be expected to result in PTS, given sufficient notice of the Langseth's
approach due to the vessel's relatively low speed when conducting
seismic surveys. We expect that the majority of takes would be in the
form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of
temporary avoidance of the area or decreased foraging (if such activity
were occurring), reactions that are considered to be of low severity
and with no lasting biological consequences (e.g., Southall et al.,
2007).
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted,
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly
distributed throughout the project areas; therefore, marine mammals
that may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected
to be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the relatively short
duration (~32 days) and temporary nature of the disturbance, the
availability of similar habitat and resources in the surrounding area,
the impacts to marine mammals and the food sources that they utilize
are not expected to cause significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals or their populations.
The activity is expected to impact a small percentage of all marine
mammal stocks that would be affected by L-DEO's proposed survey (less
than 20 percent of all species). Additionally, the acoustic
``footprint'' of the proposed survey would be small relative to the
ranges of the marine mammals that would potentially be affected. Sound
levels would increase in the marine environment in a relatively small
area surrounding the vessel compared to the range of the marine mammals
within the proposed survey area.
The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number
and/or severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine mammals in
the vicinity of the vessel by visual and acoustic observers, and by
minimizing the severity of any potential exposures via power downs and/
or shutdowns of the airgun array. Based on previous monitoring reports
for substantially similar activities that have been previously
authorized by NMFS, we expect that the proposed mitigation will be
effective in preventing at least some extent of potential PTS in marine
mammals that may otherwise occur in the absence of the proposed
mitigation.
The ESA-listed marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that
are likely to be taken by the proposed surveys include the endangered
sei, fin, blue, sperm, gray, North Pacific Right, Western North Pacific
DPS humpback, and Main Hawaiian Islands Insular DPS false killer whale
as well as the Hawaiian monk seal. We propose to authorize very small
numbers of takes for these species relative to their population sizes.
Therefore, we do not expect population-level impacts to any of these
species. The other marine mammal species that may be taken by
harassment during the proposed survey are not listed as threatened or
endangered under the ESA. With the exception of the northern fur seal,
none of the non-listed marine mammals for which we propose to authorize
take are considered ``depleted'' or ``strategic'' by NMFS under the
MMPA.
The tracklines of the Hawaii survey either traverse or are proximal
to BIAs for 11 species that NMFS has proposed to authorize for take.
Ten of the BIAs pertain to small and resident cetacean populations
while a breeding BIA has been delineated for humpback whales. However,
this designation is only applicable to humpback whales in the December
through March timeframe (Baird et al., 2015). Since the Hawaii survey
is proposed for August, there will be no effects on humpback whales.
For cetacean species with small and resident BIAs in the Hawaii survey
area, that designation is applicable year-round. There are 19 days of
seismic operations proposed for the Hawaii survey. Only a portion of
those days would maintain seismic operations along Tracklines 1 and 2.
No physical impacts to BIA habitat are anticipated from seismic
activities. While SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause
injury to fish and fish mortality, the most likely impact to prey
species from survey activities would be temporary avoidance of the
affected area. The duration of fish avoidance of a given area after
survey effort stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior is expected. Given the short
operational seismic time near or traversing BIAs, as well as the
ability of cetaceans and prey species to move away from acoustic
sources, NMFS expects that there would be, at worst, minimal impacts to
animals and habitat within the designated BIAs.
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks
due to L-DEO's proposed survey would result in only short-term
(temporary and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed.
Animals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected
to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use,
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not
anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the marine mammal
species or stocks through effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival:
No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
The proposed activity is temporary and of relatively short
duration (~32 days);
[[Page 30520]]
The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine
mammals would primarily be temporary behavioral changes due to
avoidance of the area around the survey vessel;
The number of instances of PTS that may occur are expected
to be very small in number. Instances of PTS that are incurred in
marine mammals would be of a low level, due to constant movement of the
vessel and of the marine mammals in the area, and the nature of the
survey design (not concentrated in areas of high marine mammal
concentration);
The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
The potential adverse effects on fish or invertebrate
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals from the proposed
survey would be temporary and spatially limited;
The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and
acoustic monitoring, power-downs, and shutdowns, are expected to
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not
define small numbers; so, in practice, where estimated numbers are
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of
the activities. Tables 7 and 8 provide numbers of take by Level A
harassment and Level B harassment proposed for authorization. These are
the numbers we use for purposes of the small numbers analysis.
The numbers of marine mammals that we propose for authorized take
would be considered small relative to the relevant populations (19.4
percent for all species) for the species for which abundance estimates
are available.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of the affected species.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally, in this case with the ESA Interagency
Cooperation Division, whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species.
The NMFS Permits and Conservation Division is proposing to
authorize the incidental take of marine mammals which are listed under
the ESA (the North Pacific right, sei, fin, blue, sperm whales, Western
North Pacific DPS humpback whale, gray whale, the Hawaiian Islands
Insular DPS false killer whale, and the Hawaiian monk seal. We have
requested initiation of Section 7 consultation with the Interagency
Cooperation Division for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude
the ESA section 7 consultation prior to reaching a determination
regarding the proposed issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to L-DEO for conducting seismic surveys in the Pacific
Ocean near Hawaii in summer/early fall of 2018 and in the Emperor
Seamounts area in spring/early summer 2019, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are
incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The
wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA
(if issued).
1. This incidental harassment authorization (IHA) is valid for a
period of one year from the date of issuance.
2. This IHA is valid only for marine geophysical survey activity,
as specified in L-DEO's IHA application and using an array aboard the
R/V Langseth with characteristics specified in the IHA application, in
the Pacific Ocean near the Main Hawaiian Islands and the Emperor
Seamounts.
3. General Conditions
(a) A copy of a the IHA must be in the possession of the vessel
operator, other relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and any other
relevant designees operating under the authority of the IHA.
(b) L-DEO shall instruct relevant vessel personnel with regard to
the authority of the protected species monitoring team, and shall
ensure that relevant vessel personnel and the protected species
monitoring team participate in a joint onboard briefing (hereafter PSO
briefing) led by the vessel operator and lead PSO to ensure that
responsibilities, communication procedures, protected species
monitoring protocols, operational procedures, and IHA requirements are
clearly understood. This PSO briefing must be repeated when relevant
new personnel join the survey operations.
(c) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 7 and 8.
The taking, by Level A and Level B harassment only, is limited to the
species and numbers listed in Table 7 and 8. Any taking exceeding the
authorized amounts listed in Table 7 and 8 is prohibited and may result
in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
(d) The taking by serious injury or death of any species of marine
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or
revocation of this IHA.
(e) During use of the airgun(s), if marine mammal species other
than those listed in Table 7 and 8 are detected by PSOs, the airgun
array must be shut down.
4. Mitigation Requirements
The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the
following mitigation measures:
(a) L-DEO must use at least five dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved
Protected Species Observers (PSOs). The PSOs must have no tasks other
than to conduct observational effort, record
[[Page 30521]]
observational data, and communicate with and instruct relevant vessel
crew with regard to the presence of marine mammals and mitigation
requirements. PSO resumes shall be provided to NMFS for approval.
(b) At least one of the visual and two of the acoustic PSOs aboard
the vessel must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea experience working in
those roles, respectively, during a deep penetration seismic survey,
with no more than 18 months elapsed since the conclusion of the at-sea
experience.
(c) Visual Observation
(i) During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the
acoustic source is planned to occur, and whenever the acoustic source
is in the water, whether activated or not), a minimum of two visual
PSOs must be on duty and conducting visual observations at all times
during daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through
30 minutes following and 30 minutes prior to and during nighttime ramp-
ups of the airgun array.
(ii) Visual PSOs shall coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual
coverage around the vessel from the most appropriate observation posts,
and shall conduct visual observations using binoculars and the naked
eye while free from distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and
diligent manner.
(iii) PSOs shall establish and monitor the exclusion and buffer
zones. These zones shall be based upon the radial distance from the
edges of the acoustic source (rather than being based on the center of
the array or around the vessel itself). During use of the acoustic
source (i.e., anytime airguns are active, including ramp-up),
occurrences of marine mammals within the buffer zone (but outside the
exclusion zone) shall be communicated to the operator to prepare for
the potential shutdown or powerdown of the acoustic source.
(iv) Visual PSOs shall immediately communicate all observations to
the on duty acoustic PSO(s), including any determination by the PSO
regarding species identification, distance, and bearing and the degree
of confidence in the determination.
(v) During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea
state (BSS) 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the
acoustic source is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and
behavior with and without use of the acoustic source and between
acquisition periods, to the maximum extent practicable.
(vi) Visual PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of two consecutive
hours followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may
conduct a maximum of 12 hours of observation per 24-hour period.
Combined observational duties (visual and acoustic but not at same
time) may not exceed 12 hours per 24-hour period for any individual PSO
(d) Acoustic Monitoring
(i) The source vessel must use a towed PAM system, which must be
monitored by at a minimum one on duty acoustic PSO beginning at least
30 minutes prior to ramp-up and at all times during use of the acoustic
source.
(ii) Acoustic PSOs shall immediately communicate all detections to
visual PSOs, when visual PSOs are on duty, including any determination
by the PSO regarding species identification, distance, and bearing and
the degree of confidence in the determination.
(iii) Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four
consecutive hours followed by a break of at least one hour between
watches and may conduct a maximum of 12 hours of observation per 24-
hour period. Combined observational duties may not exceed 12 hours per
24-hour period for any individual PSO.
(iv) Survey activity may continue for 30 minutes when the PAM
system malfunctions or is damaged, while the PAM operator diagnoses the
issue. If the diagnosis indicates that the PAM system must be repaired
to solve the problem, operations may continue for an additional two
hours without acoustic monitoring during daylight hours only under the
following conditions:
a. Sea state is less than or equal to BSS 4;
b. With the exception of delphinids, no marine mammals detected
solely by PAM in the applicable exclusion zone in the previous two
hours;
c. NMFS is notified via email as soon as practicable with the time
and location in which operations began occurring without an active PAM
system; and
d. Operations with an active acoustic source, but without an
operating PAM system, do not exceed a cumulative total of four hours in
any 24-hour period.
(e) Exclusion zone and buffer zone
(i) PSO shall establish and monitor a 500 m exclusion zone and
1,000 m buffer zone. The exclusion zone encompasses the area at and
below the sea surface out to a radius of 500 meters from the edges of
the airgun array (0-500 meters). The buffer zone encompasses the area
at and below the sea surface from the edge of the 0-500 meter exclusion
zone, out to a radius of 1000 meters from the edges of the airgun array
(500-1,000 meters).
(f) Pre-clearance and Ramp-up
(i) A ramp-up procedure shall be required at all times as part of
the activation of the acoustic source.
(v) Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal is within the
exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine mammal is observed within the
exclusion zone or the buffer zone during the 30 minute pre-clearance
period, ramp-up may not begin until the animal(s) has been observed
exiting the zone or until an additional time period has elapsed with no
further sightings (15 minutes for small odontocetes and pinnipeds and
30 minutes for all other species).
(vi) Ramp-up shall begin by activating a single airgun of the
smallest volume in the array and shall continue in stages by doubling
the number of active elements at the commencement of each stage, with
each stage of approximately the same duration. Duration shall not be
less than 20 minutes.
(vii) PSOs must monitor the exclusion and buffer zones during ramp-
up, and ramp-up must cease and the source must be shut down upon
observation of a marine mammal within the exclusion zone. Once ramp-up
has begun, observations of marine mammals within the buffer zone do not
require shutdown or powerdown, but such observation shall be
communicated to the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown or
powerdown.
(viii) Ramp-up may occur at times of poor visibility, including
nighttime, if appropriate acoustic monitoring has occurred with no
detections in the 30 minutes prior to beginning ramp-up.
(ix) If the acoustic source is shut down for brief periods (i.e.,
less than 30 minutes) for reasons other than that described for
shutdown and powerdown (e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant visual
and/or acoustic observation and no visual or acoustic detections of
marine mammals have occurred within the applicable exclusion zone. For
any longer shutdown, pre-clearance observation and ramp-up are
required. For any shutdown at night or in periods of poor visibility
(e.g., BSS 4 or greater), ramp-up is required, but if the shutdown
period was brief and constant observation was maintained, pre-clearance
watch of 30 min is not required.
(x) Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements requires
ramp-up. Testing limited to individual source elements or strings does
not require ramp-up but does require pre-clearance of 30 min.
(g) Shutdown and Powerdown
[[Page 30522]]
(i) Any PSO on duty shall have the authority to delay the start of
survey operations or to call for shutdown or powerdown of the acoustic
source if a marine mammal is detected within the applicable exclusion
zone.
(ii) The operator shall establish and maintain clear lines of
communication directly between PSOs on duty and crew controlling the
acoustic source to ensure that shutdown and powerdown commands are
conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs to maintain watch.
(iii) When both visual and acoustic PSOs are on duty, all
detections shall be immediately communicated to the remainder of the
on-duty PSO team for potential verification of visual observations by
the acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections by visual PSOs.
(iv) When the airgun array is active (i.e., anytime one or more
airguns is active, including during ramp-up and powerdown) and (1) a
marine mammal (excluding delphinids) appears within or enters the
exclusion zone and/or (2) a marine mammal is detected acoustically and
localized within the exclusion zone, the acoustic source shall be shut
down. When shutdown is called for by a PSO, the airgun array shall be
immediately deactivated. Any questions regarding a PSO shutdown shall
be resolved after deactivation.
(v) Shutdown shall occur whenever PAM alone (without visual
sighting), confirms presence of marine mammal(s) (other than
delphinids) in the 500 m exclusion zone. If the acoustic PSO cannot
confirm presence within exclusion zone, visual PSOs shall be notified
but shutdown is not required.
(v) The shutdown requirement shall be waived for small dolphins of
the following genera: Tursiops, Delphinus, Lagenodelphis,
Lagenorhynchus, Lissodelphis, Stenella and Steno.
a. The acoustic source shall be powered down to 40-in\3\ airgun if
an individual belonging to these genera is visually detected within the
500 m exclusion zone.
b. Powerdown conditions shall be maintained until delphinids for
which shutdown is waived are no longer observed within the 500 m
exclusion zone, following which full-power operations may be resumed
without ramp-up. Visual PSOs may elect to waive the powerdown
requirement if delphinids for which shutdown is waived to be
voluntarily approaching the vessel for the purpose of interacting with
the vessel or towed gear, and may use best professional judgment in
making this decision.
d. If PSOs observe any behaviors in delphinids for which shutdown
is waived that indicate an adverse reaction, then powerdown shall be
initiated.
(vi) Visual PSOs shall use best professional judgment in making the
decision to call for a shutdown if there is uncertainty regarding
identification (i.e., whether the observed marine mammal(s) belongs to
one of the delphinid genera for which shutdown is waived).
(vii) Upon implementation of shutdown, the source may be
reactivated after the marine mammal(s) has been observed exiting the
applicable exclusion zone (i.e., animal is not required to fully exit
the buffer zone where applicable) or following a 30-minute clearance
period with no further observation of the marine mammal(s).
(g) Vessel operators and crews must maintain a vigilant watch for
all marine mammals and slow down, stop their vessel, or alter course,
as appropriate and regardless of vessel size, to avoid striking any
marine mammal. A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a
vessel strike avoidance zone around the vessel (specific distances
detailed below), to ensure the potential for strike is minimized.
(i) Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 kn or less when mother/calf
pairs, pods, or large assemblages of any marine mammal are observed
near a vessel.
a. Vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m
from large whales (i.e., sperm whales and all baleen whales.
b. Vessels must attempt to maintain a minimum separation distance
of 50 m from all other marine mammals, with an exception made for those
animals that approach the vessel.
c. When marine mammals are sighted while a vessel is underway, the
vessel should take action as necessary to avoid violating the relevant
separation distance. If marine mammals are sighted within the relevant
separation distance, the vessel should reduce speed and shift the
engine to neutral, not engaging the engines until animals are clear of
the area. This recommendation does not apply to any vessel towing gear.
5. Monitoring Requirements.
The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine
mammal monitoring during survey activity. Monitoring shall be conducted
in accordance with the following requirements:
(a) The operator shall provide PSOs with bigeye binoculars (e.g.,
25 x 150; 2.7 view angle; individual ocular focus; height control) of
appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely for PSO use.
These shall be pedestal-mounted on the deck at the most appropriate
vantage point that provides for optimal sea surface observation, PSO
safety, and safe operation of the vessel.
(b) The operator shall work with the selected third-party observer
provider to ensure PSOs have all equipment (including backup equipment)
needed to adequately perform necessary tasks, including accurate
determination of distance and bearing to observed marine mammals. Such
equipment, at a minimum, shall include:
(i) PAM shall include a system that has been verified and tested by
the acoustic PSO that will be using it during the trip for which
monitoring is required.
(ii) At least one night-vision device suited for the marine
environment for use during nighttime pre-clearance and ramp-up that
features automatic brightness and gain control, bright light
protection, infrared illumination, and/or optics suited for low-light
situations (e.g., Exelis PVS-7 night vision goggles; Night Optics D-300
night vision monocular; FLIR M324XP thermal imaging camera or
equivalents).
(iii) Reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50) of appropriate quality
(i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) (at least one per PSO, plus backups)
(iv) Global Positioning Units (GPS) (at least one per PSO, plus
backups)
(v) Digital single-lens reflex cameras of appropriate quality that
capture photographs and video (i.e., Canon or equivalent) (at least one
per PSO, plus backups)
(vi) Compasses (at least one per PSO, plus backups)
(vii) Radios for communication among vessel crew and PSOs (at least
one per PSO, plus backups)
(viii) Any other tools necessary to adequately perform necessary
PSO tasks.
(c) Protected Species Observers (PSOs, Visual and Acoustic)
Qualifications
(i) PSOs shall be independent, dedicated, trained visual and
acoustic PSOs and must be employed by a third-party observer provider,
(ii) PSOs shall have no tasks other than to conduct observational
effort (visual or acoustic), collect data, and communicate with and
instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of protected
species and mitigation requirements (including brief alerts regarding
maritime hazards), and
(iii) PSOs shall have successfully completed an approved PSO
training course appropriate for their designated task (visual or
acoustic). Acoustic PSOs are required to complete specialized training
for operating PAM systems and are encouraged to have familiarity with
[[Page 30523]]
the vessel with which they will be working.
(iv) PSOs can act as acoustic or visual observers (but not at the
same time) as long as they demonstrate that their training and
experience are sufficient to perform the task at hand.
(v) NMFS must review and approve PSO resumes accompanied by a
relevant training course information packet that includes the name and
qualifications (i.e., experience, training completed, or educational
background) of the instructor(s), the course outline or syllabus, and
course reference material as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course.
(vi) NMFS shall have one week to approve PSOs from the time that
the necessary information is submitted, after which PSOs meeting the
minimum requirements shall automatically be considered approved.
(vii) One visual PSO with experience as shown in 4(b) shall be
designated as the lead for the entire protected species observation
team. The lead shall coordinate duty schedules and roles for the PSO
team and serve as primary point of contact for the vessel operator. To
the maximum extent practicable, the lead PSO shall devise the duty
schedule such that experienced PSOs are on duty with those PSOs with
appropriate training but who have not yet gained relevant experience.
(viii) PSOs must successfully complete relevant training, including
completion of all required coursework and passing (80 percent or
greater) a written and/or oral examination developed for the training
program.
(ix). PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from
an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural
sciences, a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the
biological sciences, and at least one undergraduate course in math or
statistics.
(x) The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for
such a waiver shall be submitted to NMFS and must include written
justification. Requests shall be granted or denied (with justification)
by NMFS within one week of receipt of submitted information. Alternate
experience that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1)
secondary education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2)
previous work experience conducting academic, commercial, or
government-sponsored protected species surveys; or (3) previous work
experience as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate good standing and
consistently good performance of PSO duties.
(d) Data Collection
(i) PSOs shall use standardized data collection forms, whether hard
copy or electronic. PSOs shall record detailed information about any
implementation of mitigation requirements, including the distance of
animals to the acoustic source and description of specific actions that
ensued, the behavior of the animal(s), any observed changes in behavior
before and after implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown was
implemented, the length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of the
acoustic source. If required mitigation was not implemented, PSOs
should record a description of the circumstances.
(ii) At a minimum, the following information must be recorded:
a. Vessel names (source vessel and other vessels associated with
survey) and call signs;
b. PSO names and affiliations;
c. Dates of departures and returns to port with port name;
d. Date and participants of PSO briefings (as discussed in General
Requirements. 2.)
e. Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and times
corresponding with PSO effort;
f. Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort began
and ended and vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty
shifts;
g. Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO duty
shifts and upon any line change;
h. Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions changed significantly),
including BSS and any other relevant weather conditions including cloud
cover, fog, sun glare, and overall visibility to the horizon;
i. Factors that may have contributed to impaired observations
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions
changed (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);
j. Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance
(i.e., pre-clearance, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-up
completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.); and
(iii). Upon visual observation of any protected species, the
following information shall be recorded:
a. Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, opportunistic,
crew, alternate vessel/platform);
b. PSO who sighted the animal;
c. Time of sighting;
d. Vessel location at time of sighting;
e. Water depth;
f. Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
g. Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
h. Pace of the animal;
i. Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to
vessel at initial sighting;
j. Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified) and the composition of the
group if there is a mix of species;
k. Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
l. Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings,
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
m. Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of each
individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow
characteristics);
n. Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows/breaths,
number of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling;
as explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in
behavior);
o. Animal's closest point of approach (CPA) and/or closest distance
from any element of the acoustic source;
p. Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying,
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
q. Description of any actions implemented in response to the
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and time and location of the
action.
(iv) If a marine mammal is detected while using the PAM system, the
following information should be recorded:
a. An acoustic encounter identification number, and whether the
detection was linked with a visual sighting;
b. Date and time when first and last heard;
c. Types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, whistles,
creaks, burst pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of signal);
d. Any additional information recorded such as water depth of the
hydrophone array, bearing of the animal to the vessel (if
determinable), species or taxonomic group (if determinable),
spectrogram screenshot, and any other notable information.
6. Reporting
(a) L-DEO shall submit a draft comprehensive report to NMFS on all
activities and monitoring results within
[[Page 30524]]
90 days of the completion of the survey or expiration of the IHA,
whichever comes sooner. The report must describe all activities
conducted and sightings of protected species near the activities, must
provide full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation
pertaining to all monitoring, and must summarize the dates and
locations of survey operations and all protected species sightings
(dates, times, locations, activities, associated survey activities).
The draft report shall also include geo-referenced time-stamped vessel
tracklines for all time periods during which airguns were operating.
Tracklines should include points recording any change in airgun status
(e.g., when the airguns began operating, when they were turned off, or
when they changed from full array to single gun or vice versa). GIS
files shall be provided in ESRI shapefile format and include the UTC
date and time, latitude in decimal degrees, and longitude in decimal
degrees. All coordinates shall be referenced to the WGS84 geographic
coordinate system. In addition to the report, all raw observational
data shall be made available to NMFS. The report must summarize the
information submitted in interim monthly reports as well as additional
data collected as described above in Data Collection and the IHA. The
draft report must be accompanied by a certification from the lead PSO
as to the accuracy of the report, and the lead PSO may submit directly
NMFS a statement concerning implementation and effectiveness of the
required mitigation and monitoring. A final report must be submitted
within 30 days following resolution of any comments on the draft
report.
(b) Reporting injured or dead protected species:
(i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the
take of a marine mammal in a manner not permitted by this IHA, such as
serious injury or mortality, L-DEO shall immediately cease the
specified activities and immediately report the incident to the NMFS
Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Pacific Islands Regional
Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the following
information:
a. Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
b. Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
c. Description of the incident;
d. Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the
incident;
e. Water depth;
f. Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
g. Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours
preceding the incident;
h. Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
i. Fate of the animal(s); and
j. Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with L-DEO to
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. L-DEO may not
resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
(ii) In the event that L-DEO discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less
than a moderate state of decomposition), L-DEO shall immediately report
the incident to the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS
Pacific Islands Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report must include
the same information identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA.
Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the
incident. NMFS will work with L-DEO to determine whether additional
mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
(iii) In the event that L-DEO discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is
not associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), L-DEO shall report the incident to
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the Pacific Islands Regional
Stranding Coordinator within 24 hours of the discovery. L-DEO shall
provide photographs or video footage or other documentation of the
sighting to NMFS.
7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for L-DEO's proposed
surveys. We also request comment on the potential for renewal of this
proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include with
your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help
inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a second one-year IHA
without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly
identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section
is planned or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time the
IHA expires and a second IHA would allow for completion of the
activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section,
provided all of the following conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to expiration of the current IHA.
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the
initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed
activities or include changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size)
that the changes do not affect the previous analyses, take estimates,
or mitigation and monitoring requirements.
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate,
and the original findings remain valid.
Dated: June 21, 2018.
Elaine T. Saiz,
Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-13732 Filed 6-27-18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P